A320 - MPD123

BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Master
Maintenance facilities and equipment
P) e
C th
planning publication
(A by
.
MFEPP
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
er b
Issue No. 083

ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Copyright © 2023 Airbus Canada Limited Partnership

All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced or copied in any form or by any means without written permission of Airbus
Th
Canada Limited Partnership.

The Airbus and A220 logos are registered trademarks of Airbus Canada Limited Partnership.
The information, technical data and the designs disclosed herein are the exclusive property of Airbus Canada Limited Partnership or
contain proprietary rights of others and are not to be used or disclosed to others without the written consent of Airbus Canada Limited
Partnership. The recipient of this document, by its retention and use, agrees to hold in confidence the technical data and designs contained
herein. The foregoing shall not apply to persons having proprietary rights to such information, technical data or such designs to the extent
that such rights exist.
Publication No.: BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Manufacturer:
Airbus Canada Limited Partnership
Customer Services
13100 Henri-Fabre Blvd., Mirabel, Quebec
Canada J7N 3C6
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 1
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n
Intentionally left blank

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Highlights
Issue 083
The listed changes are introduced in Issue 083, dated 2023-10-19, of this publication.
Data module code Reason for change
BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A Changed Data Module

To update figure # 1 sheet # 3.
BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A Changed Data Module
P) e
To change procedure.
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 1
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Technical Publications
Comment form
TO: MCR FOCAL, TECHNICAL Name of airline:
PUBLICATIONS AIRBUS CANADA
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
A220 reference #:
13100, BOULEVARD HENRI-FABRE
MIRABEL, QUEBEC, CANADA, J7N 3C6
E-MAIL ADDRESS: [email protected] Date: dd-mmm-yyyy
All fields marked with an asterisk* are required

Contact information
*Name: *Corporation name: *Dept name/Code:
P) e
C th
Address: City: Province/State:
(A by
.
Postal code / Zip: Country: *Telephone:
io ed
at d
Mobile/Cell phone: Fax number: *E-mail:
ic e
n
bl ers
I would like to receive notification of actions on this
Pu p
request. NOTE: Responses will only be sent by electronic mail
s su
Publication information
tic n
*Aircraft type: *Aircraft model: *Publication Module Code

is ee
(PMC):
er b
*Publication title/Issue: *Media Type: *Data Module Code *DMC issue date:
ct s
Paper Web (DMC):

ra ha
ha n
Data module title: Originator’s reference number:

C atio
*Comments:
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
Reason for change:
Reference data provided: Yes No Description:
June 01/2019
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Change record
Make sure that the previous issues have been incorporated.
Incorporated issues must be recorded with the date of incorporation and a signature.
Issue Incorporated Issue Incorporated

date by (signature) date by (signature)
001 Jun 08/2012 Initial issue 025-01 Sep 08/2017 Signature on file
002 Apr 19/2013 Signature on file 026 Sep 21/2017 Signature on file
003 Sep 15/2015 Signature on file 027 Sep 28/2017 Signature on file
P) e
C th
004 Nov 19/2015 Signature on file 028 Oct 12/2017 Signature on file
(A by
Oct 19/2017 Signature on file
.
005 Feb 10/2016 Signature on file 029
Mar 08/2016 Signature on file Oct 26/2017 Signature on file
io ed
006 030
Apr 20/2016 Signature on file Nov 09/2017 Signature on file
at d
007 031
ic e
May 20/2016 Signature on file Nov 30/2017 Signature on file
n
008
Jun 20/2016
bl ers
Signature on file
032
Dec 14/2017 Signature on file
009 033
Pu p
s su
010 Aug 19/2016 Signature on file 034 Jan 04/2018 Signature on file
011 Sep 22/2016 Signature on file 035 Jan 11/2018 Signature on file
tic n
is ee
012 Dec 01/2016 Signature on file 036 Feb 01/2018 Signature on file
er b
013 Dec 15/2016 Signature on file 037 Feb 08/2018 Signature on file
ct s
Dec 22/2016 Signature on file

ra ha
014 Signature on file 038 Feb 15/2018

015 Jan 26/2017 Signature on file 038-01 Feb 22/2018 Signature on file
ha n
C atio
016 Feb 02/2017 Not released 039 Mar 15/2018 Signature on file
017 Feb 16/2017 Not released 039-01 Mar 22/2018 Signature on file
ra lic
018 Feb 23/2017 Signature on file 040 Apr 19/2018 Signature on file
rc ub
019 Mar 09/2017 Signature on file 040-01 May 03/2018 Signature on file
Ai is p
ft
020 Apr 06/2017 Signature on file 041 May 17/2018 Signature on file
Th
021 Apr 20/2017 Signature on file 041-01 May 31/2018 Signature on file
022 May 04/2017 Signature on file 042 Jun 14/2018 Signature on file
023 Jun 15/2017 Signature on file 042-01 Jul 26/2018 Signature on file
024 Aug 17/2017 Signature on file 043 Aug 16/2018 Signature on file
025 Aug 24/2017 Signature on file 043-01 Sep 06/2018 Signature on file
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Change record

044 Sep 20/2018 Signature on file 055 Apr 16/2020 Signature on file
044-01 Nov 08/2018 Signature on file 055-01 Apr 30/2020 Signature on file
045 Nov 15/2018 Signature on file 056 May 14/2020 Signature on file
P) e
C th
046 Dec 22/2018 Signature on file 056-01 May 28/2020 Signature on file
(A by
Jan 17/2019 Signature on file 056-02 Jun 04/2020 Signature on file
.
047
Feb 21/2019 Signature on file Jun 18/2020 Signature on file
io ed
047-01 057
Feb 28/2019 Signature on file 057-01 Jun 25/2020 Signature on file
at d
047-02
ic e
Mar 14/2019 Signature on file Jul 16/2020 Signature on file
n
048 058
048-01 May 23/2019
bl ers
Signature on file 058-01 Aug 13/2020 Signature on file
Pu p
048-02 Jun 06/2019 Signature on file 059 Signature on file
s su
Aug 20/2020
048-03 Jun 13/2019 Signature on file 059-01 Aug 27/2020 Signature on file
tic n
is ee
049 Jun 20/2019 Signature on file 060 Sep 17/2020 Signature on file
er b
049-01 Aug 01/2019 Signature on file 061 Oct 15/2020 Signature on file
ct s
Aug 15/2019 Signature on file 061-01 Nov 12/2020 Signature on file

ra ha
050
050-01 Aug 22/2019 Signature on file 062 Nov 19/2020 Signature on file
ha n
C atio
050-02 Sep 05/2019 Signature on file 063 Jan 14/2021 Signature on file
051 Sep 19/2019 Signature on file 063-01 Jan 28/2021 Signature on file
ra lic
051-01 Oct 31/2019 Signature on file 063-02 Feb 04/2021 Signature on file
rc ub
051-02 Nov 07/2019 Signature on file Feb 18/2021 Signature on file

064
Ai is p
ft
052 Nov 10/2019 Signature on file 064-01 Mar 11/2021 Signature on file
Th
053 Jan 16/2020 Signature on file 065-00 Mar 18/2021 Signature on file
053-01 Feb 06/2020 Signature on file 065-01 Mar 25/2021 Signature on file
054 Feb 20/2020 Signature on file 065-02 Apr 01/2021 Signature on file
054-01 Mar 26/2020 Signature on file Signature on file
065-03 Apr 08/2021
054-02 Apr 09/2020 Signature on file 066 Apr 15/2021 Signature on file
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Change record

066-01 May 06/2021 Signature on file 078 Dec 15/2022 Signature on file
66-02 May 13/2021 Signature on file 78-01 Mar 09/2023 Signature on file
067 May 20/2021 Signature on file 79-00 Mar 16/2023 Signature on file
P) e
C th
67-01 May 27/2021 Signature on file 79-01 Apr 06/2023 Signature on file
(A by
Jun 17/2021 80-00 Apr 20/2023 Signature on file
.
068 Signature on file
Signature on file 080-01 May 11/2023 Signature on fie
io ed
069 Jul 15/2021
069-01 Oct 07/2021 Signature on file 081-00 May 18/2023 Signature on file
at d
ic e
070 Oct 14/2021 Signature on fire 81-01 Jul 27/2023 Signature on file
n
071 Dec 16/2021
bl ers
Signature on file 82-00 Aug 17/2023 Signature on file
Pu p
Signature on file 082-01 Sep 21/2023 Signature on file
s su
71-01 Feb 03/2022

072 Feb 17/2022 Signature on file 082-02 Oct 12/2023 Signature on file
tic n
is ee
72-01 Jun 02/2022 Signature on file 83-00 Oct 19/2023 Signature on file
er b
073 Jun 16/2022 Signature on file 000

ct s
73-01 Jun 23/2022 000

ra ha
Signature on file
073-02 Jun 30/2022 Signature on file 000
ha n
C atio
73-03 Jul 07/2022 Signature on file 000

074 Jul 14/2022 Signature on file 000
ra lic
74-01 Jul 28/2022 Signature on file 000

rc ub
075 Aug 18/2022 Signature on file 000

Ai is p
ft
75-01 Aug 25/2022 Signature on file 000

Th
076 Sep 15/2022 Signature on file

000
76-01 Nov 10/2022 Signature on file 000
77-00 Nov 17/2022 Signature on file 000
077-01 Dec 01/2022 Signature on file
000
077-02 Dec 08/2022 Signature on file
000
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 3
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
List of effective data modules

The listed documents are included in Issue 083, dated 2023-10-19, of this publication.
C= Changed data module

N= New data module
Document title Data module code Issue date No. of Applicable

pages to
Maintenance facilities BD500-A-J00-00-00-01AAA-018A-A 2019-08-12 3 50001-54999,

equipment planning pub- 55001-59999
P) e
lication - Introduction
C th
Aircraft data - Technical BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-030A-A 2021-12-06 2 50001-54999,
(A by
.
data 55001-59999
Conversion tables - Gen- BD500-A-J00-40-03-00AAA-028A-A 2016-01-12 3 50001-54999,
io ed
eral 55001-59999
at d
Aircraft dimensions - BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A 2021-03-18 12 50001-54999,
ic e
n
Technical data bl ers 55001-59999
Aircraft scaled down BD500-A-J06-10-00-01AAA-030A-A 2019-10-21 3 50001-54999,
Pu p
dimensions - Technical 55001-59999
s su
data
tic n
Principal dimensions, BD500-A-J06-10-32-00AAA-030A-A 2016-05-02 3 50001-54999,

is ee
landing gear footprint - 55001-59999

Technical data
er b
ct s
Ground clearances - BD500-A-J06-11-00-01AAA-030A-A 2019-08-07 4 50001-54999,

ra ha
Technical data 55001-59999

Door clearances and BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A 2021-09-29 23 50001-54999,
ha n
C atio
clear opening dimen- 55001-59999

sions - Technical data
ra lic
Frame stations and fuse- BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A 2022-10-28 20 50001-54999,

lage stations - Technical 55001-59999
rc ub
data
Ai is p
ft
Empennage stations - BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A 2022-10-28 10 50001-54999,

Th
Nacelle and pylon sta- BD500-A-J06-20-03-01AAA-030A-A 2014-11-13 3 50001-54999,

tions - Technical data 55001-59999
Wing stations - Technical BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A C 2023-09-14 6 50001-54999,
data 55001-59999
Weights and center of BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A 2020-07-08 8 50001-54999,
gravity limits - Technical 55001-59999
data
Emergency exits and BD500-A-J15-41-00-01AAA-030A-A 2019-11-05 4 50001-54999,
evacuation - Technical 55001-59999
data
Emergency equipment BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A 2019-09-11 30 50001-54999,
location - General data 55001-59999
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

pages to
Terminal servicing - BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A 2019-10-22 13 50001-54999,

Jacking of the aircraft - BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A 2022-11-30 12 50001-54999,
Jacking 55001-59999
Lowering of the aircraft - BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A 2022-07-21 9 50001-54999,
Lowering 55001-59999
Towing of the aircraft BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A 2021-04-07 11 50001-54999,
with towbar - Towing 55001-59999
Towing safety precau- BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A 2021-07-01 9 50001-54999,
P) e
tions - General mainte- 55001-59999
C th
nance safety procedure
(A by
.
Towing of the aircraft BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A 2023-07-17 11 50001-54999,
without towbar - Towing 55001-59999
io ed
Ground maneuvering, BD500-A-J09-20-01-00AAA-030A-A 2018-02-05 4 50001-54999,
at d
turning radii - Technical 55001-59999
ic e
n
data bl ers
Ground maneuvering, BD500-A-J09-20-01-01AAA-030A-A 2016-01-13 3 50001-54999,
Pu p
visibility from flight com- 55001-59999
s su
partment - Technical
data
tic n
is ee
Parking (Maximum 15- BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A C 2023-10-04 13 50001-54999,

days) - Parking proce- 55001-59999
er b
dure
ct s
ra ha
Wet wash - Clean and BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A 2022-08-18 6 50001-54999,

apply surface protection 55001-59999
ha n
C atio
Fuel specifications - BD500-A-J28-00-00-00AAA-030A-A 2023-03-28 1 50001-54999,

ra lic
Line and hangar mainte- BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-030A-A 2019-08-12 2 50001-54999,

nance - Technical data 55001-59999
rc ub
Aircraft grounding - Gen- BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A 2017-08-08 5 50001-54999,

Ai is p
ft
eral maintenance proce- 55001-59999

dure
Th
Maintenance facility - BD500-A-J00-00-00-00AAA-915A-A 2015-09-15 2 50001-54999,

Facilities 55001-59999
Airborne software - Gen- BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A 2019-08-12 8 50001-54999,
eral data 55001-59999
Aircraft components - BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-010A-A 2019-08-12 3 50001-54999,
General data 55001-59999
Analysis of necessary BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-030A-A 2019-08-12 4 50001-54999,
equipment - Technical 55001-59999
data
Aircraft network access BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A 2019-08-13 9 50001-54999,
points - General data 55001-59999
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

pages to
Ground Support Equip- BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-010A-A 2017-12-07 5 50001-54999,

ment (GSE) - General 55001-59999
data
Necessary hangar space BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-030A-A 2016-04-14 4 50001-54999,
- Technical data 55001-59999
Ground support informa- BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A 2019-08-13 15 50001-54999,
tion systems - General 55001-59999
data
Equipment needs - Tech- BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A 2019-08-13 24 50001-54999,
P) e
nical data 55001-59999
C th
Utilities - Technical data BD500-A-J00-00-00-07AAA-030A-A 2019-08-13 4 50001-54999,
(A by
.
55001-59999
Minimum GSE list - BD500-A-J00-00-00-08AAA-030A-A 2019-08-13 1 50001-54999,
io ed
at d
Aircraft Security Program BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-010A-A 2019-08-13 5 50001-54999,
ic e
n
(ASP) - General data bl ers 55001-59999
Operator personnel train- BD500-A-J00-00-00-12AAA-010A-A 2019-08-27 5 50001-54999,
Pu p
ing - General data 55001-59999
s su
Aircraft network security BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A 2017-09-21 8 50001-54999,

tic n
- General data 55001-59999

is ee
Facility and equipment BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-030A-A 2016-02-03 1 50001-54999,

er b
suppliers - Technical 55001-59999

ct s
data
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 3
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table of contents
The listed documents are included in Issue 083, dated 2023-10-19, of this publication.
Document title Data module code Issue date Applicable

to
Introduction
Maintenance facilities equipment BD500-A-J00-00-00-01AAA-018A-A 2019-08-12 50001-54999,
planning publication - Introduction 55001-59999
Aircraft data
Aircraft data - Technical data BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-030A-A 2021-12-06 50001-54999,
P) e
55001-59999
C th
Conversion tables - General BD500-A-J00-40-03-00AAA-028A-A 2016-01-12 50001-54999,
(A by
.
55001-59999
io ed
Aircraft dimensions - Technical data BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A 2021-03-18 50001-54999,
55001-59999
at d
ic e
Aircraft scaled down dimensions - BD500-A-J06-10-00-01AAA-030A-A 2019-10-21 50001-54999,
n
Technical data bl ers 55001-59999
Principal dimensions, landing gear BD500-A-J06-10-32-00AAA-030A-A 2016-05-02 50001-54999,
Pu p
s su
footprint - Technical data 55001-59999

Ground clearances - Technical data BD500-A-J06-11-00-01AAA-030A-A 2019-08-07 50001-54999,
tic n
55001-59999
is ee
Door clearances and clear opening BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A 2021-09-29 50001-54999,

er b
dimensions - Technical data 55001-59999

ct s
ra ha
Frame stations and fuselage stations - BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A 2022-10-28 50001-54999,

ha n
C atio
Empennage stations - Technical data BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A 2022-10-28 50001-54999,

55001-59999
ra lic
Nacelle and pylon stations - Technical BD500-A-J06-20-03-01AAA-030A-A 2014-11-13 50001-54999,

rc ub
data 55001-59999
Ai is p
Wing stations - Technical data BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A 2023-09-14 50001-54999,

ft
55001-59999
Th
Weights and center of gravity limits - BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A 2020-07-08 50001-54999,

Emergency exits and evacuation - BD500-A-J15-41-00-01AAA-030A-A 2019-11-05 50001-54999,
Emergency equipment location - BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A 2019-09-11 50001-54999,
Ramp operation
Terminal servicing - Technical data BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A 2019-10-22 50001-54999,
55001-59999
Jacking of the aircraft - Jacking BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A 2022-11-30 50001-54999,
55001-59999
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

to
Lowering of the aircraft - Lowering BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A 2022-07-21 50001-54999,

55001-59999
Towing of the aircraft with towbar - BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A 2021-04-07 50001-54999,
Towing 55001-59999
Towing safety precautions - General BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A 2021-07-01 50001-54999,
maintenance safety procedure 55001-59999
Towing of the aircraft without towbar - BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A 2023-07-17 50001-54999,
Towing 55001-59999
Ground maneuvering, turning radii - BD500-A-J09-20-01-00AAA-030A-A 2018-02-05 50001-54999,
P) e
C th
(A by
Ground maneuvering, visibility from BD500-A-J09-20-01-01AAA-030A-A 2016-01-13 50001-54999,
.
flight compartment - Technical data 55001-59999
io ed
Parking (Maximum 15-days) - Parking BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A 2023-10-04 50001-54999,
at d
procedure 55001-59999
ic e
n
Wet wash - Clean and apply surface BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A 2022-08-18 50001-54999,
protection
bl ers 55001-59999
Pu p
Fuel specifications - Technical data BD500-A-J28-00-00-00AAA-030A-A 2023-03-28 50001-54999,
s su
55001-59999
tic n
Line and hangar maintenance

is ee
Line and hangar maintenance - BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-030A-A 2019-08-12 50001-54999,

er b
ct s
Aircraft grounding - General BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A 2017-08-08 50001-54999,

ra ha
maintenance procedure 55001-59999

Maintenance facility
ha n
C atio
Maintenance facility - Facilities BD500-A-J00-00-00-00AAA-915A-A 2015-09-15 50001-54999,

55001-59999
ra lic
Airborne software - General data BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A 2019-08-12 50001-54999,

rc ub
55001-59999
Ai is p
ft
Aircraft components - General data BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-010A-A 2019-08-12 50001-54999,

55001-59999
Th
Analysis of necessary equipment - BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-030A-A 2019-08-12 50001-54999,

Aircraft network access points - BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A 2019-08-13 50001-54999,
Ground Support Equipment (GSE) - BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-010A-A 2017-12-07 50001-54999,
Necessary hangar space - Technical BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-030A-A 2016-04-14 50001-54999,
data 55001-59999
Ground support information systems - BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A 2019-08-13 50001-54999,
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

to
Equipment needs - Technical data BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A 2019-08-13 50001-54999,

55001-59999
Utilities - Technical data BD500-A-J00-00-00-07AAA-030A-A 2019-08-13 50001-54999,
55001-59999
Minimum GSE list - Technical data BD500-A-J00-00-00-08AAA-030A-A 2019-08-13 50001-54999,
55001-59999
Aircraft Security Program (ASP) - BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-010A-A 2019-08-13 50001-54999,
Operator personnel training - General BD500-A-J00-00-00-12AAA-010A-A 2019-08-27 50001-54999,
P) e
C th
data 55001-59999
(A by
Aircraft network security - General data BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A 2017-09-21 50001-54999,
.
55001-59999
io ed
Facility and equipment suppliers
at d
Facility and equipment suppliers - BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-030A-A 2016-02-03 50001-54999,
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
Applicable to: All
2023-10-19 Page 3
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Th
Applicable to: All

Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n
s su
Pu p
Introduction
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Maintenance facilities equipment planning publication - Introduction
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Table of contents Page
Maintenance facilities equipment planning publication - Introduction....................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2 Organization of the publication................................................................................... 1
2.1 Aircraft data................................................................................................................. 2
2.2 Ramp operations......................................................................................................... 2
P) e
2.3 Line and hangar maintenance.................................................................................... 2
C th
2.4 Maintenance facilities.................................................................................................. 2
(A by
.
2.5 Facility and equipment suppliers................................................................................ 2
3 Related publications.................................................................................................... 2
io ed
4 Dimensions and weight............................................................................................... 2
5 Correspondence.......................................................................................................... 2
at d
ic e
6 Translation of publication............................................................................................ 3
n
List of tables bl ers Page
Pu p
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
s su
References
tic n
is ee
Table 1 References
er b
Data Module/Technical Publication Title

ct s
ra ha
None
ha n
C atio
Description
ra lic
rc ub
1 General
Ai is p
ft
The Maintenance Facilities and Equipment Planning Publication (MFEPP), prepared by Air-
Th
bus, contains general data on service/maintenance facilities for the Airbus aircraft models
BD-500-1A10 (A220-100) and BD-500-1A11 (A220-300). This publication agrees with the inter-
national specification for technical publications (S1000D) issue 4.0.1 dated 2009-05-12 and is
written in Simplified Technical English (STE).
If there is a difference between the data contained in this publication and that given by the local
regulatory authority, the data from the local regulatory authority must be obeyed.
2 Organization of the publication

The MFEPP is divided into sections that follow:
1 Aircraft data
2 Ramp operations
See applicability on the BD500-A-J00-00-00-01AAA-018A-A

first page of the DM
BD500-A-J00-00-00-01AAA-018A-A
2019-08-12 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
3 Line and hangar maintenance

4 Maintenance facilities
5 Facility and equipment suppliers
The content of this publication will change as options and aircraft changes occur. Make sure that
you refer to the latest release of this publication.
2.1 Aircraft data

This section gives data on the aircraft. It includes the aircraft dimensions and weights.
2.2 Ramp operations
P) e
This section contains data necessary for line maintenance functions.
C th
2.3 Line and hangar maintenance
(A by
.
This section gives general information about the various aircraft systems.
io ed
2.4 Maintenance facilities
at d
ic e
This section gives data on the minimum equipment that is necessary to operate a maintenance
n
facility. bl ers
Pu p
2.5 Facility and equipment suppliers
s su
This section gives general information about suppliers (Ground Support Equipments, parts and
tic n
consumable).
is ee
er b
3 Related publications
ct s
ra ha
For specific information concerning aircraft ground operations and maintenance, refer to the
publications that follow:
ha n
C atio
- Aircraft Maintenance Publication (AMP) (BD500-3AB48-10200-00)

- Airport Planning Publication (APP) A220-100: (BD500-3AB48-22000-00)
ra lic
- APP A220-300:(BD500-3AB48-32000-00)
rc ub
- Weight and Balance Manual (WBM) A220-100: (BD500-3AB48-22100-00)

Ai is p
ft
- WBM A220-300: (BD500-3AB48-32100-00)

Th
4 Dimensions and weight

Linear dimensions given in this publication are in inches (or feet) with the metric equivalents in
parentheses ( ).
Weight measures is given in pound (lb) with the metric equivalent in parentheses ( ).
5 Correspondence
Send all correspondence about this publication to:
Airbus
13100 boul. Henri-Fabre, Mirabel, Quebec
Canada J7N 3C6

BD500-A-J00-00-00-01AAA-018A-A
2019-08-12 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
6 Translation of publication
If all or part of this publication is translated, the official version is the English language version
produced by Airbus.
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-01AAA-018A-A
2019-08-12 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-01AAA-018A-A
2019-08-12 Page 4
Th
Applicable to: All

Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n
s su
Pu p
Aircraft data
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Aircraft data - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Aircraft data - Technical data.................................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2 Extended operations................................................................................................... 2
3 Engines....................................................................................................................... 2
3.1 Engine thrust............................................................................................................... 2
P) e
4 Materials...................................................................................................................... 2
C th
List of tables Page
(A by
.
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
io ed
2 Engine thrust ratings................................................................................................... 2
at d
ic e
References
n
bl ers
Table 1 References
Pu p
s su

tic n
None
is ee
er b
Description
ct s
ra ha
ha n
1 General
C atio
The aircraft is a swept-wing monoplane with a pressurized cabin that accommodates the follow-
ra lic
ing:
rc ub
- Two (2) pilots;

Ai is p
ft
- One (1) flight observer;

- Three (3) cabin attendants;
Th
- One hundred and twenty (120) passengers seated in certified seats for the BD-500-1A10
(A220-100).
- One hundred and forty (140) passengers seated in certified seats for the BD-500-1A11
(A220-300).
The aircraft is fitted with two (2) turbofan engines.

The aircraft is pressurized for operation up to an altitude of 41,000 ft. (12 497 m) with a cabin
pressure altitude not exceeding 8,000 ft. (2 438 m).
The aircraft is certified for take-off and landing at airfields up to 10,000 ft. (3 048 m) pressure al-
titude.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-030A-A
2021-12-06 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
The aircraft incorporates design features to allow for an optional take-off and landing envelope
at high altitude airfields up to 14,500 ft. (4 420 m) pressure altitude.
2 Extended operations
The aircraft and its systems are designed to meet Extended Operations (ETOPS) requirements,
up to the 180-minute diversion limit as an option, as defined in various regulatory publications.
Any modification(s) required to achieve ETOPS operational approval, such as cargo fire extin-
guishing capacity, are available via one or more optional feature.
3 Engines
The aircraft is equipped with two (2) high bypass Pratt & Whitney PurePower™ engines, en-
closed by nacelles and mounted on pylons under the wing.
P) e
The engine has a 73“ fan and a bypass ratio of 12:1 at cruise conditions.
C th
The engine is designed to allow for “on condition“ operation.
(A by
.
Emissions met the latest ICAO standards at the time of engine certification.
io ed
3.1 Engine thrust
at d
ic e
The certified sea level static thrust of the engine for the aircraft is listed in the table below:
n
bl ers
Table 2 Engine thrust ratings
Pu p
s su
Thrust rating at sea Thrust rating at sea Pratt & Whitney

level static ISA + 15°C level static ISA + 15°C engine reference
tic n
is ee
Imperial (lbf) Metric (kN)

er b
A220-100 18,900 84.1 PurePower™ PW1519G

ct s
ra ha
A220-300 21,000 93.4 PurePower™ PW1521G

ha n
C atio
4 Materials
The aircraft structure, in general, is fabricated from advanced weight-saving materials (Carbon
ra lic
Fibre reinforced Plastic (CFRP) and advanced aluminium). Alloy steels, stainless steels and tita-
rc ub
nium will also be used. Drainage is provided at points in the structure where liquids and/or con-
densation may collect. Attention is given to surface finish, corrosion protection, and to external
Ai is p
ft
surface smoothness.
Th
Materials used are in accordance with standard U.S. specifications for aircraft quality materi-
al. Materials and processes providing protection against corrosion, as defined in A220 Material
Specification (A2MS) and A220 Process Specification (A2PS), are used.
Insofar as is practicable, standard parts such as rivets, bolts, nuts, washers, hoses, clamps
and fittings, complying with MS, NAS and other North American Aircraft Standards, are used
throughout the aircraft.

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-030A-A
2021-12-06 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Conversion tables - General
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Conversion tables - General..................................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Unit of measure conversions...................................................................................... 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
2 Conversion table (Metric to imperial).......................................................................... 1
3 Conversion table (Imperial to metric)......................................................................... 2
(A by
.
References
io ed
at d
Table 1 References
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
None
s su
Description
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
1 Unit of measure conversions

ra ha
Metric and imperial are the two standards used in the Aircraft Recovery Publication (ARP) for
ha n
different types of unit of measurement.

C atio
For the conversion factors from metric to imperial, refer to Table 2 .

ra lic
Table 2 Conversion table (Metric to imperial)

rc ub
Type of measurement From metric To imperial

Ai is p
ft
1 millimeter (mm) 0.0394 inch (in.)

Th
Length 1 centimeter (cm) 0.3937 inch (in.)
1 meter (m) 3.2808 feet (ft)
1 square centimeter (cm²) 0.1550 square inch (in²)

Area
1 square meter (m²) 10.7639 square feet (ft²)
1 cubic meter (m³) 61023.74 cubic inch (in³)

Volume
1 cubic meter (m³) 35.31467 cubic feet (ft³)
Weight 1 gram (g) 0.0353 ounce (oz)

BD500-A-J00-40-03-00AAA-028A-A
2016-01-12 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Type of measurement From metric To imperial
1 kilogram (kg) 2.2046 pound (lb)
Force 1 newton (N) 0.2248 pound-force (lbf)
1 newton meter (Nm) 8.8508 pound-force inch (lbf·in)
Torque 1 newton meter (Nm) 0.7376 pound-force feet (lbf·ft)
1 kilogram meter (kgm) 86.8056 pound-force inch (lbf·in)
1 pascal (Pa) 0.000145 pound per square inch

(lb/in²)
Pressure
P) e
1 kilopascal (kPa) 0.1450 pound per square inch (psi)
C th
(A by
1 kilogram per minute (kg/min) 2.2046 pound per minute (lb/min)
.
Flow rate
io ed
1 liter per minute (L/min) 0.2642 U.S. gallon per minute
(U.S. gal/min)
at d
ic e
Capacity 1 liter (L) 0.2642 U.S. gallon (U.S. gal)
n
bl ers
1 degree Celsius (°C) 9/5 (°C) + 32 = degree Fahrenheit
Pu p
Temperature
(°F)
s su
tic n
For the conversion factors from imperial to metric, refer to Table 3 .

is ee
er b
Table 3 Conversion table (Imperial to metric)

ct s
Type of measurement From imperial To metric

ra ha
1 inch (in.) 25.4 millimeter (mm)

ha n
C atio
Length 1 inch (in.) 2.54 centimeter (cm)
1 feet (ft) 0.3048 meter (m)

ra lic
rc ub
1 square inch (in²) 6.4516 square centimeter (cm²)

Area
Ai is p
ft
1 square feet (ft²) 0.0929 square meter (m²)

Th
1 cubic inch (in³) 0.000016 cubic meter (m³)

Volume
1 cubic feet (ft³) 0.028317 cubic meter (m³)
1 ounce (oz) 28.3495 gram (g)

Weight
1 pound (lb) 0.4536 kilogram (kg)
Force 1 pound-force (lbf) 4.4482 newton (N)
1 pound-force inch (lbf·in) 0.1130 newton meter (Nm)
Torque 1 pound-force inch (lbf·in) 0.01152 kilogram meter (kgm)
1 pound-force feet (lbf·ft) 1.3558 newton meter (Nm)

BD500-A-J00-40-03-00AAA-028A-A
2016-01-12 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Type of measurement From imperial To metric
1 pound per square inch (psi) 6.8948 kilopascal (kPa)

Pressure
1 inch of mercury (inHg) 3.3864 kilopascal (kPa)
1 pound per minute (lb/min) 0.4536 kilogram per minute (kg/

min)
Flow rate
1 U.S. gallon per minute (U.S. gal/ 3.7853 liter per minute (L/min)
min)
1 fluid ounce (fl oz) 29.574 milliliter (mL)

Capacity
1 U.S. gallon (U.S. gal) 3.7854 liter (L)
P) e
C th
Temperature 1 degree Fahrenheit (°F) 5/9 (°F - 32) = degree Celsius (°C)
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-40-03-00AAA-028A-A
2016-01-12 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-40-03-00AAA-028A-A
2016-01-12 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Aircraft dimensions - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Aircraft dimensions - Technical data......................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
2 General aircraft dimensions........................................................................................ 2
3 Landing gear footprint dimensions............................................................................. 8
4 General aircraft area................................................................................................... 10
P) e
5 Pressure refueling and pilots eye position................................................................. 10
C th
List of tables Page
(A by
.
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
io ed
2 General aircraft dimensions (A220-100)..................................................................... 2
at d
3 General aircraft dimensions (A220-300)..................................................................... 4
ic e
4 Landing gear footprint dimensions (A220-100).......................................................... 8
n
5 bl ers
Landing gear footprint dimensions (A220-300).......................................................... 8
6 General aircraft area................................................................................................... 10
Pu p
7 Pilots eye position (A220-100)................................................................................... 10
s su
8 Pressure refueling connection position (A220-100).................................................... 10

9 Pilots eye position (A220-300)................................................................................... 11
tic n
is ee
10 Pressure refueling connection position (A220-300).................................................... 11
List of figures Page

er b
ct s
1 General aircraft dimensions........................................................................................ 6

ra ha

3 Pressure refueling and pilots eye position................................................................. 12
ha n
C atio
References
ra lic
Table 1 References
rc ub

Ai is p
ft
None
Th
Description
1 Introduction
This data module contains general data about the aircraft dimensions and clearances.
The structural weight limits, such as maximum ramp weight, landing weight and zero fu-
el weight are dependent on configuration. Refer to Weight and Balance Manual (WBM)
BD500-3AB48-22100-00 (A220-100), BD500-3AB48-22100-00 (A220-300) and weight and bal-
ance report for structural limits and other weight information.

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2 General aircraft dimensions
Applicability: 50001-54999
Table 2 General aircraft dimensions (A220-100)

Locator (refer to Fig. 1 ) Value
in.
(cm)
A 1377.0
(3497.58)
P) e
C th
B 146.500
(A by
(372.11)
.
io ed
C 463.800
at d
(117805)
ic e
n
D bl ers 482.800
(1226.31)
Pu p
s su
Baseline 1377.300
tic n
(3498.34)
is ee
E
Fuel loaded 1381.300
er b
ct s
(3508.50)
ra ha
F 873.500
ha n
(2218.69)
C atio
G 773.200
ra lic
(1963.93)
rc ub
H 1341.000
Ai is p
ft
(3406.14)
Th
J 698.900
(1775.21)
K 395.000
(1003.30)
L 87.800
(223.01)
M 429.400
(1090.68)

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
P 263.000
(668.02)
Q 96.500
(245.11)
R 103.800
(263.65)
P) e
C th
S 134.900
(A by
.
(342.65)
io ed
T 267.900
at d
(680.47)
ic e
n
U bl ers 98.300
(249.68)
Pu p
s su
V 193.500
tic n
(491.49)
is ee
W 135.200
er b
ct s
(343.40)
ra ha
X 27.200
ha n
(69.09)
C atio
Y 265.000
ra lic
(673.10)
rc ub
Z 515.700
Ai is p
ft
(1309.87)
Th
AA 0.38 Deg
Nose down
BB 138.000
(350.52)
Note
The values given change due to the variation of aircraft weight and gravity.

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table 3 General aircraft dimensions (A220-300)

in.
(cm)
A 1523.2
38689.28
B 146.500
P) e
(372.11)
C th
C 461.9
(A by
.
(1173.23)
io ed
D 482.800
at d
ic e
(1226.31)
n
bl ers Baseline 1377.300
Pu p
(3498.34)
s su
E
Fuel loaded 1381.300
tic n
is ee
(3508.50)
er b
F 961.4
ct s
ra ha
(2441.96)
ha n
G 857.9
C atio
(2179.01)
ra lic
H 1489.2
rc ub
(3782.57)
Ai is p
ft
J 783.2
(1989.33)
Th
K 479.0
(1216.66)
L 172.4
(437.90)
M 513.3
(1303.78)
P 262.9
(667.77)

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
Q 96.500
(245.11)
R 162.2
(411.99)
S 198.5
(504.19)
P) e
C th
T 268.0
(A by
.
(680.72)
io ed
U 97.7
at d
(248.16)
ic e
n
V bl ers 194.6
(494.28)
Pu p
s su
W 133.4
tic n
(338.83)
is ee
X 27.200
er b
ct s
(69.09)
ra ha
Y 265.000
ha n
(673.10)
C atio
Z 602.6
ra lic
(1530.60)
rc ub
AA 0.477 Deg
Ai is p
ft
Nose down
Th
BB 138.000
(350.52)
This data module contains data on the landing gear footprint.
Note
The values given change due to the variation of aircraft weight and gravity.

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers A
Pu p
s su
tic n
C
is ee
B
er b
GROUND PLANE
ct s
ra ha
AA
ha n
W Z
C atio
GROUND STATIC GEOMETRY

REFERENCE PLANE
ra lic
ANGLE (NOMINAL)
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061000-A-3AB48-00005-A-001-01
Figure 1 General aircraft dimensions - (Sheet 1 of 2)

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
E
D
P) e
C th
X
(A by
.
Y
io ed
F
at d
ic e
n
bl ers G
Pu p
H
s su
J
tic n
is ee
M V
er b
ct s
K U
ra ha
R
ha n
C atio
BB L S
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
P T
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061000-A-3AB48-00004-A-003-01
Figure 1 General aircraft dimensions - (Sheet 2 of 2)

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
3 Landing gear footprint dimensions

Table 4 Landing gear footprint dimensions (A220-100)

Locator Value
in.
(cm)
A 18.571
P) e
C th
(47.17)
(A by
B 35.000
.
(88.90)
io ed
at d
C 265.000
ic e
n
(673.10)
bl ers
D 515.7
Pu p
s su
(1309.87)
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
Table 5 Landing gear footprint dimensions (A220-300)

Locator Value
ha n
in.
C atio
(cm)
ra lic
A 18.571
rc ub
(47.17)
Ai is p
ft
B 35.000
Th
(88.90)
C 265.000
(673.10)
D 602.6
(1530.60)

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
B
(A by
.
(TYPICAL)
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers C
L C
Pu p
A
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
D
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
NOTE
Not to scale.
ICN-BD500-A-J061032-A-3AB48-00118-A-001-01
Figure 2 Landing gear footprint dimensions

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
4 General aircraft area

Table 6 General aircraft area
Description Value
sq. ft.
(sq. m)
ESDU wing area (including ailerons, flaps, spoilers and area 1208.880
within the fuselage) (112.31)
Total horizontal stabilizer area (horizontal tail area and eleva- 313.500
tor area) (29.13)
P) e
C th
Total vertical stabilizer area (vertical tail area and rudder 223.600
(A by
.
area) (20.77)
io ed
5 Pressure refueling and pilots eye position
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
Table 7 Pilots eye position (A220-100)

tic n
is ee
in.
er b
(cm)
ct s
ra ha
A FS = 354
(899.16)
ha n
C atio
BL ± 20.00
(50.80)
ra lic
WL = 196.00
rc ub
(497.80)
Ai is p
ft
D 29.60°
Th
E 17.65°
Table 8 Pressure refueling connection position (A220-100)

in.
(cm)
B 615.9

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
(1564.39)
C 600.21
(1524.53)
P) e
Table 9 Pilots eye position (A220-300)
C th
(A by
.
in.
io ed
(cm)
at d
A FS = 270
ic e
n
bl ers (685.80)
BL ± 20.00
Pu p
s su
(50.80)
WL = 196.00
tic n
is ee
(497.80)
er b
D 29.60°
ct s
ra ha
E 17.65°
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Table 10 Pressure refueling connection position (A220-300)

Ai is p
ft
in.
Th
(cm)
B 615.9
(1564.39)
C 684.21
(1737.89)

BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
B bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
D
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061000-A-3AB48-10809-A-001-01
Figure 3 Pressure refueling and pilots eye position

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A
2021-03-18 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Aircraft scaled down dimensions - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Aircraft scaled down dimensions - Technical data.................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
(A by
.
1 Scaled drawing........................................................................................................... 2
io ed
References
at d
ic e
Table 1 References
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
None
tic n
is ee
Description
er b
ct s
ra ha
1 Introduction
ha n
This data module contains the scaled drawing for the Airbus A220. It can be used to plan and to
C atio
verify runway, ramp, and maintenance facility layouts.

ra lic
Refer to Fig. 1 .
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-10-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-10-21 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 50001-54999
4 6 8 10
30
METERS
20
FEET
P) e
C th
10
(A by
.
0
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
FEET
rc ub
0 10 20 30
Ai is p
ft
0 2 4 6 8 10
METERS
Th
NOTES
1. Scale: 1 in. = 25 ft (1 cm = 3 m)
2. When printing this illustration, make
sure to adjust for proper scaling.
ICN-BD500-A-J061000-A-3AB48-00006-A-001-01
Figure 1 Scaled drawing - (Sheet 1 of 2)

BD500-A-J06-10-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-10-21 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
4 6 8 10
30
METERS
20
FEET
P) e
10
C th
2
(A by
.
0
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
FEET
Ai is p
ft
0 10 20 30
Th
0 2 4 6 8 10
METERS NOTES
1. Scale: 1 in. = 25 ft (1 cm = 3 m)
2. When printing this illustration, make
sure to adjust for proper scaling.
ICN-BD500-A-J061000-A-3AB48-25078-A-001-01
Figure 1 Scaled drawing - (Sheet 2 of 2)

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-10-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-10-21 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-10-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-10-21 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Principal dimensions, landing gear footprint - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Principal dimensions, landing gear footprint - Technical data.................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
1 Landing gear footprint................................................................................................. 3
at d
ic e
References
n
bl ers
Table 1 References
Pu p
s su

tic n
None
is ee
er b
Description
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
1 Introduction
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Table 2 Landing gear footprint dimensions

Th
Locator Value
A 18.57 in. (47.17 cm)
B 35.00 in (88.90 cm)
C 22.08 ft. (6.73 m)
D 42.98 ft (13.10 m)

BD500-A-J06-10-32-00AAA-030A-A
2016-05-02 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table 3 Landing gear footprint dimensions

Locator Value
A 18.57 in. (47.17 cm)
B 35.00 in (88.90 cm)
C 22.08 ft. (6.73 m)
D 49.98 ft (15.23 m)
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-10-32-00AAA-030A-A
2016-05-02 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
B
(A by
.
(TYPICAL)
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers C
L C
Pu p
A
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
D
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
NOTE
Not to scale.
ICN-BD500-A-J061032-A-3AB48-00118-A-001-01
Figure 1 Landing gear footprint

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-10-32-00AAA-030A-A
2016-05-02 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-10-32-00AAA-030A-A
2016-05-02 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Ground clearances - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Ground clearances - Technical data......................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
2 Ground clearances...................................................................................................... 1
List of tables Page
P) e
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
2 Ground Clearances..................................................................................................... 1
(A by
.
io ed
1 Ground clearances (A220-100).................................................................................. 3
at d
2 Ground clearances (A220-300).................................................................................. 4
ic e
n
bl ers References
Pu p
s su
Table 1 References
tic n
is ee
None
er b
ct s
Description
ra ha
ha n
C atio
1 Introduction
ra lic
This data module contains the ground clearances.

rc ub
2 Ground clearances
Ai is p
ft
Table 2 Ground Clearances

Th
Locator Description Minimum Maximum

in. in.
(cm) (cm)
A Fuselage top 209.3 214.2

(531.62) (544.07)
B Flight Crew Emergency Escape (FCEE) 188.2 193.4

door (478.03) (491.24)
C Forward avionics compartment door 63.2 67.7

BD500-A-J06-11-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-08-07 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Locator Description Minimum Maximum

in. in.
(cm) (cm)
(160.53) (171.96)
D Forward service door 117.5 122.6

(298.45) (311.40)
E Forward passenger door 117.8 122.8

(299.21) (311.912)
F Forward cargo compartment door 66.8 71.7
P) e
C th
(169.67) (182.118)
(A by
.
G Nacelle 19.7 24.0
io ed
(50.03) (60.96)
at d
H Overwing Emergency Exit Door 138.6 143.1
ic e
(OWEED)
n
bl ers (352.04) (363.47)
Pu p
J Mid avionics compartment door 56.2 61.6
s su
(142.75) (156.46)
tic n
K Aft cargo compartment door 72.9 79.8

is ee
(185.17) (202.69)
er b
ct s
L Wing tip (no deflection) 229.2 236.2

ra ha
(582.17) (599.95)
ha n
C atio
M Aft passenger door 126.2 134.7

(320.55) (342.14)
ra lic
N Aft service door 126.2 134.7

rc ub
(320.55) (342.14)
Ai is p
ft
P Aft equipment bay door 111.7 121.3

Th
(283.72) (308.10)
Q Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) door 140.5 151.2

(356.87) (384.05)
R Tail 452.7 463.8

(1149.86) (1178.05)
Note
Vertical clearances shown are the greatest possible variations in attitude due to the
variation of aircraft weight and center of gravity.

BD500-A-J06-11-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-08-07 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
R
tic n
is ee
A B L
H Q
er b
D E M N P
ct s
ra ha
K
C F G J
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-21709-A-003-01
Figure 1 Ground clearances (A220-100)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-08-07 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
R
tic n
L
is ee
A B
D E H M N Q
P
er b
ct s
ra ha
K
C F G J
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-21710-A-003-01
Figure 2 Ground clearances (A220-300)

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-11-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-08-07 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Door clearances and clear opening dimensions - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Door clearances and clear opening dimensions - Technical data............................................ 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 2
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 2
2 General........................................................................................................................ 2
2.1 Forward Passenger Door (FPD), Aft Passenger Door (APD).................................... 2
2.2 Overwing Emergency Exit Door (OWEED)................................................................ 2
P) e
2.3 Flight Crew Emergency Escape (FCEE) hatch.......................................................... 3
C th
2.4 Forward Cargo Compartment Door (FCCD), Aft Cargo Compartment Door (ACCD). 3
(A by
.
2.5 Forward Service Door (FSD), Aft Service Door (ASD)............................................... 3
2.6 Forward Avionics Bay (FAB) door.............................................................................. 3
io ed
2.7 Mid Avionics Bay (MAB) door.................................................................................... 4
2.8 Aft Equipment Bay (AEB) door................................................................................... 4
at d
ic e
2.9 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) doors.............................................................................. 4
n
3
4
bl ers
Doors distance from nose..........................................................................................
Aircraft doors dimensions...........................................................................................
4
8
Pu p
List of tables
s su
Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
tic n
is ee
2 Doors distance from nose (A220-100)....................................................................... 4

3 Doors distance from nose (A220-300)....................................................................... 5
er b
4 Aircraft doors dimensions (A220-100 and A220-300)................................................ 8

ct s
ra ha
1 Door distance from nose (A220-100 and A220-300)................................................. 7

ha n
C atio
2 Aircraft doors dimensions........................................................................................... 10

3 Forward passenger door opening and clearances..................................................... 12
4 Aft passenger door opening and clearances.............................................................. 13
ra lic
5 Forward cargo compartment door opening and clearances....................................... 14

rc ub
6 Aft cargo compartment door opening and clearances............................................... 15

7 Forward service door opening and clearances.......................................................... 16
Ai is p
ft
8 Aft service door opening and clearances................................................................... 17

9 Overwing emergency exit door (OWEED).................................................................. 18
Th
10 Flight crew emergency escape hatch (FCEE)............................................................ 19

11 Forward avionics bay door (FAB)............................................................................... 20
12 Mid avionics bay door (MAB)..................................................................................... 21
13 Aft equipment bay door (AEB)................................................................................... 22
14 Tailcone door opening................................................................................................. 23
References
Table 1 References
None

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Description
1 Introduction
This data module contains data on the aircraft door clearances and clear opening dimensions.
2 General
A general description of the doors is as follows:
2.1 Forward Passenger Door (FPD), Aft Passenger Door (APD)
P) e
The two (2) semi-plug type doors on the left side of the aircraft provide access for passengers
C th
and crew. Door 1L is considered the primary entrance, located at the front of the aircraft, while
(A by
.
door 2L, rear of the aircraft, provides a secondary entrance for passengers and ground servicing
crew to board/de-board the aircraft.
io ed
Each door is classified as a type C floor-level exit. Due to the sill height, each door incorporates
at d
an emergency escape slide system.
ic e
n
bl ers
Each door translates outwards from the closed position, supported by a hinged arm and stabiliz-
er bars, to rest parallel to the fuselage in the open position.
Pu p
Each door is operable from the exterior and interior of the aircraft and features an inspection
s su
window to allow verification of the outside conditions from the interior. The exterior operating
tic n
handle has a linear motion and is interconnected to a vent flap system to provide pressure
is ee
equalization between the aircraft and the ambient air prior to be opened.
er b
Each door is fully lined and insulated to meet thermal and noise performance requirements.
ct s
Each door handle feature provision for a lock barrel.

ra ha
For both passenger doors distance from the nose, refer to Table 2 (A220-100), Table 3
ha n
(A220-300) and Fig. 1 . For both doors dimensions, refer to Table 4 . For the Forward Passen-
C atio
ger Door (FPD) opening and clearances, refer to Fig. 3 . For the Aft Passenger Door (APD)
opening and clearances, refer to Fig. 4 .
ra lic
2.2 Overwing Emergency Exit Door (OWEED)

rc ub
The two Overwing Emergency Exit Door (OWEED)s are type III semi-plug type doors.
Ai is p
ft
The exits are provided with an operating handle with removable cover and are fitted with a stan-
Th
dard sized passenger compartment window. Each door is fully lined and insulated to meet ther-
mal and noise performance requirements.
The door rotates upwards from the closed position, supported by an hinged arm to rest in open
position. The sequence to open the door is automatically supported by the energy stored in its
own mechanism.
For emergency access to the passenger compartment, the doors may be opened from an exte-
rior handle.
Due to the exit path height from the ground, an off wing emergency escape slide system is pro-
vided.
For the OWEEDs distance from the nose, refer to Table 2 (A220-100), Table 3 (A220-300) and
Fig. 1 . For both doors dimensions, refer to Table 4 . For the OWEEDs opening and clearances
refer to Fig. 9 .

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.3 Flight Crew Emergency Escape (FCEE) hatch

The flight compartment is outfitted with a single, inward-opening overhead escape hatch.
For the Flight Crew Emergency Escape (FCEE) hatch distance from the nose, refer to Table 2
(A220-100), Table 3 (A220-300) and Fig. 1 . For the FCEE hatch dimensions, refer to Table 4 .
For FCEE hatch opening and clearances refer to Fig. 10 .
2.4 Forward Cargo Compartment Door (FCCD), Aft Cargo Compartment Door
(ACCD)
The two doors are provided to allow cargo compartment to be loaded and unloaded.
The semi plug forward and aft cargo doors are identical components, each hinged along the top
edge of its frame.
P) e
C th
Each door incorporates an exterior lock/unlock handle with linear motion that is interconnected
to a vent flap system and provide pressure equalization between the aircraft and the ambient air
(A by
.
prior to be opened.
io ed
An actuation system with a switch panel is provided to facilitate the operation of the doors to
open or close.
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Each door handle feature provision for a lock barrel.
Pu p
For both cargo doors distance from the nose, refer to Table 2 (A220-100), Table 3 (A220-300)
s su
and Fig. 1 . For the doors dimensions, refer to Table 4 . For the Forward Cargo Compartment
Door (FCCD) opening and clearances, refer to Fig. 5 . For the Aft Cargo Compartment Door
tic n
(ACCD) opening and clearances, refer to Fig. 6 .

is ee
er b
2.5 Forward Service Door (FSD), Aft Service Door (ASD)

ct s
The two (2) semi-plug type doors are provided on the right side of the aircraft to provide access
ra ha
for the forward (door 1R) and aft (door 2R) galley service areas.
ha n
Each door is classified as a type C floor level exit. Due to the sill height, each door incorporates
C atio
an emergency escape slide system.

Each door translates outwards from the closed position, supported by a hinged arm and stabiliz-
ra lic
er bars, to rest parallel to the fuselage in the open position.

rc ub
Each door is operable from the exterior and interior of the aircraft and features an inspection
Ai is p
ft
window to allow verification of the outside conditions from the interior. The exterior operating
handle has a linear motion and is interconnected to a vent flap system to provide pressure
Th
equalization between the aircraft and the ambient air prior to be opened.
For both service doors distance from the nose, refer to Table 2 (A220-100), Table 3 (A220-300)
and Fig. 1 . For the service doors dimensions, refer to Table 4 . For the Forward Service Door
(FSD) opening and clearances, refer to Fig. 7 . For the Aft Service Door (ASD) opening and
clearances, refer to Fig. 8 .
2.6 Forward Avionics Bay (FAB) door

A plug type door is provided in the forward fuselage to gain access to the pressurized forward
equipment compartment.
The door is fitted with a stowable operating handle.

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
For the Forward Avionics Bay (FAB) door distance from the nose, refer to Table 2 (A220-100),
Table 3 (A220-300) and Fig. 1 . For dimensions, refer to Table 4 . For the FAB door opening and
2.7 Mid Avionics Bay (MAB) door

A plug type door is provided in the mid fuselage to gain access to the pressurized mid equip-
ment compartment.
For the Mid Avionics Bay (MAB) door distance from the nose, refer to Table 2 (A220-100), Ta-
ble 3 (A220-300) and Fig. 1 . For dimensions, refer to Table 4 . For the MAB door opening and
2.8 Aft Equipment Bay (AEB) door
P) e
C th
A door is provided in the aft fuselage to gain access to the non pressurized aft equipment com-
(A by
partment.
.
io ed
For the Aft Equipment Bay (AEB) door the distance from the nose, refer to Table 2 (A220-100),
at d
Table 3 (A220-300) and Fig. 1 . For dimensions, refer to Table 4 . For the AEB door opening and
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
2.9 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) doors
s su
A two clam-shell type doors are provided in the aft fuselage to gain access to the non pressur-
tic n
ized, fireproof enclosure of the Auxiliary Power Unit (APU).

is ee
For the APU door the distance from the nose, refer to Table 2 (A220-100), Table 3 (A220-300)
er b
and Fig. 1 . For dimensions, refer to Table 4 . For the APU doors opening and clearances, refer
to Fig. 14 .
ct s
ra ha
3 Doors distance from nose

ha n
C atio
ra lic
Table 2 Doors distance from nose (A220-100)

rc ub

Ai is p
ft
in.
Th
(cm)
A - APU doors 1227.6

(3118.10)
B - AEB door 1126.2

(2860.55)
C - APD, ASD 1012.0

(2570.48)
D - ACCD door 832.1

(2113.53)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
E - MAB door 695.6

(1766.82)
F - OWEED left and right side 516.1

(1310.89)
G - FCCD 256.2
(650.75)
P) e
C th
H - FPD 190.0
(A by
.
(482.60)
io ed
J - FAB door 180.0
at d
(457.20)
ic e
n
K - FSD bl ers 171.2
(434.85)
Pu p
s su
L - FCEE hatch 110.2

tic n
(279.91)
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
Table 3 Doors distance from nose (A220-300)

ha n
C atio

in.
ra lic
(cm)
rc ub
A - APU doors 1374.8

Ai is p
ft
(3491.99)
Th
B - AEB door 1273.2

(3233.92)
C - APD, ASD 1159.5

(2945.13)
D - ACCD door 979.4

(2487.66)
E - MAB door 779.4

(1979.67)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
F - OWEED left and right side 600.5

(1525.27)
G - FCCD 256.4
(651.25)
H - FPD 190.3
(483.36)
P) e
C th
J - FAB door 179.8
(A by
.
(456.69)
io ed
K - FSD 171.5
at d
(435.61)
ic e
n
L - FCEE hatch bl ers 110.5
(280.67)
Pu p
s su
tic n
Note
is ee
The values shown are the greatest possible variations in attitude due to the variation of
aircraft weight and gravity.
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
A
B
C
F
H
J
L
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
A
is ee
B
er b
C
ct s
ra ha
D
ha n
E
C atio
F
ra lic
G
rc ub
J
Ai is p
ft
K
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-00013-A-001-01
Figure 1 Door distance from nose (A220-100 and A220-300)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
4 Aircraft doors dimensions

Table 4 Aircraft doors dimensions (A220-100 and A220-300)
Doors Locator (refer to Fig. 2 thru Fig. 14 ) Height Width
in. in.
(cm) (cm)
A - FPD - type C exit (door 1L) 74.000 33.250

(187.96) (84.46)
B - OWEED left side 36.000 20.000

(91.44) (50.80)
P) e
C th
C - APD - type C exit (door 2L) 72.000 30.00
(A by
.
(182.88) (76.20)
io ed
D - FSD - type C exit (door 1R) 60.000 30.000
at d
(152.40) (76.20)
ic e
n
E - OWEED right side bl ers 36.000 20.000
Pu p
(91.44) (50.80)
s su
F - ASD - type C exit (door 2R) 60.000 30.000

tic n
is ee
(152.40) (76.20)
er b
G - FCEE hatch 22.000 20.000

ct s
(55.88) (50.80)
ra ha
H - FAB door 17.900 21.800

ha n
C atio
(45.47) (55.37)
J - FCCD 33.000 46.750

ra lic
rc ub
(83.82) (118.75)
Ai is p
ft
K - MAB door 21.586 17.80

(54.83) (45.21)
Th
L - ACCD 33.000 46.750

(83.82) (118.75)
M - AEB door 28.600 26.90

(72.64) (68.33)
D - 79.78 A - 58.77
(202.69) (149.29)
N - APU doors
E - 80.43 B - 52.86
(204.29) (134.28)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Doors Locator (refer to Fig. 2 thru Fig. 14 ) Height Width

in. in.
(cm) (cm)
C - 46.41
(117.89)
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
D
A
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
B E
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
C
F
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061000-A-3AB48-20825-A-002-01
Figure 2 Aircraft doors dimensions - (Sheet 1 of 2)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
M
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
L
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-48187-A-001-01
Figure 2 Aircraft doors dimensions - (Sheet 2 of 2)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
31.90 in. (81,03 cm)
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
24.39 in.
Ai is p
ft
(61,95 cm)
Th
73.85 in. (187.58 cm)
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-00103-A-004-01
Figure 3 Forward passenger door opening and clearances

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
30.78 in. (78,18 cm)
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
23.88 in.
Ai is p
ft
(60,65 cm)
Th
73.85 in. (187,58 cm)
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-00104-A-004-01
Figure 4 Aft passenger door opening and clearances

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 13
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
57.81 in. (146,84 cm)
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
33 in. (83,82 cm)

C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
VIEW LOOKING
FORWARD
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-00102-A-003-01
Figure 5 Forward cargo compartment door opening and clearances

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 14
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
57.81 in. (146,84 cm)
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
33 in. (83,82 cm)

C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
VIEW LOOKING
FORWARD
A
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-00101-A-003-01
Figure 6 Aft cargo compartment door opening and clearances

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 15
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
30.70 in. (77,98 cm)
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
23.12 in.
(58,72 cm)
ra lic
24.92 in.
rc ub
(63,30 cm)
Ai is p
ft
Th
72.71 in. (184,68 cm)
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-00106-A-003-01
Figure 7 Forward service door opening and clearances

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 16
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
30.77 in. (78,16 cm)
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
23.85 in.
ra lic
(60,59 cm)
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
74.63 in. (189,57 cm)
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-00105-A-003-01
Figure 8 Aft service door opening and clearances

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 17
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
OVERHEAD BIN
C th
(REF)
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
96 DEGREES
ra lic
rc ub
45 DEGREES
Ai is p
ft
OWEED LINER
(REF)
Th
DOOR LIFTED
POSITION
(REF)
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-48193-A-001-01
Figure 9 Overwing emergency exit door (OWEED)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 18
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-48188-A-001-01
Figure 10 Flight crew emergency escape hatch (FCEE)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 19
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-48189-A-001-01
Figure 11 Forward avionics bay door (FAB)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 20
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
FR54
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
STGR31L
Pu p
s su
FR52
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
STGR36R
ra ha
ha n
STGR33R
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
DOOR IN OPEN CONDITION
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-48190-A-001-01
Figure 12 Mid avionics bay door (MAB)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 21
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-48191-A-001-01
Figure 13 Aft equipment bay door (AEB)

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 22
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
D
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
A B C
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
E
VIEW LOOKING UP
ICN-BD500-A-J061100-A-3AB48-48192-A-001-01
Figure 14 Tailcone door opening

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 23
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-11-00-02AAA-030A-A
2021-09-29 Page 24
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Frame stations and fuselage stations - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Frame stations and fuselage stations - Technical data............................................................ 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
2 Frame and Fuselage station cross-reference to A220-100........................................ 5
3 Frame and Fuselage station cross-reference to A220-300........................................ 15
(A by
.
io ed
1 Frames A220-100....................................................................................................... 2
at d
2 Frames A220-300....................................................................................................... 12
ic e
n
bl ers References
Pu p
s su
Table 1 References
tic n
is ee
BD500-A-J06-20-03-00AAA-030A-A Engine/nacelle and pylon stations - Technical data

er b
ct s
Description
ra ha
ha n
C atio
1 Introduction
ra lic
The frames represented as FR on Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 are reference planes found at right angles to
rc ub
the fuselage center line.

Ai is p
ft
Refer to Table 2 and Table 3 for frame station and Fuselage Station (FS) cross-reference.
For engine/nacelle and pylon frame station, refer to BD500-A-J06-20-03-00AAA-030A-A.
Th
Note
All datums shown are for reference and approximate.

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
CABIN FLOOR WL 151.50
FR2 FR1
FR4 FR3
FR6 FR5
FR8 FR7 NOSE
FR10 FR9 FUSELAGE
FR12 FR11
FR14 FR13
FR15
FR17
FR19
FR20
FR22
FR24 FWD
FR26 FUSELAGE
FR27
FR29
P) e
FR30
C th
FR34
FR35
(A by
FR36 FWD MID
.
FR37 FUSELAGE
FR38
io ed
FR39
FR40
at d
FR41
FR42
ic e
FR43
n
FR44
bl ers
FR46
FR48
FR45
FR47
MID MID
FUSELAGE
Pu p
FR49
s su
FR50
FR51
FR52
tic n
FR53
is ee
FR54
FR55 AFT MID
er b
FR56 FUSELAGE
FR57
ct s
FR61
ra ha
FR62
FR64
ha n
FR65
C atio
FR67
FR68
FR69
FR70 REAR
ra lic
FR71 BARREL
rc ub
FR72
FR74
FR75
Ai is p
ft
FR76
FR78
FR79
FR80
Th
FR81
FR82
FR83 AFT
FUSELAGE
FR84
FR86 FR85
FR87
FR88
FR89 CANTED TAIL
FR90 CANTED CONE
FR91 CANTED
ICN-BD500-A-J062001-A-3AB48-76838-A-001-01
Figure 1 Frames A220-100 - (Sheet 1 of 3)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FR91 CANTED
FR90 CANTED
FR89 CANTED TAIL
FR88 CONE
FR87
FR86 FR85
FR84
FR83
FR82 AFT
FR81 FUSELAGE
FR80
FR79
FR78
FR76
FR75
FR74
FR72
FR71
P) e
FR70
C th
FR69 REAR
FR68 BARREL
(A by
FR67
.
FR66
FR64 FR65
FR63
io ed
FR62
FR61
at d
FR57
ic e
FR56
n
bl ers
FR54
FR55
FR53
AFT MID
FUSELAGE
Pu p
FR52
s su
FR51
FR50
FR49
tic n
FR48
is ee
FR47
FR46
FR45 MID MID
FR44
er b
FR43 FUSELAGE
FR42
ct s
FR41
ra ha
FR40
FR39
FR38
ha n
FR37
C atio
FR36 FWD MID

FR35 FUSELAGE
FR34
ra lic
FR30
FR28 FR29
rc ub
FR26 FR27
FR25
FR24
Ai is p
ft
FWD
FR22
FR20 FUSELAGE
FR19
Th
FR17
FR14 FR15
FR12 FR13
FR10 FR11
FR8 FR9
FR6 FR7 NOSE
FR4 FR5
FR3 FUSELAGE
FR2 FR1
ICN-BD500-A-J062001-A-3AB48-76839-A-001-01

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FR41
FR51
FR42
FR52
FR40
FR44
FR50
FR54
FR36
FR47
FR53
FR56
FR38
FR48
FR49
FR45
LHS
P) e
C th
(A by
.
FR51
FR41
FR52
FR42
FR54
FR50
FR44
FR40
FR56
FR53
FR47
FR36
FR49
FR48
FR38
FR45
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
RHS
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
FR41
FR51
FR42
FR52
FR40
FR44
FR50
FR54
FR36
FR47
FR53
FR56
FR38
FR48
FR49
FR45
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
LBL9.00
BL0.00
Th
RBL9.00
WTBF
VIEW LOOKING UP
ICN-BD500-A-J062001-A-3AB48-76842-A-001-01
The primary FS datum line (FS 0.0) is 252.0 inches (640.08 cm) forward of the aircraft nose.
Refer to Table 2 .

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table 2 Frame and Fuselage station cross-reference to A220-100

Frame station Fuselage station
in.
(cm)
FR1 277.000
(703.58)
FR2 286.000
P) e
(726.44)
C th
FR3 298.000
(A by
.
(756.92)
io ed
FR4 306.917
at d
ic e
(779.57)
n
FR5
bl ers 315.833
Pu p
(802.22)
s su
FR6 324.749
tic n
is ee
(824.86)
er b
FR7 333.666
ct s
ra ha
(847.51)
ha n
FR8 342.208
C atio
(869.21)
ra lic
FR9 350.749
rc ub
(890.90)
Ai is p
ft
FR10 359.939
(914.25)
Th
FR11 369.129
(937.59)
FR12 378.249
(960.75)
FR13 387.166
(983.40)
FR14 396.083
(1006.05)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR15 405.000
(1028.70)
FR17 424.000
(1076.96)
FR19 443.000
(1125.22)
P) e
C th
FR20 462.000
(A by
.
(1173.48)
io ed
FR22 481.000
at d
(1221.74)
ic e
n
FR24 bl ers 502.000
(1275.08)
Pu p
s su
FR25 508.000
tic n
(1290.32)
is ee
FR26 523.000
er b
ct s
(1328.42)
ra ha
FR27 544.000
ha n
(1381.76)
C atio
FR28 559.000
ra lic
(1419.86)
rc ub
FR29 565.000
Ai is p
ft
(1435.10)
Th
FR30 586.000
(1488.44)
FR34 607.000
(1541.78)
FR35 628.000
(1595.12)
FR36 649.000
(1648.46)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR37 670.000
(1701.80)
FR38 691.000
(1755.14)
FR39 712.000
(1808.48)
P) e
C th
FR40 733.000
(A by
.
(1861.82)
io ed
FR41 754.300
at d
(1915.92)
ic e
n
FR42 bl ers 768.850
(1952.88)
Pu p
s su
FR43 781.350
tic n
(1984.63)
is ee
FR44 793.850
er b
ct s
(2016.38)
ra ha
FR45 806.500
ha n
(2048.51)
C atio
FR46 819.000
ra lic
(2080.26)
rc ub
FR47 831.500
Ai is p
ft
(2112.01)
Th
FR48 844.000
(2143.76)
FR49 866.000
(2199.64)
FR50 888.000
(2255.52)
FR51 910.000
(2311.4)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR52 931.000
(2364.74)
FR52A 945.000
(2400.30)
FR53 952.000
(2418.08)
P) e
C th
FR53A 967.000
(A by
.
(2456.18)
io ed
FR54 973.000
at d
(2471.42)
ic e
n
FR55 bl ers 994.000
(2524.76)
Pu p
s su
FR56 1015.000
tic n
(2578.10)
is ee
FR57 1036.000
er b
ct s
(2631.44)
ra ha
FR61 1057.000
ha n
(2684.78)
C atio
FR62 1078.000
ra lic
(2738.12)
rc ub
FR63 1084.000
Ai is p
ft
(2753.36)
Th
FR64 1099.000
(2791.46)
FR65 1120.000
(2844.8)
FR66 1135.000
(2882.90)
FR67 1141.000
(2898.14)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR68 1163.000
(2954.02)
FR69 1185.000
(3009.90)
FR70 1207.000
(3065.78)
P) e
C th
FR71 1229.000
(A by
.
(3121.66)
io ed
FR72 1250.000
at d
(3175.00)
ic e
n
FR74 bl ers 1265.000
(3213.10)
Pu p
s su
FR75 1283.500
tic n
(3260.09)
is ee
FR76 1302.000
er b
ct s
(3307.08)
ra ha
FR78 1319.000
ha n
(3350.26)
C atio
FR79 1339.400
ra lic
(3402.08)
rc ub
FR80 1355.860
Ai is p
ft
(3443.88)
Th
FR81 1375.410
(3493.54)
FR82 1394.970
(3543.22)
FR83 1419.170
(3604.69)
FR84 1445.460
(3671.47)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR85 1472.000
(3738.88)
FR86 1477.000
(3751.58)
FR87 1503.676
(3819.34)
P) e
C th
FR88 1521.606
(A by
.
(3864.87)
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

FR2 FR1
FR4 FR3
FR6 FR5
FR8 FR7 NOSE
FR10 FR9 FUSELAGE
FR12 FR11
FR14 FR13
FR15
FR17
FR19
FR20
FR22
FR24 FWD
FR26 FUSELAGE
FR27
FR29
FR30
FR30A FR31
FR32
FR33
FR34 FWD MID
P) e
FR35 FUSELAGE
C th
FR36
FR37
FR38
(A by
.
FR39
FR40
FR41
io ed
FR42
FR43
FR44
at d
FR45 MID MID
FR46
ic e
FR48 FR47 FUSELAGE
n
FR50bl ers FR49
FR51
Pu p
FR52
s su
FR53
FR54
FR55
tic n
FR54 AFT MID

FR57
is ee
FUSELAGE
FR58
FR59
er b
FR60
FR61
ct s
FR62
ra ha
FR64
FR65
FR67
ha n
FR68
C atio
FR69
FR70 REAR
FR72 FR71 BARREL
ra lic
FR74
FR76 FR75
rc ub
FR78
FR79
Ai is p
ft
FR80
FR81
FR82
FR83 AFT
Th
FR84 FUSELAGE
FR85
FR86
FR87
FR88
FR89 CANTED TAIL
FR90 CANTED CONE
FR91 CANTED
ICN-BD500-A-J062001-A-3AB48-76840-A-001-01

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FR91 CANTED
FR90 CANTED
FR89 CANTED TAIL
FR88 CONE
FR87
FR86
FR84 FR85
FR83
FR82 AFT
FR81 FUSELAGE
FR80
FR79
FR78
FR76 FR75
FR74
FR72 FR71
FR70
FR69 REAR
P) e
FR68 BARREL
C th
FR66 FR67
FR65
(A by
.
FR63
FR61
FR60
io ed
FR59
FR58
at d
FR57
ic e
FR56 AFT MID
n
bl ers
FR54
FR55
FR53
FUSELAGE
FR52
Pu p
FR51
s su
FR50
FR49
FR48
tic n
FR46 FR47
is ee
FR45 MID MID

FR44 FUSELAGE
FR42 FR43
er b
FR41
FR40
ct s
FR39
ra ha
FR38
FR37
FR36
ha n
FR35
C atio
FR34 FWD MID

FR33 FUSELAGE
FR32
FR31
ra lic
FR30A
FR30
rc ub
FR28 FR29
FR26 FR27
Ai is p
ft
FR25
FR24 FWD
FR22
FR20 FUSELAGE
Th
FR19
FR17
FR14 FR15
FR12 FR13
FR10 FR11
FR8 FR9
FR6 FR7 NOSE
FR4 FR5
FR3 FUSELAGE
FR2 FR1
ICN-BD500-A-J062001-A-3AB48-76841-A-001-01

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 13
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FR41
FR51
FR42
FR52
FR40
FR44
FR50
FR54
FR36
FR47
FR53
FR56
FR38
FR48
FR49
FR45
LHS
P) e
C th
(A by
.
FR51
FR41
FR52
FR42
FR54
FR50
FR44
FR40
FR56
FR53
FR47
FR36
FR49
FR48
FR38
FR45
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
RHS
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
FR41
FR51
FR42
FR52
FR40
FR44
FR50
FR54
FR36
FR47
FR53
FR56
FR38
FR48
FR49
FR45
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
LBL9.00
BL0.00
Th
RBL9.00
WTBF
VIEW LOOKING UP
ICN-BD500-A-J062001-A-3AB48-76842-A-001-01
The primary FS datum line (FS 0.0) is 168.0 inches (426.72 cm) forward of the aircraft nose.
Refer to Table 3 .

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 14
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table 3 Frame and Fuselage station cross-reference to A220-300

in.
(cm)
FR1 193.000
(490.22)
FR2 202.000
P) e
(513.08)
C th
FR3 214.000
(A by
.
(543.56)
io ed
FR4 222.917
at d
ic e
(566.21)
n
FR5
bl ers 231.833
Pu p
(588.56)
s su
FR6 240.749
tic n
is ee
(611.50)
er b
FR7 249.666
ct s
ra ha
(634.15)
ha n
FR8 258.208
C atio
(655.85)
ra lic
FR9 266.749
rc ub
(677.54)
Ai is p
ft
FR10 275.939
(700.89)
Th
FR11 285.129
(724.23)
FR12 294.249
(747.39)
FR13 303.166
(770.04)
FR14 312.083
(792.69)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 15
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR15 321.000
(815.34)
FR17 340.000
(863.60)
FR19 359.000
(911.86)
P) e
C th
FR20 378.000
(A by
.
(960.12)
io ed
FR22 397.000
at d
(1008.38)
ic e
n
FR24 bl ers 418.000
(1061.72)
Pu p
s su
FR25 424.000
tic n
(1076.96)
is ee
FR26 439.000
er b
ct s
(1115.06)
ra ha
FR27 460.000
ha n
(1168.40)
C atio
FR28 475.000
ra lic
(1206.50)
rc ub
FR29 481.000
Ai is p
ft
(1221.74)
Th
FR30 502.000
(1275.08)
FR30A 523.000
(1328.42)
FR31 544.000
(1381.76)
FR32 565.000
(1435.10)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 16
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR33 586.000
(1488.44)
FR34 607.000
(1541.78)
FR35 628.000
(1595.12)
P) e
C th
FR36 649.000
(A by
.
(1648.46)
io ed
FR37 670.000
at d
(1701.80)
ic e
n
FR38 bl ers 691.000
(1755.14)
Pu p
s su
FR39 712.000
tic n
(1808.48)
is ee
FR40 733.000
er b
ct s
(1861.82)
ra ha
FR41 754.300
ha n
(1915.92)
C atio
FR42 768.850
ra lic
(1952.88)
rc ub
FR43 781.350
Ai is p
ft
(1984.63)
Th
FR44 793.850
(2016.38)
FR45 806.500
(2048.51)
FR46 819.000
(2080.26)
FR47 831.500
(2112.01)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 17
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR48 844.000
(2143.76)
FR49 866.000
(2199.64)
FR50 888.000
(2255.52)
P) e
C th
FR51 910.000
(A by
.
(2311.40)
io ed
FR52 931.000
at d
(2364.74)
ic e
n
FR52A bl ers 945.000
(2400.30)
Pu p
s su
FR53 952.000
tic n
(2418.08)
is ee
FR53A 967.000
er b
ct s
(2456.18)
ra ha
FR54 973.000
ha n
(2471.42)
C atio
FR55 994.000
ra lic
(2524.76)
rc ub
FR56 1015.000
Ai is p
ft
(2578.10)
Th
FR57 1036.000
(2631.44)
FR58 1057.000
(2684.78)
FR59 1078.000
(2738.12)
FR60 1099.000
(2791.46)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 18
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR61 1120.000
(2844.80)
FR62 1141.000
(2898.14)
FR63 1147.000
(2913.38)
P) e
C th
FR64 1162.000
(A by
.
(2951.48)
io ed
FR65 1183.000
at d
(3004.82)
ic e
n
FR66 bl ers 1198.000
(3042.92)
Pu p
s su
FR67 1204.000
tic n
(3058.16)
is ee
FR68 1226.000
er b
ct s
(3114.04)
ra ha
FR69 1248.000
ha n
(3169.92)
C atio
FR70 1270.000
ra lic
(3225.80)
rc ub
FR71 1292.000
Ai is p
ft
(3281.68)
Th
FR72 1313.000
(3335.02)
FR74 1328.000
(3373.12)
FR75 1346.500
(3420.11)
FR76 1365.000
(3467.10)

BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 19
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

in.
(cm)
FR78 1382.000
(3510.28)
FR79 1402.400
(3562.10)
FR80 1418.860
(3603.90)
P) e
C th
FR81 1438.410
(A by
.
(3653.56)
io ed
FR82 1457.970
at d
(3703.24)
ic e
n
FR83 bl ers 1482.170
(3764.71)
Pu p
s su
FR84 1508.460
tic n
(3831.49)
is ee
FR85 1535.000
er b
ct s
(3898.90)
ra ha
FR86 1540.000
ha n
(3911.60)
C atio
FR87 1567.506
ra lic
(3981.47)
rc ub
FR88 1584.606
Ai is p
ft
(4024.90)
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 20
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Empennage stations - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Empennage stations - Technical data....................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Vertical Empennage Stations (ZV)............................................................................. 1
1.2 Rudder Tail Stations (ZVS)......................................................................................... 2
1.3 Horizontal Empennage Stations (HSS)...................................................................... 2
P) e
1.4 Elevator reference lines.............................................................................................. 2
C th
List of tables Page
(A by
.
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
io ed
at d
ic e
1 Vertical empennage stations....................................................................................... 3
n
2 bl ers
Rudder tail stations..................................................................................................... 4
3 Horizontal empennage stations.................................................................................. 5
Pu p
s su
4 Elevator reference lines.............................................................................................. 10
References
tic n
is ee
Table 1 References
er b
ct s

ra ha
None
ha n
C atio
Description
ra lic
rc ub
1 Introduction
Ai is p
ft
1.1 Vertical Empennage Stations (ZV)

Th
The vertical empennage stations are reference planes found at right angles to the center line of
the vertical stabilizer rear spar.
The vertical empennage stations are measured from a point that aligns with WL102.50 and the
datum line of the vertical stabilizer rear spar.
Each vertical empennage station corresponds to a rib datum
The vertical empennage stations are defined at the intersection of rib datum and front spar da-
tum at the vertical stabilizer reference plan (Refer to Fig. 1 ).

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1.2 Rudder Tail Stations (ZVS)

The rudder tail stations are reference plans perpendicular to the projection of the rudder hinge
line on plane Y=0. The plans are measured from the intersection of the projection of the rudder
hinge line with the fuselage centerline, where ZVS=0.
Each vertical tail station corresponds to a rib datum. (Refer to Fig. 2 ).
1.3 Horizontal Empennage Stations (HSS)

The horizontal empennage stations are reference planes found at right angles to the center line
of the horizontal stabilizer rear spar. The horizontal empennage stations are measured from the
horizontal stabilizer center line.
Each horizontal empennage station corresponds to a rib datum.
P) e
The horizontal empennage stations are defined at the intersection of rib datum and front spar
C th
datum at the horizontal stabilizer reference plan (Refer to Fig. 3 ).
(A by
.
1.4 Elevator reference lines
io ed
For the elevator, instead of stations, rib datum reference lines are used as reference lines (Refer
at d
to Fig. 4).
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
REAR
SPAR
DATUM
ZV466.39
ZV447.73
P) e
C th
ZV437.16
ZV426.60
(A by
RI
.
B1
ZV416.04 1
T/E RIB8
ZV405.48
io ed
RI
B1
ZV394.92 0
at d
T/E SHROUD RIB3
ZV384.36 RI
ic e
B9
n
ZV373.80
bl ers ZV359.68
RI
B8
T/E RIB7
Pu p
ZV345.565
s su
RI T/E SHROUD RIB2

B7
ZV331.45
tic n
RI T/E RIB6
ZV317.33 B6
is ee
RI
ZV303.22 B5 T/E SHROUD RIB1
er b
RI
ZV289.10 B4
ct s
ZV282.28
ra ha
T/E RIB5
ZV275.45 RI
B3 ZVS317.05
ZV268.63 T/E RIB4
ha n
ZV252.47 RIB ZVS301.45

C atio
2
T/E RIB3
ZVS285.85
RIB1 T/E RIB2
ra lic
rc ub
T/E RIB1
Ai is p
ft
FRONT STGR8 STGR1

SPAR STGR4
Th
ZV0.00
ZVS0.00
ICN-BD500-A-J062002-A-3AB48-01101-A-001-01
Figure 1 Vertical empennage stations

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
RUDDER HINGE
CENTER LINE
RUDDER FRONT
SPAR
RIB7
L/E RUDDER HINGE8 ZVS449.73
P) e
C th
(A by
RIB6
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
RIB5
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
L/E RUDDER HINGE5

RIB4
ha n
ZVS317.05
C atio
L/E RUDDER HINGE4

RIB3
ZVS301.45
ra lic
L/E RUDDER HINGE3

rc ub
RIB2
ZVS285.85
Ai is p
ft
L/E RUDDER HINGE2

Th
RIB1
ZVS0.00
ICN-BD500-A-J062002-A-3AB48-01102-A-001-01
Figure 2 Rudder tail stations

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
SPAR REAR
SPAR FWD
RIB 7 OUTB
RIB 6 OUTB
RIB 5 OUTB
P) e
C th
HINGE RIB 4 OUTB
RIB 5
(A by
.
RIB 3 OUTB
io ed
RIB 2 OUTB
at d
RIB 1 OUTB
ic e
n
bl ers SPLICE RIB OUTB
RIB 9 INBD
Pu p
s su
RIB 8 INBD
tic n
HINGE RIB 4 RIB 7 INBD

is ee
RIB 6 INBD
er b
RIB 5 INBD
ct s
ra ha
RIB 4 INBD
ha n
R1B 3 INBD
C atio
RIB 2 INBD
ra lic

rc ub
SPLICE RIB
INBD
Ai is p
ft
Th
HINGE RIB 2
HINGE RIB 1
CLOSURE RIB
(REF)
VIEW LOOKING DOWN BL0.00
ICN-BD500-A-J062002-A-3AB48-76794-A-001-01
Figure 3 Horizontal empennage stations - (Sheet 1 of 5)

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BL0.00
CLOSURE RIB
(REF)
HINGE RIB 1
HINGE RIB 2
P) e
C th
(A by
SPLICE RIB
.
INBD
io ed
at d
RIB 2 INBD
ic e
n
bl ers R1B 3 INBD
RIB 4 INBD
Pu p
s su
RIB 5 INBD
RIB 6 INBD
tic n
is ee

er b
RIB 8 INBD
ct s
ra ha
RIB 9 INBD
ha n
SPLICE RIB OUTB

C atio
RIB 1 OUTB
RIB 2 OUTB
ra lic
rc ub
RIB 3 OUTB
Ai is p
ft
HINGE RIB 4 OUTB

RIB 5
RIB 5 OUTB
Th
RIB 6 OUTB
RIB 7 OUTB
SPAR FWD
SPAR REAR VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ICN-BD500-A-J062002-A-3AB48-76795-A-001-01

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
SPAR REAR
SPAR FWD
RIB 7 OUTB
RIB 6 OUTB
RIB 5 OUTB
HINGE
P) e
RIB 4 OUTB
RIB 5
C th
RIB 3 OUTB
(A by
.
RIB 2 OUTB
io ed
RIB 1 OUTB
at d
SPLICE RIB OUTB
ic e
n
bl ers RIB 9 INBD
RIB 8 INBD
Pu p
s su

tic n
RIB 6 INBD
is ee
RIB 5 INBD
er b
RIB 4 INBD
ct s
ra ha
R1B 3 INBD
ha n
RIB 2 INBD
C atio

ra lic
SPLICE RIB
INBD
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
HINGE RIB 2
Th
HINGE RIB 1
CLOSURE RIB
(REF)
VIEW LOOKING UP BL0.00
ICN-BD500-A-J062002-A-3AB48-76796-A-001-01

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BL0.00
CLOSURE RIB
(REF)
HINGE RIB 1
HINGE RIB 2
P) e
C th
(A by
SPLICE RIB
.
INBD
io ed
at d
RIB 2 INBD
ic e
n
bl ers R1B 3 INBD
RIB 4 INBD
Pu p
s su
RIB 5 INBD
RIB 6 INBD
tic n
is ee

er b
RIB 8 INBD
ct s
ra ha
RIB 9 INBD
ha n
SPLICE RIB OUTB

C atio
RIB 1 OUTB
RIB 2 OUTB
ra lic
rc ub
RIB 3 OUTB
Ai is p
ft
HINGE RIB 4 OUTB

RIB 5
RIB 5 OUTB
Th
RIB 6 OUTB
RIB 7 OUTB
SPAR FWD
SPAR REAR VIEW LOOKING UP
ICN-BD500-A-J062002-A-3AB48-76797-A-001-01

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FRONT MIDDLE
SPAR DATUM
HSS223.41
HSS221.91
ELEVATOR
HINGE HSS211.93
HSS201.95
P) e
C th
HSS191.96
HINGE5
(A by
.
SHROUD RIB5 HSS181.98
io ed
HSS172.00
SHROUD RIB4
at d
HSS162.02
ic e
n
SHROUD RIB3 bl ers HSS152.04
HSS142.06
Pu p
REAR MIDDLE
s su
SPAR DATUM HSS132.08

tic n
HINGE4 HSS122.10
is ee
SHROUD RIB2 HSS112.12

er b
HSS102.13
ct s
SHROUD RIB1
ra ha
HSS92.15
ha n
HSS82.17
C atio
HSS72.19
HINGE3
ra lic
HSS62.21
rc ub
HSS52.23
HINGE2
Ai is p
ft
HSS47.21
Th
HINGE1
FRONT SPAR
DATUM
REAR SPAR
DATUM
BL0.00
ICN-BD500-A-J062002-A-3AB48-01103-A-001-01

BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
ELEVATOR
SPAR DATUM
ELEVATOR HINGE
LINE
L/E RIB11
RIB8
L/E RIB10
HINGE5
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers HINGE4
L/E RIB9
Pu p
RIB7
s su
L/E RIB8
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
HINGE3
ha n
C atio
L/E RIB7
RIB6
L/E RIB6
ra lic
HINGE2
RIB5
rc ub
HINGE1
Ai is p
ft
RIB4
L/E RIB5
Th
RIB3
L/E RIB4
L/E RIB3
RIB2
L/E RIB2
AIRCRAFT
RIB1 CENTER LINE
LAYOUT GEOMETRY
ELEVATOR HINGE
HINGE
LINE
ICN-BD500-A-J062002-A-3AB48-01104-A-001-01
Figure 4 Elevator reference lines

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A
2022-10-28 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Nacelle and pylon stations - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Nacelle and pylon stations - Technical data............................................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2 Pylon stations.............................................................................................................. 1
3 Nacelle stations........................................................................................................... 1
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
1 Pylon stations.............................................................................................................. 2
at d
2 Nacelle stations........................................................................................................... 3
ic e
n
bl ers References
Pu p
s su
Table 1 References
tic n
is ee
None
er b
ct s
Description
ra ha
ha n
C atio
1 General
ra lic
rc ub
- This section shows the stations along the pylon and the nacelle.
Ai is p
ft
2 Pylon stations
Th
- Fig. 2 shows the pylon with reference to the Fuselage Station (FS).
- The FS references in this manual are used to measure or specify distances along the py-
lon.
3 Nacelle stations
- Fig. 1 shows the nacelle with reference to the FS.
- The FS references in this manual are used to measure or specify distances along the na-
celle.

BD500-A-J06-20-03-01AAA-030A-A
2014-11-13 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
FS 679.1 FS 795.2 FS 910.8
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
FS 731.7
C atio
FS 806.7 FS 880.6
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J062003-A-3AB48-11221-A-001-01
Figure 1 Pylon stations

BD500-A-J06-20-03-01AAA-030A-A
2014-11-13 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
FS 647.1 FS 678.9 FS 732.0 FS 809.6
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
FS 649.2 FS 816.2 FS 833.3

Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J062003-A-3AB48-11220-A-001-01
Figure 2 Nacelle stations

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-20-03-01AAA-030A-A
2014-11-13 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-20-03-01AAA-030A-A
2014-11-13 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Wing stations - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Wing stations - Technical data.................................................................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
(A by
.
1 Wing stations.............................................................................................................. 2
io ed
References
at d
ic e
Table 1 References
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
None
tic n
is ee
Description
er b
ct s
ra ha
1 Introduction
ha n
The Wing Station (WS) are reference planes found at right angles to the wing center line. The
C atio
primary WS datum line (WS0.00) is 630.51 in. inboard of the wingtip (WS630.51) (Refer to
Fig. 1 ).
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A
2023-09-14 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
R/SPAR
OUTB
RIB28
P) e
C th
RIB23
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
FLAP TRACK 4
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
FLAP TRACK 3
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
PYLON RIB8
rc ub
FLAP TRACK 2
Ai is p
ft
Th
RIB3
R/SPAR F/SPAR
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ICN-BD500-A-J062004-A-3AB48-76850-A-001-01
Figure 1 Wing stations - (Sheet 1 of 5)

BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A
2023-09-14 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
R/SPAR
OUTB
RIB28
P) e
C th
RIB23
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers FLAP TRACK 4
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
FLAP TRACK 3
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
RIB8 PYLON
ra lic
FLAP TRACK 2
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
RIB3
F/SPAR R/SPAR
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ICN-BD500-A-J062004-A-3AB48-76852-A-002-01

BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A
2023-09-14 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
R/SPAR F/SPAR
RIB3
P) e
FLAP TRACK 2
C th
(A by
.
PYLON RIB8
io ed
at d
ic e
n
FLAP TRACK 3
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
FLAP TRACK 4
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
RIB23
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
RIB28
R/SPAR
OUTB VIEW LOOKING UP
ICN-BD500-A-J062004-A-3AB48-76851-A-002-01

BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A
2023-09-14 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
F/SPAR R/SPAR
RIB3
P) e
FLAP TRACK 2
C th
(A by
RIB8
.
PYLON
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers FLAP TRACK 3
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
FLAP TRACK 4
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
RIB23
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
RIB28
VIEW LOOKING UP R/SPAR

OUTB
ICN-BD500-A-J062004-A-3AB48-76853-A-001-01

BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A
2023-09-14 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
RIB28
RIB27
WS630.51
WS612.89
WS595.27
WS567.70
WS541.52 RIB23
P) e
RIB22
C th
WS516.26
RIB21
(A by
WS492.83
.
WS471.03
io ed
RIB19
WS448.72
at d
WS426.88
ic e
n
WS404.29 bl ers RIB16
WS382.26
Pu p
s su
WS359.49 RIB14
WS337.18
tic n
is ee
WS314.87
er b
WS292.10 RIB11
ct s
WS271.65
ra ha
WS250.27
ha n
WS228.90
C atio
WS207.80
RIB7
WS189.24
ra lic
WS167.67
rc ub
WS148.26
Ai is p
ft
WS121.38
Th
WS95.20
RIB3
WS0.00 BL0.00
ICN-BD500-A-J062004-A-3AB48-01100-A-001-01

End of data module
BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A
2023-09-14 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Weights and center of gravity limits - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Weights and center of gravity limits - Technical data............................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Structural design weights............................................................................................ 1
2 Longitudinal center of gravity envelope...................................................................... 2
List of tables Page
P) e
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
2 Aircraft design weights................................................................................................ 1
(A by
.
3 FS to % MAC (Imperial units).................................................................................... 2
4 FS to % MAC (SI units).............................................................................................. 3
io ed
5 FS to %MAC (Imperial units)...................................................................................... 4
at d
6 FS to %MAC (SI units)............................................................................................... 6
ic e
n
List of figures bl ers Page
1 Longitudinal center of gravity envelope...................................................................... 7

Pu p
s su
2 A220-300 Longitudinal center of gravity envelope..................................................... 8
References
tic n
is ee
Table 1 References
er b
ct s

ra ha
None
ha n
C atio
Description
ra lic
rc ub
1 Structural design weights

Ai is p
ft
The structural design weights for the aircraft are as listed in Table 2 . It should be noted that
Th
these design weights are independent of the selected aircraft operational weights. Increased op-
erational weights are available as optional increments up to the structural design weights.
Table 2 Aircraft design weights

A220-100 (lb.) A220-100 (kg) A220-300 (lb.) A220-300 (kg)
Maximum Zero Fuel

111,000 50 349 123,000 55 792
Weight (MZFW)
Maximum Landing
115,500 52 390 129,500 58 740
Weight (MLW)
Maximum Take Off

134,000 60 781 149,000 67 585
Weight (MTOW)

BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A
2020-07-08 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
A220-100 (lb.) A220-100 (kg) A220-300 (lb.) A220-300 (kg)
Maximum Ramp
135,000 61 235 150,000 68 039
Weight (MRW)
2 Longitudinal center of gravity envelope

The envelope shows the weight and Center of Gravity (CG) for takeoff, flight and landing.
To use the longitudinal CG envelope Fig. 1 , refer to Table 3 and Table 4 for aircraft mod-
el BD-500-1A10 (A220-100) and Fig. 2 , refer to Table 5 and Table 6 for the aircraft model
BD-500-1A11 (A220-300).
Table 3 FS to % MAC (Imperial units)
P) e
FS (in) .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9
C th
(A by
835 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.9 11.0 11.1 11.2 11.2 11.3 11.4
.
io ed
836 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.6 11.7 11.8 11.8 11.9 12.0 12.0
at d
837 12.1 12.2 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.6 12.7
ic e
n
838 12.8 12.8 bl ers
12.9 13.0 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.2 13.3 13.4
Pu p
839 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.6 13.7 13.8 13.8 13.9 14.0 14.0
s su
840 14.1 14.2 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.6 14.7
tic n
is ee
841 14.8 14.8 14.9 15.0 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.2 15.3 15.4
er b
842 15.5 15.5 15.6 15.7 15.7 15.8 15.9 15.9 16.0 16.1
ct s
ra ha
843 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.7
ha n
844 16.8 16.9 16.9 17.0 17.1 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.3 17.4
C atio
845 17.5 17.5 17.6 17.7 17.7 17.8 17.9 17.9 18.0 18.1
ra lic
rc ub
846 18.1 18.2 18.3 18.3 18.4 18.5 18.5 18.6 18.7 18.7
Ai is p
ft
847 18.8 18.9 18.9 19.0 19.1 19.1 19.2 19.3 19.3 19.4
848 19.5 19.5 19.6 19.7 19.8 19.8 19.9 20.0 20.0 20.1
Th
849 20.2 20.2 20.3 20.4 20.4 20.5 20.6 20.6 20.7 20.8
850 20.8 20.9 21.0 21.0 21.1 21.2 21.2 21.3 21.4 21.4
851 21.5 21.5 21.5 21.7 21.8 21.8 21.9 22.0 22.0 22.1
852 22.2 22.2 22.3 22.4 22.4 22.5 22.6 22.6 22.7 22.8
853 22.8 22.9 23.0 23.0 23.1 23.2 23.2 23.3 23.4 23.4
854 23.5 23.6 23.6 23.7 23.8 23.8 23.9 24.0 24.0 24.1
855 24.2 24.3 24.3 24.4 24.5 24.5 24.6 24.7 24.7 24.8

BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A
2020-07-08 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FS (in) .0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9
856 24.9 24.9 25.0 25.1 25.1 25.2 25.3 25.3 25.4 25.5
857 25.5 25.6 25.7 25.7 25.8 25.9 25.9 26.0 26.1 26.1
858 26.2 26.3 26.3 26.4 26.5 26.5 26.6 26.7 26.7 26.8
859 26.9 26.9 27.0 27.1 27.1 27.2 27.3 27.3 27.4 27.5
860 27.5 27.6 27.7 27.7 27.8 27.9 27.9 28.0 28.1 28.1
861 28.2 28.3 28.3 28.4 28.5 28.6 28.6 28.7 28.8 28.8
862 28.9 29.0 29.0 29.1 29.2 29.2 29.3 29.4 29.4 29.5
P) e
C th
863 29.6 29.6 29.7 29.8 29.8 29.9 30.0 30.0 30.1 30.2
(A by
.
864 30.2 30.3 30.4 30.4 30.5 30.6 30.6 30.7 30.8 30.8
io ed
865 30.9 31.0 31.0 31.1 31.2 31.2 31.3 31.4 31.4 31.5
at d
ic e
866 31.6 31.6 31.7 31.8 31.8 31.9 32.0 32.0 32.1 32.2
n
bl ers
867 32.2 32.3 32.4 32.4 32.5 32.6 32.6 32.7 32.8 32.8
Pu p
s su
868 32.9 33.0 33.1 33.1 33.2 33.3 33.3 33.4 33.5 33.5
tic n
869 33.6 33.7 33.7 33.8 33.9 33.9 34.0 34.1 34.1 34.2
is ee
870 34.3 34.3 34.4 34.5 34.5 34.6 34.7 34.7 34.8 34.9
er b
ct s
871 34.9 35.0 35.1 35.1 35.2 35.3 35.3 35.4 35.5 35.5
ra ha
872 35.6 35.7 35.7 35.8 35.9 35.9 36.0 36.1 36.1 36.2
ha n
C atio
873 36.3 36.3 36.4 36.5 36.5 36.6 36.7 36.7 36.8 36.9
ra lic
874 36.9 37.0 37.1 37.1 37.2 37.3 37.4 37.4 37.5 37.6
rc ub
875 37.6 37.7 37.8 37.8 37.9 38.0 38.0 38.1 38.2 38.2
Ai is p
ft
876 38.3 38.4 38.4 38.5 38.6 38.6 38.7 38.8 38.8 38.9
Th
Example: FS 850.4 in = 21.1 % MAC
Table 4 FS to % MAC (SI units)

FS (m) .00 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 06 .07 .08 .09
21.2 10.5 10.8 11.0 11.3 11.6 11.8 12.1 12.4 12.6 12.9
21.3 13.2 13.4 13.7 13.9 14.2 14.5 14.7 15.0 15.3 15.5
21.4 15.8 16.1 16.3 16.6 16.9 17.1 17.4 17.7 17.9 18.2
21.5 18.4 18.7 19.0 19.2 19.5 19.8 20.0 20.3 20.6 20.8

BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A
2020-07-08 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FS (m) .00 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 06 .07 .08 .09
21.5 21.1 21.4 21.5 21.9 22.1 22.4 22.7 22.9 23.2 23.5
21.7 23.7 24.0 24.3 24.5 24.8 25.1 25.3 25.6 25.9 26.1
21.8 26.4 26.6 26.9 27.2 27.4 27.7 28.0 28.2 28.5 28.8
21.9 29.0 29.3 29.6 29.8 30.1 30.3 30.6 30.9 31.1 31.4
22.0 31.7 31.9 32.2 32.5 32.7 33.0 33.3 33.5 33.8 34.0
22.1 34.3 34.6 34.8 35.1 35.4 35.6 35.9 36.2 36.4 36.7
22.2 37.0 37.2 37.5 37.8 38.0 38.3 38.5 38.8 39.1 39.3
P) e
C th
22.3 39.6 39.9 40.1 40.4 40.7 40.9 41.2 41.5 41.7 42.0
(A by
.
Example: FS 21.93 m = 29.8 % MAC
io ed
at d
Table 5 FS to %MAC (Imperial units)
ic e
n
FS (in.) 0.0 .1 bl ers
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
Pu p
835 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.9 11.0 11.1 11.2 11.2 11.3 11.4
s su
836 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.6 11.7 11.8 11.8 11.9 12.0 12.0
tic n
is ee
837 12.1 12.2 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.6 12.7
er b
838 12.8 12.8 12.9 13.0 13.0 13.1 13.2 13.2 13.3 13.4
ct s
ra ha
839 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.6 13.7 13.8 13.8 13.9 14.0 14.0
ha n
840 14.1 14.2 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.6 14.7
C atio
841 14.8 14.8 14.9 15.0 15.0 15.1 15.2 15.2 15.3 15.4
ra lic
842 15.5 15.5 15.6 15.7 15.7 15.8 15.9 15.9 16.0 16.1
rc ub
843 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.7
Ai is p
ft
844 16.8 16.9 16.9 17.0 17.1 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.3 17.4
Th
845 17.5 17.5 17.6 17.7 17.7 17.8 17.9 17.9 18.0 18.1
846 18.1 18.2 18.3 18.3 18.4 18.5 18.5 18.6 18.7 18.7
847 18.8 18.9 18.9 19.0 19.1 19.1 19.2 19.3 19.3 19.4
848 19.5 19.5 19.6 19.7 19.8 19.8 19.9 20.0 20.0 20.1
849 20.2 20.2 20.3 20.4 20.4 20.5 20.6 20.6 20.7 20.8
850 20.8 20.9 21.0 21.0 21.1 21.2 21.2 21.3 21.4 21.4
851 21.5 21.5 21.5 21.7 21.8 21.8 21.9 22.0 22.0 22.1

BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A
2020-07-08 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FS (in.) 0.0 .1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
852 22.2 22.2 22.3 22.4 22.4 22.5 22.6 22.6 22.7 22.8
853 22.8 22.9 23.0 23.0 23.1 23.2 23.2 23.3 23.4 23.4
854 23.5 23.6 23.6 23.7 23.8 23.8 23.9 24.0 24.0 24.1
855 24.2 24.3 24.3 24.4 24.5 24.5 24.6 24.7 24.7 24.8
856 24.9 24.9 25.0 25.1 25.1 25.2 25.3 25.3 25.4 25.5
857 25.5 25.6 25.7 25.7 25.8 25.9 25.9 26.0 26.1 26.1
858 26.2 26.3 26.3 26.4 26.5 26.5 26.6 26.7 26.7 26.8
P) e
C th
859 26.9 26.9 27.0 27.1 27.1 27.2 27.3 27.3 27.4 27.5
(A by
.
860 27.5 27.6 27.7 27.7 27.8 27.9 27.9 28.0 28.1 28.1
io ed
861 28.2 28.3 28.3 28.4 28.5 28.6 28.6 28.7 28.8 28.8
at d
ic e
862 28.9 29.0 29.0 29.1 29.2 29.2 29.3 29.4 29.4 29.5
n
bl ers
863 29.6 29.6 29.7 29.8 29.8 29.9 30.0 30.0 30.1 30.2
Pu p
s su
864 30.2 30.3 30.4 30.4 30.5 30.6 30.6 30.7 30.8 30.8
tic n
865 30.9 31.0 31.0 31.1 31.2 31.2 31.3 31.4 31.4 31.5
is ee
866 31.6 31.6 31.7 31.8 31.8 31.9 32.0 32.0 32.1 32.2
er b
ct s
867 32.2 32.3 32.4 32.4 32.5 32.6 32.6 32.7 32.8 32.8
ra ha
868 32.9 33.0 33.1 33.1 33.2 33.3 33.3 33.4 33.5 33.5
ha n
C atio
869 33.6 33.7 33.7 33.8 33.9 33.9 34.0 34.1 34.1 34.2
ra lic
870 34.3 34.3 34.4 34.5 34.5 34.6 34.7 34.7 34.8 34.9
rc ub
871 34.9 35.0 35.1 35.1 35.2 35.3 35.3 35.4 35.5 35.5
Ai is p
ft
872 35.6 35.7 35.7 35.8 35.9 35.9 36.0 36.1 36.1 36.2
Th
873 36.3 36.3 36.4 36.5 36.5 36.6 36.7 36.7 36.8 36.9
874 36.9 37.0 37.1 37.1 37.2 37.3 37.4 37.4 37.5 37.6
875 37.6 37.7 37.8 37.8 37.9 38.0 38.0 38.1 38.2 38.2
876 38.3 38.4 38.4 38.5 38.6 38.6 38.7 38.8 38.8 38.9
Example: FS850.4 in. = 21.1 %MAC

BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A
2020-07-08 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table 6 FS to %MAC (SI units)

FS (m) 0.00 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09
21.2 10.5 10.8 11.0 11.3 11.6 11.8 12.1 12.4 12.6 12.9
21.3 13.2 13.4 13.7 13.9 14.2 14.5 14.7 15.0 15.3 15.5
21.4 15.8 16.1 16.3 16.6 16.9 17.1 17.4 17.7 17.9 18.2
21.5 18.4 18.7 19.0 19.2 19.5 19.8 20.0 20.3 20.6 20.8
21.5 21.1 21.4 21.5 21.9 22.1 22.4 22.7 22.9 23.2 23.5
21.7 23.7 24.0 24.3 24.5 24.8 25.1 25.3 25.6 25.9 26.1
P) e
C th
21.8 26.4 26.6 26.9 27.2 27.4 27.7 28.0 28.2 28.5 28.8
(A by
.
21.9 29.0 29.3 29.6 29.8 30.1 30.3 30.6 30.9 31.1 31.4
io ed
22.0 31.7 31.9 32.2 32.5 32.7 33.0 33.3 33.5 33.8 34.0
at d
ic e
22.1 34.3 34.6 34.8 35.1 35.4 35.6 35.9 36.2 36.4 36.7
n
22.2 37.0 37.2
bl ers
37.5 37.8 38.0 38.3 38.5 38.8 39.1 39.3
Pu p
s su
22.3 39.6 39.9 40.1 40.4 40.7 40.9 41.2 41.5 41.7 42.0
tic n
Example: FS21.93 m = 29.8 %MAC

is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A
2020-07-08 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
140000 63503
MRW 61235
135000
MTOW
130000 58967
P) e
125000 56699
C th
(A by
.
120000 54431
MLW
io ed
WEIGHT (kg)
115000 52163
WEIGHT (lb)
at d
MZFW
ic e
EN ROUTE
n
49895
110000
bl ers
Pu p
105000 47627
s su
D
ITE
EN ROUTE
tic n
100000 HIB 45359

is ee
RO
er b
95000 43091
FP
ct s
OF
ra ha
90000 40823
KE
TA
ha n
C atio
85000 38555
ra lic
80000 36287
MFW
rc ub
75000 34019
Ai is p
ft
8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0 34.0 36.0 38.0 40.0 42.0
CG (% MAC)
Th
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS
ICN-BD500-A-J083000-A-3AB48-00928-A-006-01
Figure 1 Longitudinal center of gravity envelope

BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A
2020-07-08 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
165000 74843
MRW
155000 70307
MTOW
P) e
C th
65771
(A by
145000
.
io ed
135000 61235
at d
ic e
MLW
n
bl ers
WEIGHT (kg)
125000 MZFW 56699
Pu p
WEIGHT (lb)
EN ROUTE
s su
tic n
D
115000 52163
is ee
ITE
HIB
er b
RO
ct s
rc ub EN ROUTE
105000 47627
ra ha
FP
OF
ha n
KE
C atio
95000 43091
TA
ra lic
85000 38555
Ai is p
ft
75000 34019
Th
8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0 34.0 36.0 38.0 40.0 42.0
CG (% MAC)
CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS
ICN-BD500-A-J084103-C-3AB48-58006-A-002-01
Figure 2 A220-300 Longitudinal center of gravity envelope

End of data module
BD500-A-J08-41-00-00AAA-030A-A
2020-07-08 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Emergency exits and evacuation - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Emergency exits and evacuation - Technical data................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Emergency exits and evacuation................................................................................ 1
1.1.1 Passenger doors......................................................................................................... 2
1.1.2 Service doors.............................................................................................................. 2
P) e
1.1.3 Overwing Emergency Exit Door (OWEED)................................................................ 2
C th
1.1.4 Flight Crew Emergency Escape (FCEE) door............................................................ 3
(A by
.
List of tables Page
io ed
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
at d
ic e
n
1 bl ers
Emergency exits and evacuation................................................................................ 4
Pu p
References
s su
tic n
Table 1 References
is ee

er b
ct s
None
ra ha
Description
ha n
C atio
ra lic
1 General
rc ub
This section contains general data about the BD-500-1A10 (A220-100) and BD-500-1A11
Ai is p
ft
(A220-300) aircraft emergency exits and evacuation procedures.

Th
1.1 Emergency exits and evacuation

The emergency exits give the passengers and crew more exits which let them go out of the air-
craft more quickly during an emergency. Seven exits are available if an emergency occurs, as
follows
- Two passenger doors (front and aft, left side of the aircraft);
- Two service doors (front and aft, right side of the aircraft);
- Two Overwing Emergency Exit Door (OWEED) (one in each side of the aircraft);
- One Flight Crew Emergency Escape (FCEE) door (flight compartment).
Refer to Fig. 1 .

BD500-A-J15-41-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-11-05 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1.1.1 Passenger doors

Two semi-plug type doors on the left side of the aircraft give access to the passengers and the
crew. Door 1L is the primary entrance while door 2L gives a secondary entrance available for
passenger and ground servicing.
Each door is classified as a type C floor level exit. Because of the sill height, each door has an
emergency evacuation slide system. The door moves out from the closed position, supported by
a hinged arm to stay in the open position.
The door can be operated externally or internally and has an inspection window to let the crew
examine the external condition. The external handle is connected to a vent flap system to equal-
ize the pressure between the aircraft and the ambient air.
Door opening procedure (from the external side):
P) e
C th
Note
Before you open the doors, make sure that you fully release the pressure from the aircraft.
(A by
.
The CABIN PRESSURE warning light panel is installed in the door window.
io ed
1 Push the flap (Fig. 1 ) to hold the external handle (Fig. 1 ).
at d
ic e
n
2 Pull the external handle (Fig. 1 ) up to lift the door.
3
bl ers
Pull the door outwards in forward direction.
Pu p
s su
4 Make sure that the hold open mechanism locks the door in the open position.
tic n
1.1.2 Service doors

is ee
Two semi-plug type doors on the right side of the aircraft give access to the forward and aft gal-
er b
ley servicing area.

ct s
ra ha
Each door is classified as a type C floor level exit. Because of the sill height, each door has an
emergency evacuation slide system. The door moves out from the closed position, supported by
ha n
a hinged arm to stay in the open position.

C atio
The door can be operated externally or internally and has an inspection window to let the crew
examine the external condition. The external handle is connected to a vent flap system to equal-
ra lic
ize the pressure between the aircraft and the ambient air.
rc ub
Door opening procedure (from the external side):

Ai is p
ft
Note
Th
Before you open the doors, make sure that you fully release the pressure from the aircraft.
The CABIN PRESSURE warning light panel is installed in the door window.

2 Pull the external handle (Fig. 1 ) up to open the door.
3 Pull the door outwards in forward direction.
4 Make sure that the hold open mechanism locks the door in the open position.
1.1.3 Overwing Emergency Exit Door (OWEED)

The OWEED are type III semi-plug type doors.

BD500-A-J15-41-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-11-05 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
The exits are provided with an operating handle with removable cover and are fitted with a stan-
dard sized passenger compartment window. Each door is fully lined and insulated to meet ther-
mal and noise performance requirements.
The door opens out and up from the closed position, supported by a hinged arm to stay in the
open position. An actuator automatically helps the door opening sequence.
For emergency access to the passenger compartment, the doors can be opened from the exter-
nal side. Escape ropes are available to help the evacuation.
Because of the height from the ground, an emergency evacuation slide system is given.
Note
The evacuation slide system is automatically operated when the OWEED is opened
from the external side. Remove all equipment and personnel from the area where the
P) e
emergency evacuation slide will be open.
C th
OWEED opening procedure (from the external side):
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
3 Pull the door outwards.
n
4
bl ers
Make sure that the hold open mechanism locks the door in the open position.
Pu p
s su
1.1.4 Flight Crew Emergency Escape (FCEE) door

tic n
The FCEE door is on the fuselage centerline at the top of the fuselage, forward of the flight com-
is ee
partment bulkhead. It is a plug type door that has two hook type hinges on the aft edge.
er b
The FCEE door opens in and can be removed from its hinges when it is fully open. The door
ct s
can be operated externally or internally through its inner and outer handles.. A escape rope is
ra ha
available in the area to help the evacuation.

ha n
FCEE door opening procedure (from the external side):

C atio

ra lic

rc ub
3 Push the door in.

Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J15-41-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-11-05 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1
1
P) e
OVERWING
C th
EMERGENCY EXIT
(A by
.
PASSENGER DOOR
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
1
ra lic
2
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
1
Th
SERVICE DOOR CREW ESCAPE HATCH
ICN-BD500-A-J154100-A-3AB48-24914-A-001-01
Figure 1 Emergency exits and evacuation

End of data module
BD500-A-J15-41-00-01AAA-030A-A
2019-11-05 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Emergency equipment location - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Emergency equipment location - General data........................................................................ 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Emergency equipment................................................................................................ 1
List of tables Page
P) e
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
List of figures
(A by
Page
.
1 Flight deck - Emergency equipment........................................................................... 4
io ed
2 Emergency equipment location - General data.......................................................... 5
at d
3 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)........................................................................ 30
ic e
n
bl ers References
Pu p
s su
Table 1 References
tic n
is ee
None
er b
ct s
Description
ra ha
ha n
C atio
1 General
ra lic
1.1 Emergency equipment

rc ub
• The emergency equipment installed in the aircraft is for the safety of the passengers and the
Ai is p
ft
crew. The emergency equipment is made of components for use in emergencies such as crash-
es and fires.
Th
• The components of the emergency equipment include as follows:

- Halon fire extinguishers (one in the flight compartment and four in the passenger compart-
ment).
Applicability: 50020-50061, 50063-50065, 55067, 55076, 55078-55079, 55082-55083, 55088, 55090,

55092-55093, 55097-55098, 55100, 55102-55103, 55105, 55109, 55111-55112, 55117-55119, 55122-55123,
55138, 55147, 55152, 55161, 55166, 55169, 55179, 55190, 55205, 55306
- Protective Breathing Equipment (PBE) (one in the flight compartment and three in the passen-
ger compartment).

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Applicability: 50010-50018, 55003-55016, 55020-55021, 55023, 55025, 55027, 55029-55030, 55032-55034,

55036, 55038-55048, 55050-55066, 55068, 55071-55074, 55077, 55081, 55086-55087, 55091, 55094, 55110
- PBE (one in the flight compartment and four in the passenger compartment).
Applicability: 55017-55019, 55022, 55024, 55026, 55028, 55031, 55035, 55037, 55049
- PBE (one in the flight compartment and five in the passenger compartment).
- Crash axe (one in the flight compartment).
Applicability: 55067, 55076, 55078-55079, 55082-55083, 55088, 55090, 55092-55093, 55097-55098, 55100,
55102-55103, 55105, 55109, 55111-55112, 55117-55119, 55122-55123, 55138, 55147, 55152, 55161, 55166,
P) e
55169, 55179, 55190, 55205, 55306
C th
- Life vests for the crew (three in the flight compartment and three in the passenger compart-
(A by
.
ment).
io ed
Applicability: 50010-50018, 50020-50061, 50063-50065, 55003-55016, 55020-55021, 55023, 55025, 55027,
at d
55029-55030, 55032-55034, 55036, 55038-55048, 55050-55066, 55068, 55071-55074, 55077, 55081,
ic e
n
55086-55087, 55091, 55094, 55110
bl ers
- Life vests for the crew (three in the flight compartment and four in the passenger compart-
Pu p
s su
ment).
tic n
Applicability: 55017-55019, 55022, 55024, 55026, 55028, 55031, 55035, 55037, 55049
is ee
- Life vests for the crew (three in the flight compartment and five in the passenger compart-
er b
ment).
ct s
ra ha
Applicability: 55067, 55076, 55078-55079, 55082-55083, 55088, 55090, 55092-55093, 55097-55098, 55100,
ha n
55102-55103, 55105, 55109, 55111-55112, 55117-55119, 55122-55123, 55138, 55147, 55152, 55161, 55166,
C atio
55169, 55179, 55190, 55205, 55306

ra lic
- Flashlights (two in the flight compartment and three in the passenger compartment).
rc ub
Applicability: 50010-50018, 50020-50061, 50063-50065, 55003-55016, 55020-55021, 55023, 55025, 55027,

Ai is p
ft
55029-55030, 55032-55034, 55036, 55038-55048, 55050-55066, 55068, 55071-55074, 55077, 55081,

55086-55087, 55091, 55094, 55110
Th
- Flashlights (two in the flight compartment and four in the passenger compartment).
Applicability: 55017-55019, 55022, 55024, 55026, 55028, 55031, 55035, 55037, 55049
- Flashlights (two in the flight compartment and five in the passenger compartment).
- Crew/Therapeutic and portable oxygen cylinders for crew (three in the passenger compart-
ment).

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Applicability: 50020-50061, 50063-50065, 55056-55063, 55065-55068, 55072-55074, 55076-55079,

55081-55083, 55087-55088, 55090-55093, 55097-55098, 55100, 55102-55103, 55105, 55109, 55111-55112,
55117-55119, 55122-55123, 55138, 55147, 55152, 55161, 55166, 55169, 55179, 55190, 55205, 55306
- Crew/Therapeutic and portable oxygen cylinders for crew (four in the passenger compart-
ment).
Applicability: 55003-55009, 55016-55019, 55022, 55024, 55026, 55028, 55031, 55034-55035, 55037-55039,
55041-55043, 55049-55055, 55064, 55071, 55086, 55094
- Crew/Therapeutic and portable oxygen cylinders for crew (six in the passenger compartment).
Applicability: 50010-50018, 55010-55015, 55020-55021, 55023, 55025, 55027, 55029-55030, 55032-55033,
P) e
C th
55036, 55040, 55044-55046, 55110
(A by
- Crew/Therapeutic and portable oxygen cylinders for crew (seven in the passenger compart-
.
ment).
io ed
- Two oxygen masks per cylinder.
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Applicability: 55017-55019, 55022, 55024, 55026, 55028, 55031, 55035, 55037, 55049
- First aid kit (three in the passenger compartment).

Pu p
s su
Applicability: 50010-50018, 50020-50061, 50063-50065, 55003-55016, 55020-55021, 55023, 55025, 55027,

tic n
55029-55030, 55032-55034, 55036, 55038-55048, 55050-55068, 55071-55074, 55076-55079, 55081-55083,

is ee
55086-55088, 55090-55094, 55097-55098, 55100, 55102-55103, 55105, 55109-55112, 55117-55119,

er b
55122-55123, 55138, 55147, 55152, 55161, 55166, 55169, 55179, 55190, 55205, 55306
ct s
ra ha
- First aid kit (two in the passenger compartment).

- Megaphones (two in the passenger compartment).
ha n
C atio
- Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT).

• The locations of the emergency equipments are inside flight deck, galley, lavatory, forward
ra lic
stowage, forward windscreens, aft windscreens, aft passenger compartment, and emergency
rc ub
doors, are respectively shown in the Fig. 1 and Fig. 2.

Ai is p
• The ELT, ELT antenna and aim 3 are installed in the rear barrel of the aircraft. Refer to Fig. 3.
ft
Th
Note
The function of the ELT is to give the aircraft location and make the aircraft search and
rescue operations easier.

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
LIFE VEST
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
PROTECTIVE BREATHING
FLASHLIGHT EQUIPMENT
rc ub
AXE
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J154100-A-3AB48-01118-A-002-01
Figure 1 Flight deck - Emergency equipment

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 50010-50018, 55010-55015, 55017-55033, 55035-55037, 55040, 55044-55049,

55056-55063, 55065-55066, 55068, 55072-55074, 55077, 55081, 55087, 55091, 55110
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
GALLEY G2
Th
MEGAPHONE
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60702-A-001-01
Figure 2 Emergency equipment location - General data - (Sheet 1 of 25)

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55010-55015, 55020-55021, 55023, 55025, 55027, 55029-55030, 55032-55033,

55036, 55040, 55044-55046, 55110
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
ra lic
rc ub
GALLEY G3G
Ai is p
ft
Th
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60703-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
LAVATORY D2
ha n
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
FLASHLIGHT
Ai is p
LIFE VEST
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60704-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55017-55019, 55022, 55024, 55026, 55028, 55031, 55035, 55037, 55049,
55056-55063, 55065-55066, 55068, 55072-55074, 55077, 55081, 55087, 55091
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
EQUIPMENT
ra lic
rc ub
FLASHLIGHT EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
Ai is p
ft
LIFE VEST
LAVATORY D2
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60705-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 50020-50061, 50063-50065
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
ha n
C atio
LAVATORY D4
ra lic
rc ub
EQUIPMENT
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60706-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55010-55015, 55020-55021, 55023, 55025, 55027, 55029-55030, 55032-55033,

55036, 55040, 55044-55046, 55110
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
PROTECTIVE BREATHING EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

ha n
EQUIPMENT STOWAGE COMPARTMENT

C atio
LAVATORY C1
ra lic
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
FLASHLIGHT
LIFE VEST
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60707-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55017-55019, 55022, 55024, 55026, 55028, 55031, 55035, 55037, 55049
P) e
C th
FLASHLIGHT LIFE VEST
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
PROTECTIVE BREATHING EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT

EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
ha n
C atio
LAVATORY C2
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
ra lic
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
CREW OXYGEN
rc ub
CYLINDER
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60708-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
FLASHLIGHT
ic e
n
bl ers
LIFE VEST
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
LAVATORY C2
ha n
C atio
EQUIPMENT
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Th
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60709-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
EQUIPMENT
Ai is p
ft
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
Th
LAVATORY C3
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60710-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 13
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55056-55063, 55065-55066, 55068, 55072-55074, 55077, 55081, 55087, 55091
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
CREW OXYGEN
Ai is p
ft
CYLINDER
Th
LAVATORY C3
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60711-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 14
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55058-55063, 55068, 55074, 55077, 55081, 55087, 55091
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
er b
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
ct s
FORWARD LEFT
ra ha
FIRE EXTINGUISHER WINDSCREEN

ha n
C atio
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
ra lic
rc ub
EQUIPMENT
Ai is p
ft
FIRST AID KIT

Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60712-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 15
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55017-55019, 55022, 55024, 55026, 55028, 55031, 55035, 55037, 55049
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
P) e
C th
(A by
.
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
io ed
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
at d
ic e
n
FIRST AID KIT bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
FORWARD LEFT
WINDSCREEN
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
EQUIPMENT
Th
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60713-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 16
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55003-55009, 55016, 55034, 55038-55039, 55041-55043, 55050-55055, 55064,

55071, 55086, 55094
P) e
C th
(A by
.
MEGAPHONE
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
FIRST AID KIT

tic n
is ee
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
er b
FORWARD LEFT STOWAGE

ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
EQUIPMENT
Th
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60499-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 17
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
n
bl ers STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
FORWARD STOWAGE
ha n
ZONE 3
C atio
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CREW OXYGEN

CYLINDER
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
FIRST AID KIT EQUIPMENT

MEGAPHONE
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60714-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 18
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 50010-50018, 55010-55015, 55020-55021, 55023, 55025, 55027, 55029-55030,

55032-55033, 55036, 55040, 55044-55046, 55110
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
P) e
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
FIRST AID KITbl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
FORWARD LEFT
ha n
WINDSCREEN
C atio
ra lic
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
EQUIPMENT
Th
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60715-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 19
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55047-55048, 55056-55057, 55065-55066, 55072-55073
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
FIRST AID KIT
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
FORWARD LEFT
WINDSCREEN
ha n
C atio
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
ra lic
rc ub
EQUIPMENT
Ai is p
ft
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60802-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 20
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55067, 55076, 55078-55079, 55082-55083, 55088, 55090, 55092-55093,

55097-55098, 55100, 55102-55103, 55105, 55109, 55111-55112, 55117-55119, 55122-55123, 55138,
55147, 55152, 55161, 55166, 55169, 55179, 55190, 55205, 55306
P) e
C th
(A by
.
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
FIRST AID KIT

er b
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
ct s
ra ha
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
FORWARD LEFT
ha n
WINDSCREEN
C atio
ra lic
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
Th
EQUIPMENT
MEGAPHONE
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60716-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 21
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
(A by
.
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
FORWARD LEFT
rc ub
WINDSCREEN
Ai is p
ft
CREW OXYGEN
Th
CYLINDER
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60717-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 22
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
EQUIPMENT
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
ha n
AFT RIGHT
C atio
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT WINDSCREEN

ra lic
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
rc ub
FLASHLIGHT
Ai is p
ft
LIFE VEST
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60718-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 23
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

55071, 55086, 55094
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
AFT LEFT WINDSCREEN

Th
CREW OXYGEN
CYLINDER
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60719-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 24
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

55071, 55086, 55094
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
EQUIPMENT
ha n
C atio
ra lic
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
rc ub
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
Ai is p
ft
FLASHLIGHT AFT RIGHT WINDSCREEN
LIFEVEST
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60730-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 25
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 55067, 55076, 55078-55079, 55082-55083, 55088, 55090, 55092-55093,

55097-55098, 55100, 55102-55103, 55105, 55109, 55111-55112, 55117-55119, 55122-55123, 55138,
55147, 55152, 55161, 55166, 55169, 55179, 55190, 55205, 55306
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
CREW OXYGEN
at d
CYLINDER
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
AFT RIGHT WINDSCREEN

rc ub
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Ai is p
ft
Th
EQUIPMENT
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60500-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 26
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
n
bl ers
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
Pu p
FIRST AID KIT STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
s su
MEGAPHONE
GALLEY G4
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
ha n
C atio
ra lic
EQUIPMENT
rc ub
FLASHLIGHT
Ai is p
ft
LIFEVEST
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J154100-A-3AB48-01120-A-002-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 27
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT LAVATORY A
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
EQUIPMENT
Th
FLASHLIGHT LIFE VEST
ICN-BD500-A-J154100-A-3AB48-01121-A-002-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 28
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
EMERGENCY ROPE
ha n
C atio
OVERWING EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR

ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J256100-C-3AB48-60824-A-001-01

BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 29
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
ELT TRANSMITTER
s su
UNIT
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
AIM3
ELT ANTENNA
ICN-BD500-A-J154100-A-3AB48-01122-A-001-01
Figure 3 Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)

End of data module
BD500-A-J25-61-00-00AAA-010A-A
2019-09-11 Page 30
Th
Applicable to: All

Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n
s su
Pu p
Ramp operation
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Terminal servicing - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Terminal servicing - Technical data.......................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
2 General........................................................................................................................ 2
3 Ground handling requirements................................................................................... 2
3.1 Towing capabilities...................................................................................................... 3
P) e
4 Ground servicing connections.................................................................................... 3
C th
5 Aircraft servicing arrangement.................................................................................... 6
(A by
.
6 Terminal operations..................................................................................................... 8
7 Ground electrical power requirements........................................................................ 11
io ed
8 Preconditioned airflow requirements – Air conditioning............................................. 12
9 Ground pneumatic power requirements – Engine starting......................................... 13
at d
ic e
List of tables Page
n
bl ers
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
Pu p
2 External AC power requirements................................................................................ 11
s su
3 External power quality limitations............................................................................... 11

4 Overcurrent protection ampere versus time delay..................................................... 11
tic n
is ee
5 Overvoltage protection versus time delay.................................................................. 12

6 HPGC - Ground air supply requirements for cooling and heating.............................. 12
er b
7 LPGC – A220-100 Ground air supply requirements for cooling and heating.............. 12
ct s
8 LPGC – A220-300 Ground air supply requirements for cooling and heating.............. 13
ra ha
9 Ground pneumatic power requirements – Engine starting......................................... 13

ha n

C atio
1 Ground servicing connections.................................................................................... 4

2 Aircraft servicing arrangement.................................................................................... 7
ra lic
3 Turnaround time analysis (A220-100)........................................................................ 9

rc ub
4 Turnaround time analysis (A220-300)........................................................................ 10

Ai is p
ft
References
Th
Table 1 References
None
Description
1 Introduction
This data module contains the data related to the preparation of an aircraft for flight from a ter-
minal. This data is provided to show the general types of tasks involved in terminal operations.

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Each airline has different operating conditions and practices, which can result in changes in the
operating procedures and time intervals to do the tasks specified. Because of this, requirements
for ground operations should be approved with the specified airline(s) before ramp planning is
started. This section presents the following topics:
- Ground towing requirements

- Ground servicing connections
- Aircraft servicing arrangement
- Terminal operations
- Ground electrical power requirements
- Preconditioned airflow requirements – Air conditioning
- Ground pneumatic power requirements – Engine starting.
P) e
C th
2 General
(A by
.
All applicable procedures and limitations are provided in the Aircraft Maintenance Publication
io ed
(AMP) BD500-3AB48-10200-00.
at d
3 Ground handling requirements
ic e
n
bl ers
The Aircraft is designed for towing and pushing with a tractor and tow bar as well as with select-
ed tow bar-less ground handling vehicles.
Pu p
s su
For towing and pushing operations, controls are provided to accommodate the following condi-
tions:
tic n
is ee
- Aircraft not powered (see note below):

er b
A control panel is provided on the left side of the aircraft by the nose landing gear (NLG).
A push-button on the control panel can be toggled to engage power to begin the towing se-
ct s
ra ha
quence (Navigation lights are lit automatically). The parking brake can be deactivated by
way of a switch located on this panel. Annunciation lights on the NLG indicate when the
ha n
parking brake is deactivated and the aircraft is ready for towing.

C atio
Note
Availability of the controls to facilitate towing the aircraft with the flight deck vacant
ra lic
does not constitute an approval to conduct such operations.

rc ub
Ai is p
ft
- Aircraft powered, and flight deck occupied:

Two separate controls, one to deactivate the nose wheel steering, and one to deactivate
Th
the parking brake, are located in both the flight deck and on the control panel located in the
vicinity of the nose landing gear. Headset jacks are provided on this control panel to allow
for communication between personnel on the flight deck and on the ground. Annunciation
lights on the control panel indicate when the aircraft is ready for towing.
With the torque links connected, towing up to ±130° nose wheel angle is possible.
The ground towing requirements for the A220 aircraft are as follows:
- The maximum towing load for the conventional towbar is 17400 lbf (77399.06 N)
- The maximum towing load for the towbarless towing is 10875 lbf (48374.40 N).

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
For more information related to towing, refer to the Illustrated Tool and Equipment Publi-
cation (ITEP) BD500-3AB48-11600-00 and to the Aircraft Maintenance Publication (AMP)
BD500-3AB48-10200-00.
3.1 Towing capabilities

Nose Landing Gear (NLG)/Main Landing Gear (MLG) pushing without a ground lock mecha-
nism.
The system is compatible with an aircraft mounted MLG pushing device.
The NLG incorporates detection that provides Engine Indication and Crew Alerting System
(EICAS) indication for over steer events occurring while the aircraft is powered or not powered.
It is possible to turn the nose wheel steering off from the vicinity of the NLG for towing.
P) e
Indication of the steering system’s on/off status is displayed in the vicinity of the NLG in the
C th
same location as the "Brake On" status Indication.
(A by
Over-steering protection provided by a visual indicating witness pin located in the gear.
.
The NLG incorporates Nose Wheel Steering (NWS) and "Brake On" indication on the side of the
io ed
fuselage and a towing indication unit located in the NLG (exact location under evaluation) that is
at d
visible from a tow truck driver position.
ic e
n
bl ers
External panel shall have:
- One towing power switch

Pu p
s su
- One parking brake switch

- One navigation lights switch
tic n
is ee
- Jack for headphone connection.

er b
The "Brake On" indication will be continuously available regardless of aircraft power.
ct s
ra ha
The NLG incorporates NWS and "Brake On" indication on the side of the fuselage and a towing
indication unit located in the NLG that is visible from a tow truck driver position.
ha n
C atio
4 Ground servicing connections

Refer to Fig. 1 for the ground servicing connection points. For servicing procedures, refer to the
ra lic
AMP.
rc ub
All servicing points are designed and positioned to consider accessibility and compatibility with
Ai is p
ft
industry standard vehicles and other Ground Support Equipment (GSE). All applicable proce-
dures and limitations are provided in the AMP.
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
CREW OXYGEN ELECTRICAL AND TOWING

SERVICING PANEL SERVICE PANEL
GROUND CABLE AND

POWER CABLE DOOR 1 REFUEL/DEFUEL
ADAPTOR
FORWARD AVIONIC
BAY DOOR
P) e
C th
(A by
.
LOW PRESSURE
io ed
GROUND
CONNECTION
at d
MID AVIONIC
ic e
(LPGC)
BAY DOOR
n
HIGH PRESSURE
GROUND
bl ers
Pu p
CONNECTION (HPGC) AFT EQUIPMENT APU ACCESS
s su
BAY DOOR DOOR

tic n
FORWARD
is ee
SERVICE DOOR
er b
REFUEL/DEFUEL
ct s
ADAPTOR REFUEL/DEFUEL
ra ha
PANEL
ha n
C atio
FORWARD
ra lic
CARGO DOOR
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
AFT CARGO DOOR
AFT SERVICE WASTE SERVICING

DOOR PANEL
POTABLE WATER 1 Optional.
SERVICING PANEL
ICN-BD500-A-J000005-A-3AB48-00002-A-003-01
Figure 1 Ground servicing connections - (Sheet 1 of 2)

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
8 ft (2,4 m)
ct s
ra ha
APPROXIMATELY
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
WATER AND WASTE SERVICING
ICN-BD500-A-J000005-A-3AB48-00001-A-001-01
Figure 1 Ground servicing connections - (Sheet 2 of 2)

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
5 Aircraft servicing arrangement

Refer to Fig. 2 for the aircraft servicing arrangement.
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1 FUEL
GALLEY GALLEY
BAGGAGE
P) e
BAGGAGE
C th
POTABLE
WATER
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
STAIRS
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
LAVATORY/WASTE
Th
NOTE
1 Left side optional.
ICN-BD500-A-J000005-A-3AB48-00003-A-002-01
Figure 2 Aircraft servicing arrangement

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
6 Terminal operations
Refer to Fig. 3 for the turnaround station operations for the BD-500-1A10 (A220-100) and refer
to Fig. 4 for the turnaround station operations for the BD-500-1A11 (A220-300).
The turnaround time analysis is based on the following parameters (the values are for both
models of aircraft except where indicated):
- 100% Pax/baggage exchange

- 94 passengers (A220-100) / 115 passengers (A220-300) (85% load factor) / 1 class / 1 door
- 2 Galley service trucks
- Water/Waste servicing is sequential
- Cabin servicing during available time
P) e
C th
- Passenger deplane rate is 18 per minute per door
- Passenger boarding rate is 12 per minute per door
(A by
.
- 2 bulk-loading belt-loaders
io ed
- 45 bags forward (A220-100) / 59 bags forward (A220-300), 67 bags aft (A220-100) /
79 bags aft (A220-300) (1.2 x 4 ft³ (1.2 X 0.11 m³) per passenger)
at d
ic e
- Bag loading/unloading rates are 10 and 15 bags per minute
n
-
bl ers
Fuel loaded via one refuel/defuel adapter
Pu p
- Refuel adapter rate at 50 psi (344.74 kPa) is as follows:
s su
1 When refueling tree (3) tanks simultaneously (the center tank and two wing tanks), the
tic n
refuel rate is 260 gpm (984 L/min).

is ee
2 When refueling two (2) wing tanks, the refuel rate is 140 gpm (530 L/min).
er b
3 When refueling the center tank only, the refuel rate is 140 gpm (530 L/min).
ct s
ra ha
- Mission range is 1200 NM (2222.4 km)

ha n
- Refueling performed while deplaning/boarding.

C atio
ra lic
Note
All equipment is assumed to function properly and weather condition to be normal. This
rc ub
data is provided to illustrate the general scope and type of operations involved in a terminal
Ai is p
ft
gate environment. Varying operating practices and circumstances may result in different
task sequences and durations.
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
TOTAL TURNAROUND TIME 20.0
C th
PASSENGER SERVICES 19.0
(A by
.
POSITION PASSENGER BRIDGE, DOOR 1L 1.0
DEPLANE PASSENGERS VIA DOOR 1L 5.2
io ed
SERVICE CABIN (ACCESS VIA DOOR 2L) 4.7
AFT GALLEY SERVICE (DOOR 2R) 4.0
at d
FORWARD GALLEY SERVICE (DOOR 1R) 5.0
ic e
BOARD PASSENGERS VIA DOOR 1L 7.3
n
bl ers
PASSENGER DOOR CLOSED
JET BRIDGE RETRACT
0.5
0.5
Pu p
s su
BAGGAGE HANDLING 12.2

ACCESS AND UNLOAD FORWARD BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT 3.0
tic n
LOAD FORWARD BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT AND SECURE 4.5

is ee
ACCESS AND UNLOAD AFT BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT 4.5

LOAD AFT BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT AND SECURE 6.7
er b
AIRCRAFT GROUND SERVICING 15.0

ct s
ra ha
CONNECT GROUND ELECTRICAL 1.0

CONNECT GROUND AIR CONDITIONING 1.0
SERVICE POTABLE WATER 5.0
ha n
SERVICE WASTE SYSTEM 5.0

C atio
REFUELING FOR 1200 nmi MISSION 8.5

ra lic
ENGINE START 1.0

DISCONNECT GROUND AIR CONDITIONING 1.0
rc ub
PUSH BACK
Ai is p
ft
0 5 10 15 20
TIME (MINUTES)
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000005-A-3AB48-00066-A-001-01
Figure 3 Turnaround time analysis (A220-100)

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
TOTAL TURNAROUND TIME 20.0
C th
PASSENGER SERVICES 19.0
(A by
.
POSITION PASSENGER BRIDGE, DOOR 1L 1.0
DEPLANE PASSENGERS VIA DOOR 1L 6.4
io ed
SERVICE CABIN (ACCESS VIA DOOR 2L) 3.0
AFT GALLEY SERVICE (DOOR 2R) 4.0
at d
FORWARD GALLEY SERVICE (DOOR 1R) 5.0
ic e
BOARD PASSENGERS VIA DOOR 1L 9.1
n
bl ers
PASSENGER DOOR CLOSED
JET BRIDGE RETRACT
0.5
0.5
Pu p
s su
BAGGAGE HANDLING 14.2

ACCESS AND UNLOAD FORWARD BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT 3.9
tic n
LOAD FORWARD BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT AND SECURE 5.9

is ee
ACCESS AND UNLOAD AFT BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT 5.3

LOAD AFT BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT AND SECURE 7.9
er b
AIRCRAFT GROUND SERVICING 15.0

ct s
ra ha
CONNECT GROUND ELECTRICAL 1.0

CONNECT GROUND AIR CONDITIONING 1.0
SERVICE POTABLE WATER 5.0
ha n
SERVICE WASTE SYSTEM 5.0

C atio
REFUELING FOR 1200 nmi MISSION 9.4

ra lic
ENGINE START 1.0

DISCONNECT GROUND AIR CONDITIONING 1.0
rc ub
PUSH BACK
Ai is p
ft
0 5 10 15 20
TIME (MINUTES)
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000005-A-3AB48-00067-A-001-01
Figure 4 Turnaround time analysis (A220-300)

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
7 Ground electrical power requirements

The external power system is used to connect AC electrical power from a ground cart. There
are no provisions to connect DC power from an external ground cart. External AC can be used
to power the complete AC distribution system or only those buses that provide power to the pas-
senger compartment.
Refer to Table 2 for the external AC power requirements data.
Refer to Table 3 for the external power quality limitations data.
Refer to Table 4 for overcurrent protection ampere versus time delay.
Refer to Table 5 for overvoltage protection versus time delay.
Table 2 External AC power requirements
P) e
C th
Voltage Frequency
(A by
.
115 ±5 V 400 ±15 Hz
io ed
at d
Table 3 External power quality limitations
ic e
Parameter Setting limit Response time
n
Overcurrent
bl ers Table 4
Pu p
s su
Overvoltage (highest phase) Table 5

tic n
Redundant Overvoltage (highest 130 ±3.3 V 0.75 ±0.055 sec

is ee
phase)
er b
Undervoltage 107 ±2.0 V (lowest phase) or 4.5 ±0.5 sec

ct s
ra ha
108.5 ±2.0 V (3-phase average)
Overfrequency 418 ±2 Hz 4.5 ±0.5 sec

ha n
C atio
Underfrequency 382 ±2 Hz 4 ±0.5 sec

ra lic
Phase sequence A-B-C 0.1 sec

rc ub
Open sequence Lowest phase 15 ±5 A and other 2.0 ±0.5 sec

Ai is p
ft
phase greater than 30 ±5 A

Th
Table 4 Overcurrent protection ampere versus time delay

Current (A)
230 ±12
336 ±12
337 ±12
346 ±12
355 ±12

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Current (A)
370 ±12
380 ±12
Table 5 Overvoltage protection versus time delay

Voltage (V)
123
124
P) e
132
C th
141
(A by
.
146
io ed
151
at d
ic e
n
8
bl ers
Preconditioned airflow requirements – Air conditioning
Pu p
The ground air supply requirements for air conditioning and airflow requirements are shown in
s su
Table 6 for the High Pressure Ground Cart (HPGC), in Table 7 for the A220-100 Low Pressure
tic n
Ground Cart (LPGC) , and in Table 8 for the for the A220-300 LPGC.
is ee
Table 6 HPGC - Ground air supply requirements for cooling and heating
er b
Requirements Pressure Airflow Temperature

ct s
ra ha
To cool cabin to 75.2 °F (24 °C) 40 psig 140 lb/min 400 ºF

ha n
(276 kPa) (63.5 kg/min) (204 ºC)

C atio
To heat cabin to 75.2 °F (24 °C) 25 psig 140 lb/min 400 ºF

ra lic
(173 kPa) (63.5 kg/min) (204 ºC)

rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Table 7 LPGC – A220-100 Ground air supply requirements for cooling and heating
Th
To cool cabin to 75.2 °F (24 °C) 0.6 psig 120 lb/min 41 ºF

(recirculation fan on) (4.1 kPa) (54.4 kg/min) (5 ºC)
To heat cabin to 75.2 °F (24 °C) 0.9 psig 120 lb/min 104 ºF
(recirculation fan on) (6.2 kPa) (54.4 kg/min) (40 ºC)

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table 8 LPGC – A220-300 Ground air supply requirements for cooling and heating
To cool cabin to 75.2 °F (24 °C) 0.6 psig 135 lb/min 41 ºF

(recirculation fan on) (4.1 kPa) (61 kg/min) (5 ºC)
To heat cabin to 75.2 °F (24 °C) 0.9 psig 135 lb/min 104 ºF
(recirculation fan on) (6.2 kPa) (61 kg/min) (40 ºC)
9 Ground pneumatic power requirements – Engine starting

The ground air supply requirements for engine starting are shown in Table 9 .
P) e
Conditions:
C th
(A by
- Time allowed during start (to starter cutout) is 90 seconds
.
- Time-to-IDLE on ground is 45 seconds minimum
io ed
- No bleed air extraction is permitted during start sequence
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Table 9 Ground pneumatic power requirements – Engine starting
Pu p
s su
To provide starter air pressure TBD TBD TBD

tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 13
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A
2019-10-22 Page 14
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Jacking of the aircraft - Jacking
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Jacking of the aircraft - Jacking................................................................................................ 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Common information................................................................................................................. 1
Preliminary requirements.......................................................................................................... 2
Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 5
Requirements after job completion........................................................................................... 12
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
2 Required conditions.................................................................................................... 2
3 Support equipment...................................................................................................... 4
io ed
4 Consumables, materials, and expendables................................................................ 4
at d
5 Spares......................................................................................................................... 5
ic e
n
List of figures
bl ers Page
Pu p
s su
1 Jacking/Lowering of the aircraft.................................................................................. 9

tic n
is ee
References
er b
Table 1 References
ct s
ra ha

ha n
BD500-A-J32-21-00-01AAA-720A-A Nose Landing Gear (NLG) lock pin - Install procedure

C atio
BD500-A-J32-11-00-01AAA-720A-A Main Landing Gear (MLG) lock pin - Install procedure

ra lic
BD500-A-J12-30-32-01AAA-913A-A Release park brake - General maintenance procedure

rc ub
BD500-A-J08-20-00-01AAA-913A-A Leveling of the aircraft - General maintenance

Ai is p
ft
procedure
Th
BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-761A-A Electrical power - General - Energize electrical network
BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-561A-A Electrical power - General - De-Energize electrical

network
BD500-A-J10-20-00-01AAA-912A-A Mooring - Handling procedure
Common information
This data module gives the procedure to lift the aircraft. Jacking limits are specific to each
operator's data.
- For evident lateral imbalance, refer to Reference Instruction Letter (RIL) A220-
RIL-07-11-001 in the service document library on the customer support portal.

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- For A220-100, Refer to BD500-A-J08-80-02-00AAA-030A-A in the Weight and Balance

Manual (WBM).
- For A220-300, Refer to BD500-A-J08-80-02-00AAB-030A-A in the WBM.
Note
These reference of the WBM are not hyperlinked. You must copy and paste the reference
to WBM to find your specific reference.
Preliminary requirements
Required conditions
P) e
C th
(A by
.
Table 2 Required conditions
Action/Condition Data Module/Technical publication
io ed
at d
Make sure the aircraft is on hard level sur-
ic e
face.
n
bl ers
Make sure that the Nose Landing Gear BD500-A-J32-21-00-01AAA-720A-A
Pu p
(NLG) lock pin are installed.
s su
Make sure that the Main Landing Gear BD500-A-J32-11-00-01AAA-720A-A

tic n
(MLG) lock pin are installed.

is ee
er b
If necessary, make sure that the BD500-A-J10-20-00-01AAA-912A-A

nose mooring bracket (3AB48, Pt.
ct s
ra ha
No. CG9000034-0003) is installed hand

tight.
ha n
C atio
Make sure the jack pads are secure hand

tight.
ra lic
Release the parking brake. BD500-A-J12-30-32-01AAA-913A-A

rc ub
Make sure there is proper clearance around

Ai is p
ft
the aircraft (ex. wings, doors, horizontal-sta-

bilizer).
Th
Make sure there are no targets or anti-tar-

gets installed on the NLG.
Make sure there are no targets or anti-tar-

gets installed on the MLG.
Do the leveling of the aircraft. BD500-A-J08-20-00-01AAA-913A-A
Energize the aircraft. BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-761A-A

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Make sure that the thermal circuit breakers

that follow are opened:
Name CB Number/Location
L WSHLD HTR EPC1-D14
R WSHLD HTR EPC2-C2
ADS3 INVERTER IN EPC3-A2
P) e
C th
INVERTER 1 EPC3-A4
(A by
.
INVERTER 2 EPC3-B4
io ed
L ENG IGN A L-CBP-F5
at d
ic e
L TAT HEAT L-CBP-G1
n
bl ers ADS PROBE HEAT 3A L-CBP-G2
Pu p
s su
R TAT HEAT L-CBP-H1

tic n
ADS PROBE HEAT 4A L-CBP-H2

is ee
L WINDOW HTR L-CBP-H4

er b
ct s
ATC 1 R-CBP-A4
ra ha
R ENG IGN A R-CBP-F5

ha n
C atio
Make sure that the electronic circuit breaker

that follows are OUT on the circuit breaker
ra lic
synoptic page:
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
L ENG IGN B CDC1-7-1

Th
R ENG IGN B CDC2-7-1
TCAS - ATC 2 CDC2-9-2
L AOA CASE HEAT CDC3-5-2
L AOA VANE HEAT CDC3-6-4
ADS PROBE HEAT 1A CDC3-14-1
ADS PROBE HEAT 2B CDC3-14-2
WXR CDC4-4-1

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
R AOA CASE HEAT CDC4-4-2
R AOA VANE HEAT CDC4-6-1
R WINDOW HTR CDC4-10-1
P) e
De-energize the aircraft BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-561A-A
C th
(A by
.
Support equipment
io ed
at d
ic e
Table 3 Support equipment
n
Name bl ers
Identification/Reference Quantity Remark
Pu p
s su
Rear fuselage support 03A5846C0100 1
Wheel chocks 99-9028-6000 3

tic n
is ee
Wing jack 725A 2

er b
72500A-6
ct s
02A7945C0100
ra ha
D03034
FEN301
ha n
1481.90
C atio
Forward fuselage jack 714A 1

ra lic
71400A-14
rc ub
02A7922C0100
D01258
Ai is p
ft
FEN122
1287.50
Th
Jacking pad kit CG9000054-0001 1
Nose anchor CG9000034-0003 1
Consumables, materials, and expendables
Table 4 Consumables, materials, and expendables

Name Identification/Reference Quantity Remark
None

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Spares
Table 5 Spares
None
Safety conditions
WARNINGS
P) e
• Make sure that the locking pins are installed on all the landing gear. Without the
C th
locking pins, the landing gear could retract and cause injuries to persons and
(A by
.
damage to equipment.
io ed
• Release the parking brake before you jack or lower the aircraft. If you do not obey
at d
this warning, the aircraft can move off the jacks during the procedure.
ic e
n
•
bl ers
Obey the precautions that follow when you put the aircraft on jacks outdoors:
Pu p
- Make sure that the wind speed is not more than 46.3 km/h (28.8 mph).
s su
- Make sure that you continuously monitor the wind speed.

tic n
- Make sure the aircraft Center of Gravity (CG) is within the approved allowable
is ee
limits, when the aircraft is on jacks.

Make sure that the weight of the fuel is equally distributed between left and
er b
-
right wing tank, before jacking the aircraft.
ct s
If possible, jack the aircraft in headwind.

ra ha
-
If you do not obey, you can cause injury to persons and/or damage to equipment.
ha n
C atio
CAUTIONS
ra lic
• Release the parking brakes before the aircraft is on jacks. This prevents damage to
rc ub
the parking brakes.

Ai is p
ft
• Before you lift or you lower the aircraft make sure that there is no equipment
Th
adjacent to it that can cause damage. Make sure that no other work is being done.
Procedure
1 Make sure that you have:
- One technician at the forward fuselage jack.

- One technician at each wing jack.
- One technician to make sure that all personnel hear and speak clearly during the
task.

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2 Make sure that the aircraft Center of gravity (CG) is within the approved allowable
limits, before jacking the aircraft.
- For evident lateral imbalance, refer to RIL A220-RIL-07-11-001 in the service

document library on the customer support portal.
- For A220-100, Refer to BD500-A-J08-80-02-00AAA-030A-A in the WBM.
Note
These reference of the WBM are not hyperlinked. You must copy and paste the
reference to WBM to find your specific reference.
3 Put the forward fuselage jack (94861, Pt. No. 714A) under the nose jacking pad,
P) e
(98441, Pt. No. CG9000054-0001) .
C th
3.1 Remove the nylon cap from the forward fuselage.
3.2 Install the forward fuselage jacking pads (98441, Pt. No. CG9000054-0001)
(A by
.
Note
io ed
Make sure you added the three washers provided in the jacking pads kit.
at d
ic e
3.3 Make sure the forward fuselage jack (94861, Pt. No. 714A) is leveled.
n
3.4 bl ers
Extend the forward fuselage jack (94861, Pt. No. 714A) until it touches the nose
jack pad, (98441, Pt. No. CG9000054-0001) .
Pu p
4 Seat the nose jack (94861, Pt. No. 714A) under the nose jacking pad.
s su
4.1 Make sure the nose jack is leveled.

4.2 Move the wheel chocks away from the NLG tires.
tic n
is ee
4.3 Raise the forward fuselage jack (94861, Pt. No. 714A) slowly until the aircraft is
approximately leveled.
er b
ct s
Note
ra ha
To level the aircraft, it is possible to use plumb bob, inclinometer, on board

cockpit computer or visually, refer to BD500-A-J08-20-00-01AAA-913A-A.
ha n
C atio
4.4 Secure the nose jacks (94861, Pt. No. 725A) using locking ring at approximately
every two inches ( 5.0 centimeter).
ra lic
5 Install the wing jacking pads (98441, Pt. No. CG9000054-0001) as follow:
rc ub
Refer to Fig. 2 .
5.1 Remove the screws (1).
Ai is p
ft
5.2 Remove the cover (2) and the shim (3).

5.3 Remove the bolt (4).
Th
5.4 Remove the washer (5).

5.5 Remove the plug (6).
5.6 Install the wing jack pads (98441, Pt. No. CG9000054-0001) .
Note
Make sure you added the washer provided in the jacking pads kit.
6 Seat the wing jacks (94861, Pt. No. 725A) under the wing jacking pads, (98441, Pt.
No. CG9000054-0001) .
6.1 Make sure the wing jacks, (94861, Pt. No. 725A) are leveled.
6.2 Extend the wing jacks (94861, Pt. No. 725A) until they make contact with the
jacking pads.
6.3 Move the wheel chocks away from the MLG tires. Move the wheel chocks away
from the MLG tires.

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
7 Raise aircraft evenly until all the wheels are clear from the ground.
7.1 Secure the nose and wing jacks using locking ring at approximately every two
inches ( 5.0 centimeter).
Note
Clear the aircraft tires from the ground to a minimum of 6 inches (15
centimeter) if required, to proceed to a gear swing.
8 Level the aircraft as follows:
- For A220-100, Refer to BD500-A-J08-80-02-00AAA-030A-A in the WBM.

Note
P) e
These reference of the WBM are not hyperlinked. you must copy and paste the
C th
reference to WBM to find your specific reference.
(A by
.
8.1 When jacking is completed, secure lock rings.
io ed
8.2 Release hydraulic pressure from the jacks.
8.2.1 Make sure the lock rings hold the aircraft.
at d
ic e
n
bl ers CAUTIONS
Pu p
• Make sure that the rear fuselage support is directly below the rivet line at FR
s su
79 junction between rear barrel and aft fuselage. If the rear fuselage support
is not below the rivet line, damage to the fuselage can occur.
tic n
is ee
• Rear fuselage support must be removed during jacking operations or a

er b
person must monitor the movement of the aircraft. Do not lift or lower the
ct s
aircraft to prevent damage to the fuselage.

ra ha
8.3 It is highly recommended to install the rear fuselage support (59603, Pt.
ha n
C atio
No. 03A5846C0100) during maintenance once the aircraft is jacked and

leveled.
ra lic
Note
rc ub
In the following conditions, if the rear fuselage support is not available, it

is allowed to complete maintenance activities without installing the rear
Ai is p
ft
fuselage support.
Th
8.3.1 The limits and requirements described in the Weight and Balance
manual.
- For A220-100, Refer to BD500-A-J08-80-02-00AAA-030A-A in

the WBM.
- For A220-300, Refer to BD500-A-J08-80-02-00AAB-030A-A in
the WBM.
Note
These reference of the WBM are not hyperlinked. you must copy
and paste the reference to WBM to find your specific reference.

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
8.3.2 Aircraft CG is monitored during the maintenance including workers/

tools movements on aircraft and any weight additions and removals
form the aircraft.
Note
It is necessary to remove the rear fuselage support to prevent
damage to the aircraft during the maintenance procedures that
follow:
- Landing gears extension and retraction.
- Weighing of aircraft.
8.4 If necessary, Install the tie down in the nose mooring bracket (3AB48, Pt.
No. CG9000034-0003). Refer to BD500-A-J10-20-00-01AAA-912A-A.
P) e
Note
C th
The tie down at the nose mooring bracket (3AB48, Pt.
(A by
No. CG9000034-0003) is not necessary when the aircraft engines are
.
installed and the detail inspection started.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FR79
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
at d
(REF)
ic e
LOCK RING
n
bl ers
Pu p
JACKING PAD
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
LIFTING JACK
TYPICAL
ICN-BD500-A-J071102-A-3AB48-25019-A-002-01
Figure 1 Jacking/Lowering of the aircraft - (Sheet 1 of 2)

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
REAR FUSELAGE
io ed
SUPPORT
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J071101-C-3AB48-44571-A-001-01

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
RIB9
.
RIB10
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
6
ra lic
rc ub
5
Ai is p
ft
3
4
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J071101-A-3AB48-45852-A-001-01
Figure 2 Jacking/Lowering of the aircraft

BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Requirements after job completion

Required conditions

None
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J07-11-01-01AAA-172A-A
2022-11-30 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Lowering of the aircraft - Lowering
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Lowering of the aircraft - Lowering........................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 4
2 Lowering of the aircraft (with a manual jack):............................................................ 4
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
at d
5 Spares......................................................................................................................... 3
ic e
n
List of figures
bl ers Page
Pu p
s su

tic n
is ee
References
er b
Table 1 References
ct s
ra ha

ha n

C atio

ra lic

rc ub
BD500-A-J53-21-27-04AAA-720A-A Jack fitting plug, forward fuselage - Install procedure

Ai is p
ft
BD500-A-J57-51-02-03AAA-720A-A Jack fitting plug, left and right wing - Install procedure
Th
BD500-A-J12-30-32-01AAA-913A-A Release park brake - General maintenance procedure

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Required conditions

Aircraft area clear of Ground Support Equip-

ment (GSE).
Release the parking brake. BD500-A-J12-30-32-01AAA-913A-A
P) e
C th
Make sure that the Nose Landing Gear BD500-A-J32-21-00-01AAA-720A-A
(A by
(NLG) lock pin is installed.
.
io ed
Make sure that the Main Landing Gear BD500-A-J32-21-00-01AAA-720A-A
(MLG) lock pins are installed.
at d
ic e
Make sure that the floor under the tires is
n
bl ers
clear of Foreign Object Damage (FOD).
Pu p
s su
Support equipment
tic n
is ee
er b

ct s

ra ha
Rear fuselage support 03A5846C0100 1 Used to prevent the air-

ha n
craft tail from tilting.

C atio
Wheel chocks 99-9028-6000 3 Used to prevent the

ra lic
parked aircraft from roll.

rc ub
Jacking pad kit CG9000054-0001 1 Used to jack the aircraft.

Ai is p
ft
Wing jack 725A 2 Used to jack the aircraft.

72500A-6
Th
02A7945C0100
D03034
FEN301
1481.90
Forward fuselage jack 714A 1 Used to jack the aircraft.

71400A-14
02A7922C0100
D01258
FEN122
1287.50

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

None
Spares
P) e
Table 5 Spares
C th
(A by
.
None
io ed
Safety conditions
at d
ic e
n
bl ers WARNINGS
Pu p
•
s su
Make sure that the personnel and the equipment are away from the area below
the wing before you deflate the shock strut. When you deflate one shock strut,
tic n
the wingtip can move down. This can cause injuries to personnel or damage to
is ee
equipment.
er b
ct s
• Make sure the brake and the wheel/tire assembly are cool before you go near the
ra ha
landing gear. The assembly can be hot and cause injury to persons.
ha n
C atio
• Make sure the downlock pins are installed on all the landing gear. Without the
downlock pins, the landing gear could retract and cause injuries to persons and
ra lic
damage to equipment.
rc ub
• Make sure a warning placard is installed on the landing gear Alternate Extension
Ai is p
ft
Switch (AES). If you operate the switch, the nose and main landing gear will retract.
This can cause injury to persons and/or damage to equipment.
Th
• Release the parking brake before you jack or lower the aircraft. If you do not obey
this warning, the aircraft can move off the jacks during the procedure.
CAUTIONS
• Before you lift or you lower the aircraft make sure that there is no equipment
adjacent to it that can cause damage. Make sure that no other work is being done.
• Release the parking brakes before the aircraft is on jacks. This prevents damage to
the parking brakes.

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Procedure
1 Remove the rear fuselage support (59603, Pt. No. 03A5846C0100)(59603, Pt.
No. 03A5846C0100) .
2 Lowering of the aircraft (with a manual jack):
2.1 Remove tie down from nose jacking point, if applicable.
Note
The tie down, at the nose bracket, is not necessary when the aircraft
engine and interior are installed.
P) e
2.2 Make sure that you have:
C th
- One technician at the nose jack.
(A by
.
- One technician at each wing jack.
io ed
- One technician to help the communication between all personnel.
at d
2.3 In the jacks, lift the lock ring approximately 2 in. (5 cm).
ic e
n
Note bl ers
Keep the lock ring at this position (no more than 2 inches) while you lower
Pu p
the aircraft.
s su
2.4 Lower the aircraft equally until it is fully lowered.

tic n
2.5 Install the wheel chocks (59603, Pt. No. 99-9028-6000)(59603, Pt.
is ee
No. 99-9028-6000) .
er b
2.6 Remove the wing jacks (94861, Pt. No. 725A)(94861, Pt. No. 725A) .
ct s
2.7 Remove the nose jack (94861, Pt. No. 714A)(94861, Pt. No. 714A) .
ra ha
2.8 Remove jacking pad kit (98441, Pt. No. CG9000054-0001)(98441, Pt.
No. CG9000054-0001) from the area.
ha n
Refer to Fig. 2 .
C atio
2.8.1 From the wing, remove jacking pad (98441, Pt.

No. CG9000054-0001)(98441, Pt. No. CG9000054-0001) .
ra lic
2.8.1.1 Install the plug (6).

rc ub
2.8.1.2 Install the bolt (4) and washer (5).

2.8.1.3 Put in position the cover (2) and the shim (3).
Ai is p
ft
2.8.1.4 Install the screws (1).

2.8.2 From the forward fuselage, remove the jacking pad (98441, Pt.
Th
No. CG9000054-0001)(98441, Pt. No. CG9000054-0001) .

2.8.2.1 Install the nylon cap.

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
FR79
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
at d
(REF)
ic e
LOCK RING
n
bl ers
Pu p
JACKING PAD
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
LIFTING JACK
TYPICAL
ICN-BD500-A-J071102-A-3AB48-25019-A-002-01

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
REAR FUSELAGE
io ed
SUPPORT
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J071101-C-3AB48-44571-A-001-01

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
RIB9
.
RIB10
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
6
ra lic
rc ub
5
Ai is p
ft
3
4
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J071101-A-3AB48-45852-A-001-01
Figure 2 Jacking/Lowering of the aircraft

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Required conditions

Apply the parking brakes.
Install the jack fitting plug, forward fuselage. BD500-A-J53-21-27-04AAA-720A-A
P) e
C th
Install the jack fitting plug, wing Left (side) BD500-A-J57-51-02-03AAA-720A-A
(L) and Right (side) (R).
(A by
.
Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted
io ed
materials from the work area.
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Make sure that the thermal circuit breakers
Pu p
that follow are closed:
s su
tic n
is ee
L WSHLD HTR EPC1-D14

er b
R WSHLD HTR EPC2-C2

ct s
ra ha

ha n

C atio
INVERTER 1 EPC3-A4
ra lic
INVERTER 2 EPC3-B4
rc ub
Ai is p
L ENG IGN A L-CBP-F5

ft
L TAT HEAT L-CBP-G1

Th
ADS PROBE HEAT 3A L-CBP-G2
R TAT HEAT L-CBP-H1
ADS PROBE HEAT 4A L-CBP-H2
L WINDOW HTR L-CBP-H4
ATC 1 R-CBP-A4
R ENG IGN A R-CBP-F5

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Make sure that the electronic circuit break-

ers that follow are IN on the circuit breaker
synoptic page:
L ENG IGN B CDC1-7-1
R ENG IGN B CDC2-7-1
TCAS - ATC 2 CDC2-9-2
P) e
L AOA CASE HEAT CDC3-5-2
C th
L AOA VANE HEAT CDC3-6-4
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers WXR CDC4-4-1
Pu p
R AOA CASE HEAT CDC4-4-2
s su
R AOA VANE HEAT CDC4-6-1

tic n
is ee

er b

ct s
ra ha
R WINDOW HTR CDC4-10-1

ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J07-11-02-01AAA-176A-A
2022-07-21 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Towing of the aircraft with towbar - Towing
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Towing of the aircraft with towbar - Towing.............................................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 3
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
at d
5 Spares......................................................................................................................... 3
ic e
n
List of figures
bl ers Page
Pu p
s su
1 Towing of the aircraft with towbar............................................................................... 6

2 Towing of the aircraft with towbar............................................................................... 8
tic n
is ee
References
er b
Table 1 References
ct s
ra ha

ha n
BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A Towing safety precautions - General maintenance

C atio
safety procedure
ra lic
BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A Towing of the aircraft without towbar - Towing

rc ub
BD500-A-J32-00-00-01AAA-913G-A Landing gear safety precautions - General maintenance

Ai is p
safety procedure
ft
Th
Common information
This data module gives the procedure to do the towing of the aircraft with towbar. The towbar
attachment point is on the Nose Landing Gear (NLG) axle. Towing controls and indications are
installed in the flight compartment and the NLG. A trained towing crew is required to perform
this procedure.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Production maintenance data
Zones 115 Lower nose fuselage

above and outboard of
nose wheel well, left side
211 Flight compartment, left
side
212 Flight compartment, right
side
530 Wing tip, left side
P) e
630 Wing tip, right side
C th
711 Nose landing gear
(A by
.
Access points 115DL Door
io ed
Required conditions
at d
ic e
n
bl ers Table 2 Required conditions
Pu p
s su

tic n
Make sure that the aircraft is safe for main-

is ee
tenance.
er b
Obey all the towing safety precautions. BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A

ct s
ra ha
Obey all the landing gear safety precau- BD500-A-J32-00-00-01AAA-913G-A

tions.
ha n
C atio
Make sure that the access door is open. Re-

fer to the access points table above for de-
ra lic
tails.
rc ub
Make sure that the minimum weight is 4000

Ai is p
ft
lb (1814 kg) on the NLG or the shock strut

extension must be at a maximum of 15 in.
Th
(38 cm).
Support equipment

Headset extension cord CIX213G/25-51 1 or equivalent equipment.
Headset, or equivalent H10-30 AR or equivalent equipment.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Tow bar assembly TOWCS300S20SH1 AR or equivalent equipment.

TOWCS300S20RH1
TOWCS300S21SH1
01B1387-0100
J-TOWc100
APATB235
J-TOWbiz3
15F3381
1791.12
201A17X3000
Tow bar assembly TOWCS300-C-2 AR Superseded by P/
P) e
C th
N:TOWCS300S20SH1
(A by
.
Wheel chocks 99-9028-6000 AR or equivalent equipment.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su

tic n
None
is ee
er b
Spares
ct s
ra ha
ha n
Table 5 Spares
C atio

ra lic
None
rc ub
Safety conditions
Ai is p
ft
None
Th
Procedure
CAUTION
During maneuvers make sure that the Nose Wheel Steering (NWS) does not exceed
the 130° from the centerline. When the NWS angle reaches the 135° or more, the over
travel target will be shear and a fault message will indicate “32 NOSE STEER FAULT -
OVERTRAVEL DET INOP“.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Note
1 During towing operations, a person must be in the aircraft cockpit
to activate the aircraft park brake when necessary and to respond
appropriately to unforeseen operating conditions.
2 Make sure that ground locking pins are installed on all landing gears.
1 Do the towing operation of the aircraft as follows:

Refer to Fig. 1 and Fig. 2 .
1.1 Make sure that the members of the towing crew are in position at the locations
that follows:
- Flight compartment
- Towing vehicle
P) e
C th
- Electrical/towing service panel
- Left wing tip
(A by
.
- Right wing tip.
io ed
at d
Note
ic e
Light wands can be used to give signals in low visibility conditions.
n
2
bl ers
If the aircraft is energized (attended cockpit) do as follows:
Pu p
2.1 Before towing or pushing the aircraft, if the aircraft is energized, do as follows:
s su
2.1.1 On the gear and brakes panel, push IN the NOSE STEER Push
Button Annunciator (PBA) to the OFF position.
tic n
2.1.2 Make sure that the NOSE STEER PBA OFF light comes on.
is ee
2.1.3 On the PARK BRAKE control panel, pull and turn the parking brake
er b
switch to the ON position.

ct s
2.1.3.1 On the NLG towing control box, make sure that the NO
ra ha
TOWING (red) indicator light is ON.

2.1.4 On the electrical/towing service panel, open access panel, connect
ha n
the headset (71483, Pt. No. H10-30) with the extension (04UP0, Pt.
C atio
No. CIX213G/25-51) and establish communication ground to cockpit.

2.1.5 Connect the towbar assembly to the NLG towing fixture.
ra lic
2.1.6 Move the towing vehicle into position to connect the towbar assembly.
rc ub
Note
Ai is p
ft
Refer to the applicable towbar user manual for details on the

operations.
Th
2.1.7 Remove all the wheel chocks (59603, Pt. No. 99-9028-6000) .
switch to the OFF position.
2.1.9 On the NLG towing control box, make sure that the NO TOWING (red)
indicator light changes to the TOWING (green) indicator light.
2.1.10 In the cockpit, set the NAV light switch to ON.
Note
Local regulations are applicable when you use the external
lighting. BEACON and LOGO lights maybe required to be ON.
2.2 Move the aircraft at a speed of not more than it is described in the general
maintenance safety procedure. Refer to BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A.
Control the towing speed with the towbar towing vehicle only.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.3 When the aircraft is in position, stop the aircraft with the towbar towing vehicle.
Note
If the aircraft is turned before it is parked, move the aircraft forward or
rearward in a straight line for a short distance. This is to remove twisting
forces from the landing gear before the aircraft comes to the stop position.
2.4 On the PARK BRAKE control panel, pull and turn the parking brake to the ON
position.
2.5 On the NLG towing control box, make sure that the NO TOWING (red) indicator
light is ON.
2.6 If necessary, install the wheel chocks (59603, Pt. No. 99-9028-6000) .
2.7 Disconnect the towbar assembly from the towing vehicle.
2.8 Disconnect the towbar assembly from the NLG towing fixture.
P) e
2.9 In the cockpit, set the NAV light switch to OFF.
C th
2.10 On the electrical/towing service panel, disconnect the headset (71483, Pt.
No. H10-30) with the extension (04UP0, Pt. No. CIX213G/25-51) .
(A by
.
Note
io ed
Markings present on the NLG strut at 130 degrees from the center line
at d
are available to let the tug operator clearly see the NLG turn limits. If
ic e
the steering angle exceeded the maximum acceptable steering range
n
bl ers
during a towing operation, INFO message 32 NOSE STEER FAULT
– OVERTRAVEL DET INOP will appear on the Engine Indication and
Pu p
s su
Crew Alerting System (EICAS) after aircraft power and superseded by

NOSE STEER FAIL caution message EICAS after hydraulic system 2
tic n
is pressurized. This will require special irregular inspection prior aircraft

is ee
dispatch.
er b
3 If the aircraft is NOT energized (Unattended cockpit). Do towing of the aircraft without
ct s
towbar - Towing, Refer to BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A.

ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: not applicable
FR14
FR13
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ELECTRICAL/TOWING SERVICE PANEL
ICN-BD500-A-J242401-C-3AB48-41646-A-001-01
Figure 1 Towing of the aircraft with towbar - (Sheet 1 of 2)

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 50018-50019, 50030, 50032-54999, 55017, 55053-59999 and 50010-50017,

50020-50029, 50031, 55003-55016, 55018-55052 POST BD500-240006
FR14
FR13
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J240209-C-3AB48-58774-A-001-01

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
A
TO-1
FIRE FLEX 44°C 123456789012345678901
START
88.0 123456789012345678901
73.3 73.3 123456789012345678901
REV 123456789012345678901
N1 5
APR SYNC APR 6
1009 888 7
8
9
ITT
B CAI
WAI
IGN IGN CAI 10
WAI 11
93.4 VIB N2 93.4
C 5750 FF (PPH) 5750
12
MSGS MORE PG 1/1
D 115 OIL TEMP 115 GEAR
81 OIL PRESS 81
DN DN DN
P) e
6 N1 VIB --
C th
IN SLAT / FLAP 3
TOTAL FUEL (LB) 19200
4600 10000 4600
(A by
.
SPOILER OUT
NAV SWITCH
650 TRIM
CABALT 900 RATE
-0.4 CREW OXY 2000 NU LWD AIL RWD
io ed
P
LDG ELEV 560 MAN STAB 8.7
at d
TEMP (°C) -23 LO -22 -22 ND NL RUDDER NR
ic e
READY DOOR SELCAL SATCOM AOC INFO
n
bl ers CPDLC MESSAGE
Pu p
EXT LTS CONTROL PANEL
s su
A
tic n
is ee
EICAS DISPLAY
er b
B
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
PARK BRAKE
LANDING GEAR CONTROL PANEL
CONTROL PANEL
D
C
ICN-BD500-A-J091100-C-3AB48-19967-A-003-01

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
TOW BAR
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
HANDLE
TOW HEAD
TOWING CONTROL BOX
ICN-BD500-A-J091100-C-3AB48-19968-A-002-01

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
130 DEGREES
tic n
is ee
130 DEGREES
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
TOWING CONTROL BOX
ICN-BD500-A-J091100-C-3AB48-19969-A-002-01

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Required conditions


P) e
Make sure that the access door is closed.
C th
Refer to the access points table above for
details.
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-174A-A
2021-04-07 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Towing safety precautions - General maintenance safety procedure
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Towing safety precautions - General maintenance safety procedure....................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 4
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
at d
5 Spares......................................................................................................................... 4
ic e
n
List of figures
bl ers Page
Pu p
s su
1 Towing safety precautions - General maintenance safety procedure......................... 7
References
tic n
is ee
Table 1 References
er b
ct s

ra ha
BD500-A-J52-11-00-01AAA-740A-A Forward Passenger Door (FPD) - Close after access

ha n
procedure
C atio
BD500-A-J52-12-00-01AAA-740A-A Aft Passenger Door (APD) - Close after access

ra lic
procedure
rc ub
BD500-A-J52-45-00-01AAA-740A-A Forward Service Door (FSD) - Close after access

Ai is p
procedure
ft
BD500-A-J52-46-00-01AAA-740A-A Aft Service Door (ASD) - Close after access procedure

Th
BD500-A-J52-21-00-01AAA-740A-A Overwing Emergency Exit Door (OWEED) - Close after

access procedure
BD500-A-J52-30-00-01AAA-740A-A Cargo compartment door - Close after access

procedure
BD500-A-J05-51-17-01AAA-284A-A Nose Landing Gear (NLG) towing angle exceeded -

Special irregular inspection
See applicability on the BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Common information
This data module gives the technical precautions that you must follow when you do the towing
operation of the aircraft.
To ensure clarity in the procedure, refer to towing definitions that follow:
Pushback Moving a fully loaded aircraft (passengers, cargo and fuel) from the parking
towing position to the taxiway. Movement includes; pushback with turn, a stop, and
short tow forward to align aircraft nose wheels. Engines may, or may not, be
operating.
Maintenance The movement of an aircraft for maintenance/remote parking purposes.
P) e
towing Maintenance towing consists typically of many starts, stops, turns,
C th
accelerations and braking. Aircraft is typically unloaded.
(A by
.
Dispatch Towing a revenue aircraft, loaded with passengers, fuel and cargo up to
io ed
towing Maximum Ramp Weight (MRW), from the terminal gate/remote parking area,
to a location near the active runway, or conversely. The movement may
at d
ic e
cover several kilometers (miles) with speed up to 32 km/h (20 mph), with
n
bl ers
several starts, stops and turns. It replaces typical taxiing prior to take-off and
landing.
Pu p
Tow bar and towbarless towing are allowed for pushback and maintenance
s su
towing and not accepted for dispatch towing.

tic n
is ee
Hangar/ Hangar/Parking towing consists typically in small and accurate

Parking displacements aircraft for hangar storage and space saving purpose. Aircraft
er b
towing is typically unloaded and manipulated at low speed on short distances.

ct s
ra ha
The steering ranges are the following:

ha n
C atio
- Active steering range is ±80 degrees

- Passive steering range is ±130 degrees.
ra lic
A NOSE STEER MISALGN caution message will appear on the Engine Indication and Crew
rc ub
Alerting System (EICAS), if the steering angle exceeds the active steering range of ±80 degrees
Ai is p
ft
providing indication that steering is not in position to initiate taxi operation.

A NOSE STEER FAIL caution message will appear on the EICAS if the over steer target is
Th
broken while towing. This condition is the consequence of a steering angle that exceeds the
passive steering range of ±130 degrees. The rupture of the proximity sensor target occurs when
the steering angle exceeds approximately ±135 degrees.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Required conditions


tenance.
Make sure that the Forward Passenger BD500-A-J52-11-00-01AAA-740A-A
P) e
Door (FPD) is closed
C th
(A by
Make sure that the Aft Passenger Door BD500-A-J52-12-00-01AAA-740A-A
.
(APD) is closed
io ed
Make sure that the Forward Service Door BD500-A-J52-45-00-01AAA-740A-A
at d
(FSD) is closed
ic e
n
bl ers
Make sure that the Aft Service Door (ASD) BD500-A-J52-46-00-01AAA-740A-A
is closed
Pu p
s su
Make sure that the Overwing Emergency BD500-A-J52-21-00-01AAA-740A-A

tic n
Exit Door (OWEED) is closed

is ee
Make sure that the cargo compartment BD500-A-J52-30-00-01AAA-740A-A

er b
doors are closed.

ct s
ra ha
Support equipment
ha n
C atio

ra lic

rc ub
Ai is p
ft
None
Th

None

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Spares
Table 5 Spares
None
Safety conditions
None
P) e
C th
(A by
.
Procedure
1 Obey all the towing safety precautions that follow:
io ed
1.1 For a safer towing operation, five persons are recommended at positions that
at d
follow:
ic e
n
- bl ers
One person in the flight compartment to operate the aircraft brakes when
uncoupling of the towing vehicle or aircraft occurs.
Pu p
s su
- One person to operate the towing vehicle.

- One person on the left wing tip and one person on the right wing tip to
tic n
monitor clearance at turns.

is ee
- One person behind the tail to monitor clearance at turns.

er b
1.2 All doors (FPD, APD, FSD, ASD, OWEED, cargo and avionics compartment
ct s
ra ha
doors) to be closed.
- If the aircraft is towed, for maintenance with a door, that can not be closed
ha n
C atio
due to malfunction, reduce the towing speed to minimum.

1.3 Obey the precautions that follow when towing without tow bar:
ra lic
1.3.1 Towbarless towing is allowed for pushback and maintenance towing

and not accepted for dispatch towing.
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Note
Refer to the common information section above for the different
towing type definitions.
Th
1.3.2 The towbarless vehicles must be approved by the Airbus.

1.3.3 Towing on uneven pavement is not permitted (step must not exceed 1
inch).
1.3.4 The towing vehicle must be in good condition before towing operation.
1.3.5 Before towing, the Nose Landing Gear (NLG) shock strut must be
confirmed to be in a serviceable condition (towing with a deflated
shock strut might cause damage to the NLG).
1.3.6 Before towing, make sure that the tires are correctly inflated.
Note
- It is not permitted to tow an aircraft with a towbarless
vehicle with any flat tire on the NLG.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- One flat tire per Main Landing Gear (MLG) is acceptable.
1.3.7 During towing operations, each person in the aircraft must be in a seat
with seat belt fastened.
1.3.8 Be careful when you install the NLG into the towbarless vehicle
clamping device.
1.3.9 The clamping device of the towing vehicle must be aligned with the
NLG axis to avoid contact with the NLG torque links during aircraft
capture.
1.3.10 Before installation of the strut-strap or installation of the NLG into the
towbarless vehicle clamping device, make sure the aircraft is stable
with aircraft park brake applied and/or main gear chocks.
1.3.11 During towing operation, keep turns as large as possible and make all
changes to speed or direction slowly.
P) e
1.3.12 During towing operation, aircraft brakes or park brake must not be
C th
used to stop the aircraft unless there is an emergency. Aircraft braking
(A by
.
can result in damage to the NLG and/or aircraft structure.
1.3.13 During towing operations, do not turn the NLG more than 130 degrees
io ed
left or right of the center.
at d
Note
ic e
n
bl ers
Refer to the common information section above for the possible
indications while towing and turning.
Pu p
s su
1.3.14 There are markings present on the NLG strut at 130 degrees from the
center line to let the tug operator to clearly see the NLG turn limits.
tic n
1.3.15 If you turn the NLG 135 degrees and more, the over steering
is ee
sensor will be activated and an EICAS message “NOSE STEER

FAIL“ caution and an INFO message “32 NOSE STEER FAULT -
er b
OVERTRAVEL DET INOP“ will appear.

ct s
ra ha
1.3.16 On the above condition, you must do a steering inspection/repair.

Refer to BD500-A-J05-51-17-01AAA-284A-A.
ha n
1.3.17 The towbarless vehicle operator must obey all aural and visual
C atio
warnings set by the vehicle in accordance with the manufacturer

operating manual.
ra lic
1.3.18 During towing, no abnormal vibration/instability should be induced on

the NLG. If any occur, reduce towing speed as required.
rc ub
1.3.19 Install ground lockpins for maintenance towing.

Ai is p
ft
Note
Lockpins must be installed on the NLG and MLG.
Th
1.3.20 Maximum speed for towing on forward direction is described in

appendix for each tug. This maximum speed has to be lower
depending the runway condition and taxiway condition.
1.3.21 Maximum speed for towing on rearward direction is 5 km/h (3 mph).
This maximum speed has to be lower depending the runway condition
and taxiway condition.
1.4 Obey the precautions that follow during towing with tow bar:
1.4.1 The aircraft must be towed with a tow bar only from the NLG towing
fixture, the tow bar lug dimensions is per the standard AS1614
category I.
1.4.2 Tow bar towing is allowed for pushback and maintenance or hangar
parking towing and not accepted for dispatch towing.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Note
Refer to the common information section above for the different
towing type definitions.
1.4.3 Towing on uneven pavement is not permitted (step must not exceed 1
inch).
1.4.4 During towing operations, each person in the aircraft must be in a seat
and the seat belt must be fastened.
1.4.5 During towing operation, aircraft brakes or park brake must not be
used to stop the aircraft unless there is an emergency. Aircraft braking
can result in damage to the NLG and/or aircraft structure.
1.4.6 Make sure that the flight compartment crew and ground crew or the
tractor personnel can speak to each other.
P) e
1.4.7 During towing operation, keep turns as large as possible and make all
C th
changes to speed or direction slowly.
1.4.8 There are markings present on the NLG strut at 130 degrees from the
(A by
.
center line to let the tug operator to clearly see the NLG turn limits.
io ed
1.4.9 If you turn the NLG 135 degrees and more, the over steering
sensor will be activated and an EICAS message “NOSE STEER
at d
FAIL“ caution and an INFO message “32 NOSE STEER FAULT -
ic e
n
OVERTRAVEL DET INOP“ will appear.
1.4.10
bl ers
On the above condition, you must do a steering inspection/repair.
Refer to BD500-A-J05-51-17-01AAA-284A-A.
Pu p
s su
1.4.11 During towing, no abnormal vibration/instability should be induced on

the NLG. If any occur, reduce towing speed as required.
tic n
1.4.12 Install ground lockpins for maintenance towing.

is ee
Note
er b
Lockpins must be installed on the NLG and MLG.

ct s
ra ha
1.4.13 Maximum speed for towing on forward direction is 24 km/h (15 mph).
ha n

C atio
1.4.14 Maximum speed for towing on rearward direction is 5 km/h (3 mph).

ra lic

rc ub
1.4.15 Before towing, the NLG shock strut must be confirmed to be in a

serviceable condition (towing with a deflated shock strut might cause
Ai is p
ft
damage to the NLG).

1.4.16 Tow bar towing is allowed with one flat tire per gear.
Th
1.4.17 While towing the aircraft in wind conditions, obey the “Towing with tow
bar - Wind speed limitations“ based on the ground quality. Refer to
Fig. 1 .

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
90
80
WIND + GUST SPEED (kts)
70 150000 lb
60
P) e
C th
50 80000 lb
(A by
.
io ed
40 Lines are 10000 lbs 65
at d
increments aircraft weight.
ic e
n
30
bl ers 60
Pu p
10 20 30 40
s su
CG POSITION (% mac) 55
tic n
ON DRY CONCRETE OR ASPHALT 150000 lb

is ee
50
er b
ct s
45
ra ha
ha n
40
C atio
80000 lb
35
ra lic
rc ub
Lines are 10000 lbs

30
Ai is p
ft

Th
25
10 20 30 40
CG POSITION (% mac)
ON WET CONCRETE OR ASPHALT
MAXIMUM WIND + GUST FOR TOWING
ICN-BD500-A-J091100-C-3AB48-48150-A-001-01
Figure 1 Towing safety precautions - General maintenance safety procedure - (Sheet 1 of 2)

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
45
40
35 150000 lb
30
P) e
C th
25
(A by
.
80000 lb
io ed
20
at d
Lines are 10000 lbs
ic e
increments aircraft weight. 32
n
bl ers
15 30
Pu p
10 20 30 40
s su
CG POSITION (% mac) 28
tic en
isSPEEDe(kts)
ON SNOWED SURFACE
26
150000 lb
er b
24
ct s
ra ha
WIND + GUST
22
ha n
C atio
20
ra lic
18 80000 lb
rc ub
16
Ai is p
ft
14
Th
Lines are 10000 lbs

12
10 20 30 40
CG POSITION (% mac)
ON SANDED OR SALTED ICE
MAXIMUM WIND + GUST FOR TOWING
ICN-BD500-A-J091100-C-3AB48-48151-A-001-01
Figure 1 Towing safety precautions - General maintenance safety procedure - (Sheet 2 of 2)

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Required conditions


P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
2021-07-01 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Towing of the aircraft without towbar - Towing
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Towing of the aircraft without towbar - Towing......................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 3
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
at d
5 Spares......................................................................................................................... 3
ic e
n
List of figures
bl ers Page
Pu p
s su
1 Towing of the aircraft without towbar.......................................................................... 7

2 Towing of the aircraft without towbar.......................................................................... 9
tic n
is ee
References
er b
Table 1 References
ct s
ra ha

ha n
BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A Towing safety precautions - General maintenance

C atio
safety procedure
ra lic

safety procedure
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Common information
Th
This data module gives the procedure for towing of the aircraft without the towbar vehicle.
The approved vehicles for this procedure are the vehicles that have an automated tractive
and braking load limiting device. The towing controls and indications are installed in the flight
compartment and the Nose Landing Gear (NLG).
Zones 115 Lower nose fuselage

above and outboard of
nose wheel well, left side

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
211 Flight compartment, left

side
212 Flight compartment, right
side
711 Nose landing gear
Access points 115DL Door
Required conditions

P) e
C th
(A by
tenance.
.
io ed
Obey all of the towing safety precautions. BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A
at d
Obey all the landing gear safety precau- BD500-A-J32-00-00-01AAA-913G-A
ic e
n
tions.
bl ers
Make sure that the access door is open. Re-
Pu p
fer to the access points table above for de-
s su
tails.
tic n
is ee
Make sure that the minimum weight is 4000

lb (1814 kg) on the NLG or the shock strut
er b
extension must be at a maximum of 15 in.

ct s
(38 cm).
ra ha
Support equipment
ha n
C atio
ra lic

rc ub

Ai is p
ft
Headset, or equivalent H10-30 AR or equivalent equipment

Th
Headset extension cord CIX213G/25-51 1 or equivalent equipment
Wheel chocks 99-9028-6000 AR or equivalent equipment

None

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Spares
Table 5 Spares
None
Safety conditions
None
P) e
C th
(A by
.
Procedure
io ed
CAUTION
at d
ic e
During maneuvers make sure that the Nose Wheel Steering (NWS) does not exceed
n
bl ers
the 130° from the centerline. When the NWS angle reaches the 135° or more, the over
travel target will be shear and a fault message will indicate “32 NOSE STEER FAULT -
Pu p
OVERTRAVEL DET INOP“.
s su
tic n
Note
is ee
- The towbarless vehicles must be approved by Airbus for dispatch towing.

er b
- During (attended cockpit) towing operations, a person must be in the

ct s
aircraft cockpit to activate the aircraft park brake when necessary and to
ra ha
respond appropriately to unforeseen operating conditions.

- Make sure that ground locking pins are installed on all landing gears.
ha n
C atio
1 Do the (attended cockpit) towing operation of the aircraft as follows:

ra lic
1.1 Make sure that the members of the towing crew are in position at the locations
rc ub
that follows:
Ai is p
ft
- Flight compartment
- Towing vehicle
Th
- Electrical/towing service panel

- Left wing tip
- Right wing tip.
Note
Light wands can be used to give signals in low visibility conditions.
2 If the aircraft is energized (attended cockpit) do as follows:

2.1 Before towing or pushing the aircraft, if the aircraft is energized, do as follows:
2.1.1 On the gear and brakes panel, push IN the NOSE STEER Push
Button Annunciator (PBA) to the OFF position.
2.1.2 Make sure that the NOSE STEER PBA OFF light comes on.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
switch to the ON position.
2.1.3.1 On the NLG towing control box, make sure that the NO
TOWING (red) indicator light is ON.
2.1.4 On the electrical/towing service panel, open access panel, connect
the headset (71483, Pt. No. H10-30) with the extension (04UP0, Pt.
No. CIX213G/25-51) and establish communication ground to cockpit.
2.1.5 Move the towbarless towing vehicle into position to capture the NLG.
Note
Refer to the towbarless towing vehicle operating manual for
details on the operations.
2.1.6 Clamp the nose wheels on the towbarless towing vehicle as per the
P) e
operating manual.
C th
(A by
.
switch to the OFF position.
io ed
at d
2.1.10 In the cockpit, set the NAV light switch to ON.
ic e
n
Note bl ers
Pu p
s su
2.2 Move the aircraft at a speed of not more that it is described for the respective
tic n
is ee
vehicle. Refer to BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A. Control the towing speed

with the towbarless towing vehicle only.
er b
2.3 When the aircraft is in position, stop the aircraft with the towbarless towing
ct s
vehicle.
ra ha
Note
ha n

C atio

ra lic
rc ub
2.4 On the PARK BRAKE control panel, pull and turn the parking brake to the ON
position.
Ai is p
ft
2.5 On the NLG towing control box, make sure that the NO TOWING (red) indicator
light is ON.
Th
2.7 Release the aircraft from the towbarless vehicle, refer to the vehicle operating
manual.
2.8 In the cockpit, set the NAV light switch to OFF.
2.9 On the electrical/towing service panel, disconnect the headset (71483, Pt.
No. H10-30) with the extension (04UP0, Pt. No. CIX213G/25-51) .
Note
Markings present on the NLG strut at 130 degrees from the center line
are available to let the tug operator clearly see the NLG turn limits. If
the steering angle exceeded the maximum acceptable steering range
during a towing operation, INFO message 32 NOSE STEER FAULT
– OVERTRAVEL DET INOP will appear on the Engine Indication and
Crew Alerting System (EICAS) after aircraft power and superseded by

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
NOSE STEER FAIL caution message EICAS after hydraulic system 2

is pressurized. This will require special irregular inspection prior aircraft
dispatch.
3 If the aircraft is NOT energized (Unattended cockpit) do as follows:

3.1 Before towing or pushing the aircraft, if the aircraft is NOT energized, do as
follows:
3.1.1 On the electrical/towing service panel, open access panel, push IN the
TOW PWR PBA to the ON position and confirm that the PARK BRK
toggle switch is in the ON position.
3.1.2 Make sure that the TOW PWR PBA white light comes ON.
Note
The NLG steering is off when the aircraft is not energized.
P) e
C th
Note
(A by
.
Applicability: 50010-50019, 55010-55015, 55020-55021, 55023,
io ed
55025, 55027, 55029-55030, 55032-55033, 55036, 55040,
at d
55044-55046, 55089, 55110, 55253, 55269, 55288, 55298, 55312
ic e
n
bl ersThe beacon lights will come on.
Pu p
3.1.3 On the electrical/towing service panel, make sure that the NO TOW
s su
(red) indicator light is ON and, on the NLG towing control box, make
sure that the NO TOWING (red) indicator light is ON.
tic n
3.1.4 Move the towbarless towing vehicle into position to capture the NLG.
is ee
Note
er b
Refer to the towbarless towing vehicle operating manual for

ct s
ra ha
details on the operations.
3.1.5 Clamp the nose wheels on the towbarless towing vehicle as per the
ha n
C atio
operating manual.
3.1.7 On the electrical/towing service panel, push IN the TOW PWR PBA if
ra lic
not already done, and select the PARK BRK toggle switch to the OFF
rc ub
position.
3.1.8 On the electrical/towing service panel, make sure that the TOW
Ai is p
ft
(green) indicator light is ON.

Th

3.1.10 On the electrical/towing service panel, set the NAV LTS switch to ON.
Note
3.2 Move the aircraft at a speed of not more that it is described for the respective
vehicle. Refer to BD500-A-J09-11-00-01AAA-913G-A. Control the towing speed
with the towbarless towing vehicle only.
3.3 When the aircraft is in position, stop the aircraft with the towbarless towing
vehicle.

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Note
3.4 On the electrical/towing service panel, select the PARK BRK toggle switch to
the ON position.
3.4.1 On the electrical/towing service panel, make sure that the NLG NO
TOW (red) indicator light in ON and, on the towing control box in the
NLG make sure that the NO TOWING (red) indicator light is ON.
3.4.2 On the electrical/towing service panel, set the NAV LTS switch to OFF.
3.4.3 On the electrical/towing service panel, push out the TOW PWR PBA.
P) e
3.6 Release the aircraft from the towbarless vehicle, refer to the vehicle operating
C th
manual.
(A by
.
Note
Markings present on the NLG strut at 130 degrees from the
io ed
center line are available to let the tug operator clearly see the
at d
NLG turn limits. If the steering angle exceeded the maximum
ic e
acceptable steering range during a towing operation, INFO
n
bl ers
message 32 NOSE STEER FAULT – OVERTRAVEL DET INOP
will appear on the EICAS after aircraft power and superseded
Pu p
s su
by NOSE STEER FAIL caution message EICAS after hydraulic

system 2 is pressurized. This will require special irregular
tic n
inspection prior aircraft dispatch.

is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: not applicable
FR14
FR13
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J242401-C-3AB48-41646-A-001-01
Figure 1 Towing of the aircraft without towbar - (Sheet 1 of 2)

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
(Sheet) Applicability: 50018-50019, 50030, 50032-54999, 55017, 55053-59999 and 50010-50017,

50020-50029, 50031, 55003-55016, 55018-55052 POST BD500-240006
FR14
FR13
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J240209-C-3AB48-58774-A-001-01

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
A
TO-1
FIRE FLEX 44°C 123456789012345678901
START
88.0 123456789012345678901
73.3 73.3 123456789012345678901
REV 123456789012345678901
N1 5
APR SYNC APR 6
1009 888 7
8
9
ITT
B CAI
WAI
IGN IGN CAI 10
WAI 11
93.4 VIB N2 93.4
C 5750 FF (PPH) 5750
12
MSGS MORE PG 1/1
D 115 OIL TEMP 115 GEAR
81 OIL PRESS 81
DN DN DN
P) e
6 N1 VIB --
C th
IN SLAT / FLAP 3
TOTAL FUEL (LB) 19200
4600 10000 4600
(A by
.
SPOILER OUT
NAV SWITCH
650 TRIM
CABALT 900 RATE
-0.4 CREW OXY 2000 NU LWD AIL RWD
io ed
P
LDG ELEV 560 MAN STAB 8.7
at d
TEMP (°C) -23 LO -22 -22 ND NL RUDDER NR
ic e
READY DOOR SELCAL SATCOM AOC INFO
n
bl ers CPDLC MESSAGE
Pu p
EXT LTS CONTROL PANEL
s su
A
tic n
is ee
EICAS DISPLAY
er b
B
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
PARK BRAKE
LANDING GEAR CONTROL PANEL
CONTROL PANEL
D
C
ICN-BD500-A-J091100-C-3AB48-19967-A-003-01

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
130 DEGREES
tic n
is ee
er b
130 DEGREES
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
TOWING CONTROL BOX
ICN-BD500-A-J091100-A-3AB48-33621-A-002-01

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Required conditions


P) e
Make sure that the access door is closed.
C th
Refer to the access points table above for
details.
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J09-11-00-02AAA-174A-A
2023-07-17 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Ground maneuvering, turning radii - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Ground maneuvering, turning radii - Technical data................................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
2 Landing gear turning radii, including minimum turning radii....................................... 2
List of tables Page
P) e
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
2 Turning radii for various nose wheel angles............................................................... 2
(A by
.
3 Turning radii for various nose wheel angles............................................................... 2
io ed
at d
1 Ground maneuvering, turning radii - Technical data.................................................. 4
ic e
n
bl ers References
Pu p
s su
Table 1 References
tic n
is ee
None
er b
ct s
Description
ra ha
ha n
C atio
1 Introduction
ra lic
This data module contains data about the aircraft turning capability and maneuvering character-
rc ub
istics on the ground. The data is based on aircraft performance in good conditions of operation.
Thus, the values must be considered theoretical and used only as an aid. Refer to Table 2 and
Ai is p
ft
Table 3 for the values to use with Fig. 1 for the turn radii with 3 degree slip angle.
Th

BD500-A-J09-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2018-02-05 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2 Landing gear turning radii, including minimum turning radii
Table 2 Turning radii for various nose wheel angles

Turning Turning Nose Nose gear Main gear Wing Empen- Minimum
angle (in center to tip (R1) outside outside tip (R4) nage tip (R5) theoretical
degrees) aircraft cen- face (R2) face (R3) pavement
with 3 ter line (D) width for
degree 180 degrees
tire slip turn (Tw=
R2+ R3)
P) e
C th
17 1686.8 in. 1807.5 in. 1776.3 in. 1845.6 in. 2385.4 in. 2046.7 in. 3621.9 in.
(A by
(4284.47 cm) (4591.05 cm)(4511.80 cm) (4687.82 cm) (6058.91 cm) (5198.61 cm) (9199.62 cm)
.
io ed
27 1012.1 in. 1202.7 in. 1148.4 in. 1171.0 in. 1715.0 in. 1430.1 in. 2319.4 in.
(2570.73 cm) (3054.85 cm)(2916.93 cm) (2974.34 cm) (4356.1 cm) (3632.45 cm) (5891.27 cm)
at d
ic e
n
37 684.4 in. 943.6 in. bl ers
869.3 in. 843.2 in. 1390.8 in. 1154.2 in. 1712.6 in.
(1738.37 cm) (2396.74 cm)(2208.02 cm) (2141.72 cm) (3532.63 cm) (2931.66 cm) (4350.00 cm)
Pu p
s su
47 480.9 in. 808.3 in. 717.6 in. 639.8 in. 1190.6 in. 998.9 in. 1357.3 in.
tic n
(1221.48 cm) (2053.08 cm)(1822.70 cm) (1625.09 cm) (3024.12 cm) (2537.20 cm) (3447.54 cm)
is ee
57 334.9 in. 730.9 in. 627.9 in. 493.2 in. 1047.6 in. 899.3 in. 1121.1 in.
er b
(850.64 cm) (1856.48 cm)(1594.86 cm) (1252.72 cm) (2660.90 cm) (2284.22 cm) (2847.59 cm)
ct s
ra ha
67 218.9 in. 685.5 in. 572.7 in. 377.8 in. 934.7 in. 830.1 in. 950.4 in.
ha n
(556.00 cm) (1741.17 cm)(1454.65 cm) (959.61 cm) (2374.13 cm) (2108.45 cm) (2414.01 cm)
C atio
77 119.1 in. 660.04 in. 541.7 in. 277.9 in. 838.2 in. 779.4 in. 819.6 in.
ra lic
(302.51 cm) (1667.41 cm)(1375.91 cm) (705.86 cm) (2129.02 cm) (1979.67 cm) (2081.78 cm)
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
Table 3 Turning radii for various nose wheel angles

degree 180 degrees
tire slip turn (Tw=
R2+ R3)
17 1961.5 in. 2094.2 in. 2063.6 in. 2120.4 in. 2659.0 in. 2307.1 in. 4148.0 in.
(4982.21 cm) (5319.26 cm)(5241.54 cm) (5385.81 cm) (6753.86 cm) (5860.03 cm) (10535.92 cm)

BD500-A-J09-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2018-02-05 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
degree 180 degrees
tire slip turn (Tw=
R2+ R3)
27 1177.0 in. 1386.9 in. 1333.4 in. 1335.8 in. 1878.6 in. 1576.4 in. 2669.2 in.
(2989.58 cm) (3522.72 cm)(3386.83 cm) (3392.93 cm) (4771.64 cm) (4004.05 cm) (6779.76 cm)
37 795.8 in. 1082.4 in. 1008.9 in. 954.7 in. 1500.9 in. 1245.2 in. 1963.6 in.
(2021.33 cm) (2749.29 cm)(2562.60 cm) (2424.93 cm) (3812.28 cm) (3162.80 cm) (4987.54 cm)
P) e
C th
47 559.2 in. 922.5 in. 832.4 in. 718.1 in. 1267.5 in. 1056.8 in. 1550.5 in.
(A by
(1420.36 cm) (2343.15 cm)(2114.29 cm) (1823.97 cm) (3219.45 cm) (2684.27 cm) (3938.27 cm)
.
io ed
57 389.4 in. 830.6 in. 727.5 in. 548.3 in. 1100.9 in. 935.1 in. 1275.8 in.
at d
(989.07 cm) (2109.72 cm)(1847.85 cm) (1392.68 cm) (2796.28 cm) (2375.15 cm) (3240.53 cm)
ic e
n
67 254.6 in. bl ers
776.5 in. 663.9 in. 413.4 in. 969.4 in. 850.3 in. 1077.4 in.
(646.68 cm) (1971.04 cm)(1686.30 cm) (1050.03 cm) (2462.27 cm) (2159.76 cm) (2736.59 cm)
Pu p
s su
77 138.5 in. 746.6 in. 627.9 in. 297.3 in. 856.9 in. 788.5 in. 925.2 in.
tic n
(351.79 cm) (1896.36 cm)(1594.86 cm) (755.14 cm) (2176.52 cm) (2002.79 cm) (2350.00 cm)
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J09-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2018-02-05 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
R4
io ed
at d
R5
ic e
n
D
C
L
bl ers
Pu p
17 DEGREES
s su
27 DEGREES
37 DEGREES
tic n
47 DEGREES
is ee
57 DEGREES THEORETICAL
67 DEGREES
er b
TURNING Tw
77 DEGREES R1
CENTER
ct s
R2 R3
MAXIMUM
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
5.0 ft (1,52 m)
AIRPORT
PLANNING
ALLOWANCE
ICN-BD500-A-J092001-C-3AB48-45815-A-001-01
Figure 1 Ground maneuvering, turning radii - Technical data

End of data module
BD500-A-J09-20-01-00AAA-030A-A
2018-02-05 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Ground maneuvering, visibility from flight compartment - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Ground maneuvering, visibility from flight compartment - Technical data................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 1
2 Clear areas of vision................................................................................................... 1
3 Visibility from cockpit in static position....................................................................... 1
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
1 Clear areas of vision................................................................................................... 2
at d
2 Visibility from cockpit in static position....................................................................... 3
ic e
n
bl ers References
Pu p
s su
Table 1 References
tic n
is ee
None
er b
ct s
Description
ra ha
ha n
C atio
1 Introduction
ra lic
This data module contains data about the visibility from the flight compartment.
rc ub
2 Clear areas of vision

Ai is p
ft
To see the diagram, refer to Fig. 1

Th
3 Visibility from cockpit in static position

This section contains data about the visibility from cockpit in static position. Refer toFig. 2

BD500-A-J09-20-01-01AAA-030A-A
2016-01-13 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ELEVATION DEGREES
ic e
30
n
bl ers
DOWN UP
20
Pu p
10
s su
0
tic n
is ee
10
er b
20
ct s
ra ha
130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

ha n
C atio
LEFT RIGHT
AZIMUTH ANGLE - DEGREES
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J092001-A-3AB48-00119-A-001-01
Figure 1 Clear areas of vision

BD500-A-J09-20-01-01AAA-030A-A
2016-01-13 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
25°
DOWN VISION
17°
8 ft 6 in
13 ft 3 in
(2,6 m.)
( 4 m.)
43 ft 3 in 2 ft 8 in
P) e
C th
(13,1 m.) (0,8 m.)
VISUAL ANGLES IN VERTICAL PLANE THROUGH PILOT'S EYE POSITION
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
106°
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
20 in.
is ee
(0,5 m)
er b
123°
ct s
VISUAL ANGLES IN HORIZONTAL PLANE THROUGH PILOT'S EYE POSITION

ra ha
ha n
20 in.
C atio
(0,5 m)
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
27°
Th
25°
VISUAL ANGLE IN A PLANE PERPEDNDICULAR TO LONGITUDINAL AXIS

NOTES THROUGH PILOT'S EYE POSITION
1. Not to be used for landing approach visibility.

2. Not scale.
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-22579-A-001-01
Figure 2 Visibility from cockpit in static position

End of data module
BD500-A-J09-20-01-01AAA-030A-A
2016-01-13 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J09-20-01-01AAA-030A-A
2016-01-13 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Parking (Maximum 15-days) - Parking procedure
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Parking (Maximum 15-days) - Parking procedure.................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 5
List of tables Page
P) e
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
5 Spares......................................................................................................................... 4
at d
ic e
n
1 Parking/storage workflow - Parking procedure........................................................... 7

Pu p
s su
2 Parking (Maximum 15-days) - Parking procedure...................................................... 9
References
tic n
is ee
Table 1 References
er b
ct s

ra ha
BD500-A-J10-13-00-01AAA-850A-A Parking ground check (7 day interval) - Procedure to

ha n
keep item serviceable when in parking

C atio

ra lic
BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-913G-A Electrical/Electronic safety precautions - General

rc ub
maintenance safety procedure

Ai is p
ft
BD500-A-J29-00-00-00AAA-913G-A Hydraulic safety precautions - General maintenance

safety procedure
Th

safety procedure
BD500-A-J10-12-00-01AAA-720A-A Aircraft protection equipment - Install procedure
BD500-A-J34-11-01-01AAA-310A-A Air Data System Probe (ADSP) - Visual examination
BD500-A-J10-08-00-01AAA-890A-A Freezing or below freezing temperature - Parking

procedure
BD500-A-J51-26-00-02AAA-251A-A Detergent (alkaline) cleaning - Clean with chemical

agent

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-A-J24-00-00-00AAA-913A-A Aircraft grounding - General maintenance procedure
BD500-A-J10-20-00-01AAA-912A-A Mooring - Handling procedure
BD500-A-J12-30-32-02AAA-913A-A Apply park brake - General maintenance procedure
BD500-A-J12-10-32-02AAA-214A-A Main Landing Gear (MLG) tire - Fill with nitrogen
P) e
BD500-A-J12-10-32-01AAA-214A-A Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tire - Fill with nitrogen
C th
BD500-A-J27-53-00-02AAA-913A-A Flap and slat retraction - General maintenance
(A by
.
procedure
io ed
BD500-A-J27-63-00-02AAA-913A-A Ground spoilers retraction - General maintenance
procedure
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
BD500-A-J27-66-00-02AAA-913A-A Multi-Function Spoilers (MFS) retraction - General
maintenance procedure
Pu p
s su
BD500-A-J28-00-00-02AAA-374A-A Fuel tank water contamination check - Fuel analysis

tic n
BD500-A-J12-10-38-01AAA-226A-A Potable water system - Drain water

is ee
BD500-A-J12-10-38-02AAA-228A-A Water Waste System (WWS) - Drain other liquid

er b
ct s
BD500-A-J71-00-00-00AAA-810A-A Power plant - Engine - Preservation procedure

ra ha
(general)
ha n
BD500-A-J12-10-35-01AAA-223A-A Crew oxygen system - Release oxygen pressure

C atio
BD500-A-J49-10-01-01AAA-810A-A Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) - Preservation procedure

ra lic
BD500-A-J27-24-01-02AAA-722A-A Rudder lockout tool - Install support equipment/Install

rc ub
on support equipment
Ai is p
ft
BD500-A-J12-10-29-01AAA-762A-A Hydraulic systems No. 1 or No. 2 - Pressurize

hydraulics
Th
BD500-A-J12-10-29-02AAA-762A-A Hydraulic system No. 3 - Pressurize hydraulics
BD500-A-J05-51-32-01AAA-284A-A Severe winds on the ground - Special irregular

inspection

network
Common information
This data module gives the procedure to park the aircraft in ready-to-fly condition (fifteen
days or less). The procedure will prevent the deterioration of the aircraft structure, airborne

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
equipment/furnishing and system components when the aircraft is parked in an open area.
During the parking period of 15 days following periodic ground checks must perform:
- 7-day parking ground check. Refer to BD500-A-J10-13-00-01AAA-850A-A.
Note
After the parking or storage period and prior to aircraft return to service, all due & overdue
scheduled maintenance task need to be performed.
Note
The parking or storage period starts at the end of the last flight cycle.
P) e
Note
C th
An aircraft out of service for maintenance (e.g. heavy check, working party, modification or
(A by
repair after an incident) is not in parked or stored condition.
.
io ed
Note
at d
It is recommended do not cannibalize or remove primary parts during this parking period.
ic e
If there is cannibalization or removal of non-primary parts from the aircraft during the
n
bl ers
parking period, install them again before the periodic ground-check and return-to-service
procedure.
Pu p
s su
Note
tic n
A parking procedure can be replaced by a storage procedure at all times taking in

is ee
consideration the following:

er b
- Must do all the steps applicable to the new selected storage procedure that you
ct s
did not do in the previous parking procedure. It is not necessary to do the return-to-
ra ha
service procedure.
- Must do the periodic ground checks applicable to the storage procedure.
ha n
Do not do the re-initialization of the start date of the storage procedure. The start
C atio
-
date of the storage procedure remains the start date of the initial parking procedure
(e.g. last flight date).
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Required conditions
Th


tenance.
Obey all the electrical/electronic safety pre- BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-913G-A

cautions.

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions. BD500-A-J29-00-00-00AAA-913G-A
Obey the landing gear safety precautions. BD500-A-J32-00-00-01AAA-913G-A
Install the aircraft protection equipment. BD500-A-J10-12-00-01AAA-720A-A
Support equipment
P) e
C th
Wheel chocks 99-9028-6000 AR
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
Hydraulic fluid, 02-002 AR

tic n
is ee
petroleum base, aircraft,

missile, and ordnance
er b
ct s
05RNN1, Adhesive film 05-917 AR

ra ha
tape surface protection

PVC film
ha n
C atio
Aluminum foil tape 05-634 AR

acrylic adhesive
ra lic
rc ub
Spares
Ai is p
ft
Th
Table 5 Spares
None
Safety conditions
None

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Procedure
1 Do the parking preparation as follows:
1.1 Do an inspection/check of the probes. Refer to BD500-A-
J34-11-01-01AAA-310A-A.
1.2 Monitor wind during the time the aircraft is parked. If the winds or gusts are
expected to be above 65 knots. Park the aircraft in a closed hangar or ferry fly
the aircraft to a secure location.
1.3 Park the aircraft with the nose in the direction of the wind ±20 degrees. Control
surfaces are downwind. Refer to Fig. 2.
P) e
1.4 If the aircraft is parked in the cold weather condition, do the cold weather
C th
parking. Refer to BD500-A-J10-08-00-01AAA-890A-A.
(A by
1.5 For long-term parking or storage, you must attach the flags of the protective
.
covers/devices with the adhesive tape (05-917) or (05-634) to prevent paint
io ed
damage.
1.6 Clean the external surface of the aircraft. Refer to BD500-A-
at d
ic e
J51-26-00-02AAA-251A-A.
n
bl ers
1.7 Install the grounding wires. Refer to BD500-A-J24-00-00-00AAA-913A-A.
1.8 If required, moor the aircraft. Refer to BD500-A-J10-20-00-01AAA-912A-A.
Pu p
1.9 Make sure that the Nose Landing Gear (NLG) lock pin are installed. Refer to
s su
BD500-A-J32-21-00-01AAA-720A-A.
1.10 Make sure that the Main Landing Gear (MLG) lock pin are installed. Refer to
tic n
BD500-A-J32-11-00-01AAA-720A-A.
is ee
1.11 Install the wheel chocks (59603, Pt. No. 99-9028-6000) at the MLG and NLG.
er b
Note
ct s
ra ha
Make sure that the brakes are clean of water and/or ice contamination.
ha n
1.12 Apply the parking brake. Refer to BD500-A-J12-30-32-02AAA-913A-A.

C atio
1.13 Do the MLG tire pressure check. If necessary, do the servicing. Refer to BD500-
A-J12-10-32-02AAA-214A-A.
ra lic
1.14 Do the NLG tire pressure check. If necessary, do the servicing. Refer to BD500-
A-J12-10-32-01AAA-214A-A.
rc ub
1.15 On the PRESSURIZATION control panel, lift the guard and push the DITCHING
Ai is p
Push Button Annunciator (PBA).

ft
1.15.1 Make sure that all the ventilation skin valves and outflow valve are
closed and make sure that there are no failure message related to
Th
Forward (FWD) Avionics Exhaust Valves (AEV), MID AEV, ground

valve and outflow valve.
1.16 Put the flight controls (Horizontal Stabilizer Trim Actuator (HSTA), ailerons,
rudder, flaps and slats, spoilers and Multi Function Spoiler (MFS)) to the neutral
or retracted position:
- For the HSTA, adjust the STAB trim indication position of 5 units (±0.1) or
aligned with the reference mark in fuselage
- For the flaps and slats. Refer to BD500-A-J27-53-00-02AAA-913A-A
- For the spoilers. Refer to BD500-A-J27-63-00-02AAA-913A-A
- For the MFS. Refer to BD500-A-J27-66-00-02AAA-913A-A.

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1.17 Drain the water contamination from the fuel tanks. Refer to BD500-A-
J28-00-00-02AAA-374A-A.
1.18 Drain and flush the Potable Water System (PWS). Refer to BD500-A-
J12-10-38-01AAA-226A-A.
1.19 Drain and flush Water Waste System (WWS). Refer to BD500-A-
J12-10-38-02AAA-228A-A.
1.20 Do the preservation of the engine. Refer to BD500-A-J71-00-00-00AAA-810A-
A.
1.21 Close crew oxygen cylinder. Refer to BD500-A-J12-10-35-01AAA-223A-A.
1.22 During winter cold weather condition, it is recommended to perform the Auxiliary
Power Unit (APU) preservation. Refer to BD500-A-J49-10-01-01AAA-810A-A.
1.23 If the aircraft will be parked outside and expected wind gust are more than
30 knots (56 Km/h) and less than 65 knots (120 Km/h), install the rudder
lockout tool per BD500-A-J27-24-01-02AAA-722A-A or pressurize the
P) e
hydraulic systems No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3 every 12 hours per BD500-A-
C th
J12-10-29-01AAA-762A-A and BD500-A-J12-10-29-02AAA-762A-A.
(A by
.
1.24 If the rudder lockout tool is not installed and the hydraulic systems are not
pressurized every 12 hours, monitor the wind during the time aircraft is parked
io ed
outside and do the special irregular inspection of the primary flight control
section per BD500-A-J05-51-32-01AAA-284A-A during return to service
at d
ic e
procedure.
n
bl ers
1.25 Install the aircraft protection equipment. Refer to BD500-A-
J10-12-00-01AAA-720A-A.
Pu p
1.26 During this parking procedure, ensure to perform the parking ground check (7
s su
day interval) - Procedure to keep item serviceable when in parking. Refer to

BD500-A-J10-13-00-01AAA-850A-A.
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Check
Parking
Freezing or below freezing temperature Parking (Maximum 7 days) Parking (Maximum 15-days) Parking (Maximum 12-weeks)
ONE TIME SEVERAL TIMES
BD500-A-J10-08-00-01AAA-890A-A BD500-A-J10-09-00-01AAA-890A-A BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A BD500-A-J10-11-00-01AAA-890A-A
Parking ground check (7 day interval)

Parking
ground
checks
Parking ground check (7 day interval) BD500-A-J10-13-00-01AAA-850A-A

BD500-A-J10-13-00-01AAA-850A-A Parking ground check (1-month intervals)
BD500-A-J10-13-00-02AAA-850A-A
P) e
renewal
Parking
C th
Renewal of 15-day parking Renewal of 12-week parking
BD500-A-J10-10-00-03AAA-890A-A BD500-A-J10-11-00-02AAA-890A-A
(A by
.
io ed
Return to service after parking Return to service after parking
Parking
at d
RTS
(maximum 15 days) (maximum 12 weeks)
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
Aircraft back
s su
to service
tic n
is ee
Storage
er b
Storage (Maximum 2-years)
ct s
Storage (Maximum 6-months)
ONE TIME SEVERAL TIMES
ra ha
ha n
Storage ground check (7-day interval)
C atio
Storage ground check (7-day interval) BD500-A-J10-13-00-01AAA-850A-A
ground checks
BD500-A-J10-32-00-01AAA-850A-A
Storage ground check (1-month interval)
ra lic
Storage
Storage ground check (1-month interval) BD500-A-J10-32-00-03AAA-850A-A

rc ub
BD500-A-J10-32-00-03AAA-850A-A Storage ground check (3-month interval)

Ai is p
ft
BD500-A-J10-32-00-05AAA-850A-A
Storage ground check (3-month interval)
BD500-A-J10-32-00-05AAA-850A-A Storage ground check (6-month interval)
Th
BD500-A-J10-32-00-06AAA-850A-A
RTS renewal
Storage Storage
Renewal of 6-month storage Renewal 2-year storage

Return to service after storage Return to service after storage

LEGEND BD500-A-J10-40-00-03AAA-870A-A BD500-A-J10-40-00-03AAA-870A-A
Mandatory Aircraft back

Optional to service
ICN-BD500-A-J100900-A-3AB48-75608-A-001-01
Figure 1 Parking/storage workflow - Parking procedure

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
20 DEGREES
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
20 DEGREES
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J101000-A-3AB48-33919-A-001-01
Figure 2 Parking (Maximum 15-days) - Parking procedure - (Sheet 1 of 4)

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
PRESSURIZATION PANEL
ICN-BD500-A-J104000-C-3AB48-41893-A-002-01

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
CREW OXYGEN CYLINDER

(REF)
ha n
C atio
PRESSURE GAUGE
(REF)
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
TOGGLE
SWITCH
(REF)
REGULATOR
(REF)
ICN-BD500-A-J101000-C-3AB48-52034-A-001-01

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
EICAS DISPLAY
ICN-BD500-A-J101400-C-3AB48-55131-A-001-01

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Required conditions


P) e
De-energize the electrical network. BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-561A-A
C th
Attach the warning notice(s) to the CAPT
(A by
.
side stick to tell the crew that protection cov-
ers/devices are installed.
io ed
Make an entry in the aircraft log book.
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 13
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A
2023-10-04 Page 14
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Wet wash - Clean and apply surface protection
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Wet wash - Clean and apply surface protection...................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 3
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
at d
5 Spares......................................................................................................................... 3
ic e
n
bl ers
References
Pu p
s su
Table 1 References
tic n

is ee
er b
BD500-A-J10-12-00-01AAA-720A-A Aircraft protection equipment - Install procedure

ct s

ra ha
network
ha n
C atio
BD500-A-J10-12-00-01AAA-520A-A Aircraft protection equipment - Remove procedure
Common information
ra lic
rc ub
This data module gives the procedure to clean and remove the contamination on the external
Ai is p
ft
surfaces of the aircraft. This is required to prevent the deterioration of the paint and to decrease
the risk of corrosion. It is recommended to clean the aircraft frequently.
Th
Required conditions

Make sure the aircraft is safe for mainte-

nance.

BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A
2022-08-18 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Make sure the aircraft is de-energized. BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-561A-A
Install the aircraft protection equipment. BD500-A-J10-12-00-01AAA-720A-A
Support equipment

P) e
None
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
Name bl ers
Identification/Reference Quantity Remark
Pu p
Lint free, cotton cloth, 05-425 AR
s su
cleaning for aircraft pri-

mary and secondary
tic n
is ee
structural surfaces
er b
Sponge 05-042 AR
ct s
ra ha
Compound, hand dish- 11-001 AR

washing (synthetic de-
ha n
tergent, liquid form)

C atio
Isopropyl alcohol (IPA) 11-004 AR

ra lic
Special Cleaning Con- 11-109 AR

rc ub
centrate
Ai is p
ft
Cleaning agent 11-127 AR

Th
Cleaner 11-128 AR
Water-based cleaning 11-129 AR

concentrate

BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A
2022-08-18 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Spares
Table 5 Spares
None
Safety conditions
None
P) e
C th
(A by
.
Procedure
io ed
WARNINGS
at d
ic e
•
n
Obey the precautions that follow when you do work on or near the windshield or
the windows:
bl ers
Be careful because the window surfaces have high levels of static voltage for
Pu p
-
s su
many hours after flight.

- Make sure that you use only approved tools that cannot scratch the surfaces.
tic n
- Make sure that you do not have jewelry or other sharp objects on you.
is ee
- Use only approved cleaning agents. Other solvents can cause damage to
er b
acrylic surfaces. The liquid used in this procedure can cause injury to your
ct s
skin and eyes.

ra ha
- Do not use too much force on the surface. The surface can become hot and
have deformation.
ha n
C atio
You can cause injury to persons and damage to the equipment.

ra lic
• Obey the precautions that follow when you use cleaning agents:
Use approved eye, mouth, and body protection
rc ub
-
- Do the work in an area that has a good flow of clean air or use a breathing
Ai is p
ft
apparatus
- Make sure that the area has no sparks, flames, or hot surfaces
Th
- Obey the manufacturer's instructions

- Do not let the cleaning agent touch your skin, eyes, or mouth
- If irritation occurs, get medical aid immediately.
Cleaning agents can be flammable, poisonous, and can cause corrosion.

BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A
2022-08-18 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
• Obey the precautions that follow when you use solvents:

- Use approved eye, mouth, and body protection
- Do the work in an area that has a good flow of clean air
- Make sure that the area has no sparks, flames, or hot surfaces
- Obey the manufacturer's instructions
- Do not let the solvent touch your skin, eyes, or mouth
- If irritation occurs, get medical aid immediately.
Solvents are poisonous and can cause injury.
• Do not stand on aircraft surfaces that are wet. Wet surfaces can cause you to fall.
This can cause injury to persons.
P) e
C th
CAUTIONS
(A by
.
• Do not clean the aircraft when the temperature is less than 41 degree Fahrenheit (5
io ed
degree Celsius). Ice can form on the surfaces of the aircraft.
at d
ic e
n
•
bl ers
Use appropriate cleaning materials to avoid damaging the window surface.
Pu p
•
s su
When cleaning the view ports use correct cleaner to avoid damaging crystal view
protection.
tic n
is ee
• Do not wash parts if water can go in them and you cannot dry them satisfactorily.
er b
Water that stays in parts can cause damage.

ct s
ra ha
1 Clean the external surface of radome, painted fuselage, wings, horizontal stabilizer,
vertical stabilizer, Wing To Body Fairing (WTBF), cockpit windshield, or side window as
ha n
follows:
C atio
Note
ra lic
Before you clean, make sure that all repairs were done and that there is no
damaged area that is not repaired.
rc ub
Ai is p
1.1 Wash the external surface of radome, painted fuselage, wings, horizontal
ft
stabilizer, vertical stabilizer and WTBF as follows:

1.1.1 Prepare the cleaning solution (11-001) .
Th
Note
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions written on the detergent
container.
Note
Recommended water qualities are as follow:
- pH between 5 and 8.5
- Chlorine level less than 100 ppm
1.1.2 With a wet sponge (05-042) , rub the cleaning solution (11-001) over
small area at a time.

BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A
2022-08-18 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Note
Do not let the cleaning solution dry on the external surface.
1.1.3 Flush the cleaning solution (11-001) from the external surface with a
continuous flow of clear water.
1.2 If you can still see stains after the wash, remove all stains as follows:
1.2.1 Apply the cleaning solution (11-001) to the external surfaces with a
wet sponge (05-042) .
1.2.2 Leave the cleaning solution (11-001) soak for five minutes.
1.2.3 Apply the cleaning solution (11-001) again if necessary to keep the
surface wet.
1.2.4 With the wet sponge (05-042) , lightly rub the external surface to
loosen the stains.
P) e
1.2.5 Rinse the external surface, keep a continuous flow of water until the
C th
cleaning solution (11-001) is flushed away.
(A by
.
Note
Hot water at 140 degree Fahrenheit (60 degree Celsius)
io ed
maximum is recommended.
at d
ic e
1.2.6 Lightly rub the external surface with a clean and dry low-lint cloth
n
bl ers
(05-425) .
1.2.7 Repeat the procedure until the external surface is completely dry.
Pu p
1.3 Wash the windshield or side window of the cockpit as follows:
s su
1.3.1 Use a clean water spray to clean the glass surface.

1.3.2 If clean water spray is not possible, clean the glass surface with the
tic n
is ee
clean sponge (05-042) or clean cloth (05-425) .

er b
Note
ct s
This will remove the dirt and other unwanted and abrasive
ra ha
materials.
ha n
1.3.3 Prepare the cleaning solution as follows:

C atio
1.3.3.1 Mix equal amounts of water and Isopropyl Alcohol

(IPA) (11-004) and 2 to 5 % of detergent (11-001) .
ra lic
1.3.4 Apply the cleaning solution on the glass surface with the wet
rc ub
sponge (05-042) .
Ai is p
ft
Note
Do not let the cleaning solution dry on the external surface.
Th
1.3.5 Rinse the glass surface with the continuous flow of water, until the
cleaning solution is flushed away.
1.3.6 Dry the glass surface with the clean sponge (05-042) or dry
cloth (05-425) .
2 Clean dirt, oil, grease or stubborn stains on the external surfaces (except windshield
and windows) as follows:
2.1 Dilute the cleaning concentrate (11-109) with water as per manufacturer’s
instructions.
2.2 Apply the cleaning solution prepared in Step 2.1 to the applicable external
surface and rub small areas at a time.
2.3 Rinse the surface with fresh water.
2.4 Dry the applicable surface with a clean and dry cloth (05-425) .
3 Clean the external surfaces (except windshield) as follows:

BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A
2022-08-18 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
3.1 Dilute the cleaning concentrate (11-128) , (11-129) with water (refer to the
instructions of the manufacturer). For the cleaning agent gel (11-127) , obey the
instructions of the manufacturer for the cleaning gel preparation.
3.2 Apply the cleaning solution prepared in Step 3.1 to the applicable external
surface and gently rub small areas at the time.
3.3 Rinse the external surfaces with fresh water. Make sure that all of the cleaning
product was removed.
3.4 Dry the applicable surface with a clean and dry cloth.

Required conditions
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Remove the aircraft protection equipment. BD500-A-J10-12-00-01AAA-520A-A
Pu p
Return the aircraft to the operating configu-
s su
ration.
tic n
If necessary, clean the applicable area by

is ee
hand.
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A
2022-08-18 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Fuel specifications - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Fuel specifications - Technical data.......................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 Fuel system compatibility............................................................................................ 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
2 Aviation fuel specification equivalents........................................................................ 1
(A by
.
References
io ed
Table 1 References
at d
ic e
n
None
bl ers
Pu p
s su
Description
tic n
is ee
er b
1 Fuel system compatibility

ct s
ra ha
Fuels conforming to any of the specifications listed in Table 2 are approved for use with the air-
craft.
ha n
C atio
Table 2 Aviation fuel specification equivalents

Canadian American British Other
ra lic
rc ub
** GOST 10227 – TS-1,

CAN 2 - 3.23-M81 ASTM D1655 - JET A Defence Standard 91-91 1
RT
Ai is p
ft
GB6537-2018-No. 3 Jet
CAN 2 - 3.23-M81 ASTM D1655 - JET A1 —
Th
Fuel (China)
MIL-T-83133D - JP-8,
— — —
JP-8+100
— — — —
1 Use of Russian Fuel “GOST“ 10227 TS-1 will be approved for restricted use.
Mixing of these fuels will be permitted.

End of data module
BD500-A-J28-00-00-00AAA-030A-A
2023-03-28 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

2023-03-28 Page 2
BD500-A-J28-00-00-00AAA-030A-A
Th
Applicable to: All

Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n
s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
Line and hangar maintenance
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Line and hangar maintenance - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Line and hangar maintenance - Technical data....................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
References
(A by
.
Table 1 References
io ed
at d
ic e
n
None
bl ers
Pu p
Description
s su
tic n
is ee
1 General
er b
ct s
Refer to the Systems Description and Function Publication (SDFP); BD500-3AB48-13200-00 to

ra ha
get the information about the various systems on the A220 aircraft. The SDFP is organized in
accordance with the S1000D, issue 4.0.1, standard numbering systems (SNS). Some informa-
ha n
tion can be shown in more than one chapter. The lists of the SNS chapters that are covered in
C atio
this publication are as follows:

ra lic
- SNS 21 - Environmental control

rc ub
- SNS 22 - Auto flight

- SNS 23 - Communications
Ai is p
ft
- SNS 24 - Electrical power

Th
- SNS 25 - Equipment/furnishings
- SNS 26 - Fire protection
- SNS 27 - Flight controls
- SNS 28 - Fuel
- SNS 29 - Hydraulic power
- SNS 30 - Ice and rain protection
- SNS 31 - Indicating/Recording system
- SNS 32 - Landing gear
- SNS 33 - Lights
- SNS 34 - Navigation
- SNS 35 - Oxygen

BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-030A-A
2019-08-12 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- SNS 36 - Pneumatic
- SNS 38 - Water/Waste
- SNS 44 - Cabin systems
- SNS 45 - Central maintenance system
- SNS 46 - System integration and display
- SNS 47 - Liquid nitrogen
- SNS 49 - Airborne auxiliary power
- SNS 50 - Cargo and accessory compartment
- SNS 52 - Doors
- SNS 53 - Fuselage
P) e
- SNS 54 - Nacelles/Pylons
C th
- SNS 55 - Stabilizers
(A by
.
- SNS 56 - Windows and canopies
io ed
- SNS 57 - Wings
- SNS 71 - Powerplant
at d
ic e
- SNS 72 - Engine
n
-
bl ers
SNS 73 - Engine fuel and control
Pu p
- SNS 74 - Ignition
s su
- SNS 75 - Air
tic n
- SNS 76 - Engine controls

is ee
- SNS 77 - Engine indicating

er b
- SNS 78 - Exhaust
ct s
ra ha
- SNS 79 - Oil
- SNS 80 - Starting
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-030A-A
2019-08-12 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Aircraft grounding - General maintenance procedure
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Aircraft grounding - General maintenance procedure.............................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Procedure.................................................................................................................................. 3
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
at d
5 Spares......................................................................................................................... 2
ic e
n
List of figures
bl ers Page
Pu p
s su
1 Landing gears grounding points................................................................................. 4
References
tic n
is ee
Table 1 References
er b
ct s

ra ha
BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-913G-A Electrical/Electronic safety precautions - General

ha n

C atio
BD500-A-J24-00-00-02AAA-913G-A Electrostatic discharge safety precautions - General

ra lic

rc ub
Common information
Ai is p
ft
This data module gives the procedure to ground the aircraft. The grounding points are located
Th
on the landing gears.
Zones 711 Nose landing gear

731 Main landing gear, left
side
741 Main landing gear, right
side

BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A
2017-08-08 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Required conditions

Obey all the electrical/electronic safety pre- BD500-A-J24-00-00-01AAA-913G-A

cautions.
Obey all the electrostatic discharge safety BD500-A-J24-00-00-02AAA-913G-A

precautions.
P) e
Support equipment
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
None
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee

er b

ct s
ra ha
None
ha n
C atio
Spares
ra lic
rc ub
Table 5 Spares
Ai is p
ft

Th
None
Safety conditions
None

BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A
2017-08-08 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Procedure
WARNINGS
• When the aircraft is parked for maintenance or during bad weather, make sure that
it is grounded. Static electrical charges in the aircraft can cause injury to persons
and/or damage to equipment.
It is not mandatory to ground the aircraft if you do not do maintenance, there is no
bad weather and the tires are in direct contact with the ground. Some airports can
apply non-conductive coating on the ramp, which can prevent release of the static
P) e
C th
charges to the ground. In such conditions, you must ground the aircraft.
(A by
.
• Ground the aircraft before you connect the external electrical power. If you do not
io ed
do this, you can cause injuries to persons and/or damage the equipment.
at d
1 To ground the aircraft do as follows:
ic e
n
bl ers
Refer to Fig. 1 .
1.1 Attach the alligator clamp to one of the grounding points located on the Nose
Pu p
Landing Gear (NLG) or the Main Landing Gear (MLG).
s su
1.2 Attach the other end of the wire to a ground point off of the aircraft.
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A
2017-08-08 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
GROUND POINT
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
GROUND POINT
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-22049-A-002-01
Figure 1 Landing gears grounding points

BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A
2017-08-08 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Required conditions

None
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A
2017-08-08 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A
2017-08-08 Page 6
Th
Applicable to: All

Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n
s su
Pu p
bl ers
Maintenance facility
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Maintenance facility - Facilities
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Maintenance facility - Facilities................................................................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
References
(A by
.
Table 1 References
io ed
at d
ic e
n
None
bl ers
Pu p
Description
s su
tic n
is ee
1 General
er b
ct s
This section gives data on the minimum equipment and design limits that are necessary to oper-
ra ha
ate a maintenance facility.

During the initial planning stages of a maintenance facility it is important to look at the items that
ha n
C atio
follow:
Maintenance facility − Organization and planning criteria:
ra lic
- Location in relation to airport facilities, taxiways, and runways

rc ub
- Quantity and different types of aircraft to be maintained

Ai is p
ft
- Type of maintenance that will be done

- Structural material and building design
Th
- External clearances, such as hangar doors height and width

- Internal clearances necessary when you lift the aircraft on jacks to operate the landing gear
- Internal clearances necessary for support equipment and vehicles
- Environmental control measures for waste management and disposal
- Control and handling procedures for poisonous materials that can be used
- Security measures
- Fire protection and safety measures
- Health, environment, and safety measures
- Available space for administrative offices and repair shops
- Budgetary limits

BD500-A-J00-00-00-00AAA-915A-A
2015-09-15 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Future expansion.
To do maintenance on the aircraft, you must have access to the items that follow as well as the
usual mechanic’s tool kit(s):
- Work stands
- Cranes and other equipment to lift the aircraft
- Equipment to clean aircraft
- Refinishing shop (paint booth)
- Pneumatic, hydraulic, and electrical equipment
- Fire protection and first aid and/or emergency response procedures
- Drainage
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-00AAA-915A-A
2015-09-15 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Airborne software - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Airborne software - General data............................................................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2 Operational security measures................................................................................... 1
2.1 Creation and modification........................................................................................... 2
2.1.1 Procedure to prepare and sign the crate................................................................... 4
P) e
2.2 Reception and storage................................................................................................ 6
C th
2.3 Software distribution to operator................................................................................. 8
(A by
.
2.4 Media........................................................................................................................... 8
2.5 Software tools............................................................................................................. 8
io ed
2.6 Data loading................................................................................................................ 8
3 Guidance for operator................................................................................................. 8
at d
ic e
List of tables Page
n
bl ers
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
Pu p
s su

tic n
1 ARINC 827 Crate (.ZIP)............................................................................................. 3

is ee
2 Create digitally signed loadable software parts.......................................................... 5

3 Verify digitally signed loadable software parts........................................................... 7
er b
ct s
References
ra ha
ha n
Table 1 References
C atio

ra lic
None
rc ub
Description
Ai is p
ft
Th
1 General
The objective of this section is to demonstrate what Airbus has in place to ensure the authentici-
ty and integrity of Loadable Software Airplane Parts (LSAP) and Field Loadable Software (FLS)
during reception, creation, modification, storage and distribution on the ground.
2 Operational security measures

The following subsections give an overview of what operational security measures has been
taken for secure handling and managing of LSAP and FLS on the ground.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.1 Creation and modification

Airbus is dealing with the additional airworthiness risks for the eEnabled aircraft that required
the implementation of a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) to enable digital signature of LSAP. The
digital signature is one of the components of the Electronic Distribution of Software (EDS) Crate
(Aeronautical Radio Inc. (ARINC) 827).
With digital signature we can provide:
- The system supplier’s identity can be validated by the Registration Authority and will in-
struct the Certificate Authority to issue a digital certificate to the system supplier’s employ-
ee.
- Using the user’s private key (that only this person has in their possession), the system sup-
plier can digitally sign the software package to create the digital signature. The digital cer-
P) e
tificate (that hold the public key) is bundled with the digital signature and attached to the
C th
LSAP.
(A by
- After receiving the software package, anyone can validate the integrity of the software by
.
validating the digital signature using the public key (that is embedded with the digital certifi-
io ed
cate) and validate the origin of the digital signature by validating the digital certificate with
the Certification Authority.
at d
ic e
- After the digital signature, any attempt to change the software would be detected at the mo-
n
bl ers
ment of the validation.
Pu p
LSAP creation follows the ARINC standard 665 and 827 Refer to Fig. 1 .
s su
- ARINC 665 - Loadable Software Standards: It describes the common principles and rules
tic n
to be applied to any part of a data load system, to insure compatibility and inter-operability.
is ee
It includes part numbering, content, labeling and formatting of an LSP, and a media set con-
er b
taining LSPs.
ct s
- ARINC 827 - Electronic Distribution of Software by Crate (EDS Crate): This standard de-
ra ha
scribes the format for electronic distribution of aircraft software parts and other contents be-
tween aerospace business partners using a digital container referred to as an EDS crate.
ha n
This EDS standard is intended to promote consistent, secure distribution of EDS content to
C atio
any appropriate destination.

- ARINC 835 - Guidance For Security Of Loadable Software Parts Using Digital Signatures:
ra lic
This guidance describes the existing way to secure the LSAP.

rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
ARINC 827 Crate [Zip]
io ed
ARINC 665
at d
ic e
n
XML
bl ers Media Set
Pu p
Manifest
s su
Batch
tic n
is ee
Signature FLS
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
Documents GSS Other

C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-28061-A-001-01
Figure 1 ARINC 827 Crate (.ZIP)
A crate is, in fact, a zip file (.zip) that contains:

BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- An eXtensible Markup Language (XML) index of the crate content;

- LSAP software (using ARINC 665 Standard);
- Digital signature for crate contents.
Note
LSAP has it’s own part number. An LSAP that has been updated will be assigned a new
part number.
2.1.1 Procedure to prepare and sign the crate
Note
P) e
LSAP crate are built using the online tool provided by Airbus, refer to Fig. 2. A signed LSAP
C th
cannot be modified.
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
LSAP
C th
Information
(A by
.
LSAP Encrypt Hash
+
io ed
Hash Using Signed LSAP Signature
(Digest) Private
at d
Digest File
ic e
Key
+
n
bl ers Certificate
(includes
Pu p
Public Key)
s su
Trusted
Certificate Authority +
tic n
(CA) SCVP
is ee
Issue Digital Certificates, Public and Private Response

Digital Certificates Status
er b
(garantees
certificate
ct s
ra ha
validity)
ha n
C atio
Attach Signature
File Digitally Send
Signature File to
Signature Signed Electronically
LSAP
ra lic
File + Loadable or
(LSAP Not
Software Part Store on Media
rc ub
Modified) LSAP
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-28063-A-003-01
Figure 2 Create digitally signed loadable software parts

BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1 Authorized user accesses the LSAP crating portal through the Airbus portal.
2 User uploads software parts and documentation on the Crating portal over a secure chan-
nel;
3 Crating tool extracts LSAP information and calculate hash value of each element uploaded
(parts and documentation) to be included in the signature file;
4 Crating tool retrieves user’s LSAP signing credential;
5 Crating tool performs validation checking of user’s LSAP signing credential using Serv-
er-based Certificate Validation Protocol (SCVP) to be included in the signature file;
6 Crating tool calculates the overall hash value (digest value) to be used as the input for the
signature.
7 Crating tool inserts the signing time and signer’s certificate in the signature file.
P) e
C th
8 Crating tool signs the crate using the private key corresponding to the LSAP signing certifi-
cate.
(A by
.
9 Finalized crate is presented to the user for download and transmission to Airbus Vault.
io ed
at d
2.2 Reception and storage
ic e
n
1
bl ers
The signed LSAP crate is received in the Airbus vault over a secure channel;
Pu p
2 The Airbus Vault validates the digital signature and attributes of the crate.
s su
3 The Airbus Vault stores the crate in appropriate part object.

tic n
is ee
4 Authorized users process the part object and create the delivery package within the Airbus
Vault.
er b
5 Delivery package is made available for download to the operators.

ct s
ra ha
The delivery package is as follow:

ha n
C atio
- The LSAP is distributed to the operator in a LSAP delivery package format. The LSAP de-
livery package is a zip file that contains the crate and its corresponding Transport Canada
Civil Aviation (TCCA) authorized release certificate (Form One).
ra lic
rc ub
If the authenticity or integrity of the LSAP is invalid, CS&S shall be notified.

Ai is p
ft
Note
LSAP shall be verified on reception for authenticity and integrity. Airbus provides a
Th
standalone tool to validate the authenticity and the integrity.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
LSAP
P) e
Information
C th
+
(A by
.
Signed LSAP
Digest
io ed
Signature
+
at d
File
ic e
Signature Certificate
n
Digitally
Signed
Filebl ers (includes
Public Key)
+
Pu p
Loadable +
s su
Software Part
LSAP SCVP
Response
tic n
is ee
er b
Decrypt Hash
Decrypted
ct s
Signed LSAP Using

LSAP Digest Compare
ra ha
Digest Certificate Public

Key 1011010... Decrypted LSAP Digest
and
ha n
Local LSAP Digest Authenticated

C atio
LSAP
Local LSAP Must be Equal for
ra lic
LSAP Hash LSAP Authentication

Data (Digest) Digest
rc ub
1011010...
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-28062-A-003-01
Figure 3 Verify digitally signed loadable software parts

BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Security requirements are put in place in order to prevent and detect unauthorized access to
protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the LSAP.
2.3 Software distribution to operator

Transfer of LSAP shall be done by personnel authorize to access, manage, and store the LSAP.
Steps shall be taken to ensure the integrity and authenticity of airborne software during transfer,
both physical and logical, between entities.
A chain of custody shall be put in place for transporting LSAP in order to detect security events.
2.4 Media
Media use for storing LSAP shall be:
P) e
- Free of malicious code before LSAP is stored on it;
C th
- Protected of malicious code during it lifecycle;
(A by
.
- Labeled with the part number, version and date;
io ed
2.5 Software tools
at d
ic e
Airbus provides a software (standalone tool) to validate the integrity of the LSAP. The tool vali-
n
bl ers
dates the crate signature and that the hash value of each LSAP element matches the informa-
tion from the signature file. The tool also validates the timestamp, the certificate and the SCVP
Pu p
response included in the signature file. Refer to Fig. 3 .
s su
2.6 Data loading

tic n
is ee
The loading of LSAP on the A220 aircraft is described in the A220 Aircraft Maintenance Publica-
er b
tion (AMP) or applicable service bulletin.

ct s
ra ha
3 Guidance for operator

The operator shall document how:
ha n
C atio
- To create and modify a LSAP and a FLS.

- To receive and store a LSAP and a FLS.
ra lic
- To distribute to personnel a LSAP and a FLS.

rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Aircraft components - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Aircraft components - General data.......................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2.1 Storage........................................................................................................................ 2
2.2 Transport..................................................................................................................... 2
P) e
2.3 Repair.......................................................................................................................... 2
C th
2.4 Decommissioning........................................................................................................ 2
(A by
.
2.4.1 Health Management Unit (HMU)................................................................................ 2
2.4.2 Onboard Maintenance System (OMS)....................................................................... 2
io ed
2.4.3 Information Management System (IMS)..................................................................... 3
2.4.4 Cabin Management System (CMS)............................................................................ 3
at d
ic e
2.4.5 Aircraft Network Switch (ANS).................................................................................... 3
n
2.5
3
bl ers
Summary.....................................................................................................................
Guidance for operator.................................................................................................
3
3
Pu p
List of tables
s su
Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
tic n
is ee
References
er b
ct s
Table 1 References
ra ha

ha n
C atio
None
ra lic
Description
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
1 General
Th
The section gives operational security measures to protect the aircraft components during repair
and maintenance, on what concerns the aircraft information security, from unauthorized access.
The A220 aircraft is equipped with components that require specific handling during transport,
storage, repair and decommissioning, as these components can contain confidential informa-
tion. Unauthorized access to the information is considered a threat and would have an impact to
confidentiality, integrity and availability of the aircraft.

Follow the operational security measures below to secure handling and managing of aircraft
components.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.1 Storage
- Keep the loadable components in a security perimeter, with restricted access.

- Security perimeters (barriers such as walls, card controlled entry gates or manned recep-
tion desks) should be used to protect areas that contain information and information pro-
cessing facilities. Secure areas should be protected by appropriate entry controls to ensure
that only authorized personnel are allowed access.
- Physical security for offices, rooms, and facilities should be designed and applied.
- Physical protection and guidelines for working in secure areas should be designed and ap-
plied.
2.2 Transport
P) e
C th
- Protect aircraft components and component interfaces against physical tampering.
(A by
.
- Verify protection means when the aircraft component enters trusted facilities.
io ed
- Use a chain of custody (record keeping) for transporting aircraft components.
at d
ic e
2.3 Repair
n
bl ers
Repair of loadable storage components are done in a security perimeter with restricted access
Pu p
(personnel, tools and infrastructure).
s su
Procedures exist to protect confidential information/data/equipment.

tic n
Ensure isolation from potential malicious systems and storage media.

is ee
All the Needed information is backed-up prior to repair

er b
ct s
2.4 Decommissioning
ra ha
All items of equipment containing storage media are checked to ensure that any sensitive da-
ha n
ta and licensed software have been removed or securely overwritten prior to or during disposal
C atio
procedures. The operators are responsible to take appropriate actions to remove sensitive data
from devices.
ra lic
2.4.1 Health Management Unit (HMU)

rc ub
Send to Pratt and Whitney (PW) for factory reset.There is no procedure that can be used by an
Ai is p
ft
Operator in order to do a factory reset of the operating system of the HMU. An operating system
factory reset can only be done by the supplier. If an operating system factory reset is required,
Th
the HMU shall be sent to the supplier. The HMU memory card shall be removed or replaced by
a blank one for decommissioning.
2.4.2 Onboard Maintenance System (OMS)

The OMS software Onboard Maintenance Software Application(OMSA), consists of a mainte-
nance application which is hosted in a Common Computing Module(CCM). A CCM is a process-
ing platform capable of hosting multiple software applications. The CCM provides the capabili-
ty for individual software partition to be halted and/or reset without affecting other partitions. On-
ly Rockwell Collins has CCM factory reset capability to blank memory using in house Teraterm
tool. If a factory reset is required, the CCM module shall be sent to the supplier.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.4.3 Information Management System (IMS)

Connecting a Portable Maintenance Access (PMA) device to the IMS allows access to factory
reset functions through the web-based IMS Maintenance Portal application.. The following facto-
ry reset functions are available:
- As a method to get the IMS to a known state (Factory Reset state)
- As a last resort method to fixing IMS issues.
- Before any activity that causes an Aircraft Serial Number or Aircraft type change such as
moving an IMS between Aircraft or rigs.
Step by step instructions related to the reset procedure can be found in the IMS-6010
P) e
Maintenance Portal User’s Guide, section 7.7.4 - Maintenance (document number :
C th
946-08M3-002) of Rockwell Collins.
(A by
.
2.4.4 Cabin Management System (CMS)
io ed
Send to Panasonic for factory reset.
at d
ic e
2.4.5 Aircraft Network Switch (ANS)
n
bl ers
Send to CMC for factory reset.
Pu p
2.5 Summary
s su
Airbus will:
tic n
is ee
- Provide guidance to the operators to establish policies and associated procedures for the
handling and managing of loadable storage components.
er b
ct s
- Define processes for off-wing handling and managing of field loadable aircraft components.
ra ha

ha n
C atio
The operator shall define operational security measures for handling and management of air-
craft components with respect to::
ra lic
- Storage;
rc ub
- Transport;
Ai is p
ft
- Repair;
Th
- Decommissioning.
If the Operator decide to replace the cockpit printer by a different model, testing and a security
assessment is required.

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-010A-A
2019-08-12 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Analysis of necessary equipment - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Analysis of necessary equipment - Technical data................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Hangar areas for maintenance................................................................................... 2
1.2 Aircraft apron.............................................................................................................. 2
1.3 Aircraft maintenance support shops........................................................................... 2
P) e
1.4 Component overhaul shops........................................................................................ 3
C th
1.5 Stock rooms................................................................................................................ 3
(A by
.
1.6 Administrative offices and auxiliary facilities............................................................... 4
1.7 Utilities......................................................................................................................... 4
io ed
List of tables Page
at d
ic e
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
n
bl ers
References
Pu p
s su
Table 1 References
tic n

is ee
er b
None
ct s
ra ha
Description
ha n
C atio
1 General
ra lic
rc ub
This section identifies and gives an analysis of the equipment necessary to do maintenance on
the A220 aircraft.
Ai is p
ft
Refer to the lists that follow for the equipment and facilities that you must have for aircraft main-
tenance and servicing. These lists show the different functions that a maintenance or service
Th
center (or an approved external subcontractor) must provide to support the operator’s aircraft.
Usually, it is best for a maintenance facility to have all the shops and equipment necessary on-
site to do maintenance. But, to try to lower repair costs and decrease turnaround times, it can
sometimes be more cost-effective to use the facilities and services of approved external ven-
dors as an alternative to your own service or repair facilities.
If an operator decides to use an external service or repair facility, they must first examine how
much of the aircraft maintenance to keep on-site and how much to contract out to an external
services facility. The operator should first identify what equipment, components, or parts are
necessary to do repairs and/or an overhaul at their own maintenance facility. If some of the nec-
essary equipment is not available, or it is not cost-effective to purchase/rent, then the operator
should probably use an external (off-site) maintenance or services facility to do these mainte-
nance functions.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-030A-A
2019-08-12 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
During the initial planning stage, it is important that the operator look at the type of the mainte-
nance to be done at the operator’s facilities and the overhaul equipment that is necessary to do
the job. After a check of the work flow processes, the operator must calculate the space alloca-
tion necessary and what equipment and supplies for the shop facilities must be purchased, in
order to calculate an approximate cost estimate. As the planning stage continues, more accu-
rate costs will become known which will give a more accurate estimate of the total costs neces-
sary in the production of the operator’s maintenance facility.
The typical maintenance facility has the areas, shops and rooms that follow, as applicable:
- Hangar areas for maintenance

- Aircraft apron
- Aircraft maintenance support shops
- Component overhaul shops
P) e
C th
- Stock rooms
(A by
- Administrative offices and auxiliary facilities
.
- Utilities.
io ed
at d
1.1 Hangar areas for maintenance
ic e
n
bl ers
These are the areas that should be provided:
Pu p
- Hangar
s su
- Work stands and docks

tic n
- Cranes, stands and docks

is ee
- Service pits for electricity, air and fuel

er b
ct s
ra ha
1.2 Aircraft apron

ha n
C atio
- Aircraft maintenance aprons

ra lic
- Aircraft parking aprons

rc ub
- Taxiways
- Wash rack
Ai is p
ft
- Blast fences and noise suppressors

Th
1.3 Aircraft maintenance support shops

- Wheels, brakes and tires

- Power plant and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) (quick engine change)
- Sheet metal/composites
- Avionics
- Interiors and seats
- Aircraft cleaners

BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-030A-A
2019-08-12 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1.4 Component overhaul shops

- Sheet metal
- Composite structures
- Parts cleaning
- Painting
- Plating
- Welding
- Heat treating
P) e
- Machining
C th
- Engine / power plant
(A by
.
• Module replacement
io ed
• Module overhaul
at d
• Test cell
ic e
n
- bl ers
Auxiliary power unit
- Hydraulic
Pu p
s su
- Pneumatic
- Mechanical accessories
tic n
is ee
- Fuel components
er b
- Battery
ct s
- Electrical
ra ha
- Landing gear
ha n
- Wheels, brakes and tires

C atio
- Avionics
ra lic
• Communications
rc ub
• Navigation
Ai is p
ft
- Instruments, electrical
- Instruments, mechanical
Th
- Bottled gas (O2, N2, CO2)

- Seats and interiors
- Galley refrigeration
- Non-destructive testing and laboratories
1.5 Stock rooms

- Aircraft spares
- Consumable materials
- Combustible materials

BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-030A-A
2019-08-12 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Tool cribs
- Receiving and shipping
- Quarantine area (for faulty or rejected items)
1.6 Administrative offices and auxiliary facilities

- Maintenance administration office

- Maintenance support office
- Quality control and reliability
- Engineering
P) e
C th
- Manufacturer’s representatives
(A by
- Computer services
.
- Medical station
io ed
- Security
at d
- Cafeteria
ic e
n
- bl ers
Toilets, washrooms, and lockers
- Building maintenance
Pu p
s su
1.7 Utilities
tic n
is ee

er b
- Electricity (main and emergency)

ct s
ra ha
- Water
- Sewage and wastewater
ha n
C atio
- Telephone
- Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning
ra lic
- Compressed air
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-03AAA-030A-A
2019-08-12 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Aircraft network access points - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Aircraft network access points - General data......................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2 Operational security measures on the aircraft........................................................... 7
2.1 Operational security measures for Ethernet network................................................. 7
2.2 Operator security measures for Wi-Fi network........................................................... 7
P) e
2.3 Operator security measures for cell network.............................................................. 7
C th
2.4 Operator security measures for USB ports................................................................ 7
(A by
.
List of tables Page
io ed
at d
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
ic e
n
1 Cockpit health management unit maintenance panel................................................ 3

Pu p
s su
2 Electrical/Towing service panel................................................................................... 4

3 Bay Service Panel...................................................................................................... 5
tic n
4 Refuel/defuel control panel......................................................................................... 6

is ee
5 Access Point............................................................................................................... 8
er b
References
ct s
ra ha
Table 1 References
ha n

C atio
None
ra lic
rc ub
Description
Ai is p
ft
Th
1 General
This section gives guidance for the A220 operators to establish policies and associated proce-
dures for the secure management of network access points.
The Airbus A220 (A220-100 and A220-300) allow connectivity to external computer systems
and networks. This connectivity may result in the exploitation of security vulnerabilities to the air-
craft systems.
All wired network access points are located in restricted areas (includes the aircraft vicinity and
areas inside the aircraft where access is restricted to authorized personnel only). Wireless ac-
cess is also considered a network access point. Those connected to the aircraft network are dis-
abled once the aircraft is in flight.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Restricted areas are those that include the aircraft vicinity (area around and adjacent to the air-
craft) and areas inside the aircraft where is restricted to authorized personnel only.
The Ethernet interfaces on board the aircraft are in the following locations:
1 RJ45 access points:
• Two RJ45 port in the cockpit (HUM/Cockpit Maintenance Panel) - Pilot side bulkhead.
Refer to Fig. 1 .
• One RJ45 port on the Electrical Towing Service Panel - Electrical/Towing service panel.
Refer to Fig. 2 .
• One RJ45 port in the forward avionics bay - Forward equipment bay service panel. Re-
fer to Fig. 3 .
• One RJ45 port in the mid avionics bay - Mid avionics bay service panel. Refer to Fig. 3
P) e
.
C th
• One RJ45 port in the aft avionics bay - Aft avionics bay service panel. Refer to Fig. 3 .
(A by
.
• One RJ45 port on the Refuel/Defuel panel - Refuel/Defuel control panel. Refer to Fig. 4
io ed
.
• One RJ45 port on the front panel of the Information Management System (IMS) located
at d
ic e
in the cockpit.
n
• bl ers
Two RJ45 port on the Aircraft Information Server (AIS) (option).
Pu p
2 Universal Serial Bus (USB) access points:
s su
There are eight USB interfaces onboard the aircraft in the following locations:
tic n
• One USB port on the front panel of the IMS located in the cockpit.
is ee
• Two USB ports, one on the front panel of each Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) Electronic
er b
Display Unit (EDU) located besides each pilot. (optional)

ct s
• One USB port on the front panel of the Health Management Unit (HMU) located in the
ra ha
forward avionics bay. (This USB is disabled).

ha n
• One USB port on the Cabin Management System (CMS).

C atio
• One USB port on the printer located in the cockpit pedestal.

• Two USB ports on the AIS (option).
ra lic
rc ub
3 Wireless access points

There are four wireless interfaces onboard the aircraft in the following locations:
Ai is p
ft
• HMU WI-FI network access point (optional)

Th
• HMU celluar network access point (optional)

• EFB crew terminal wireless LAN Unit (cTWLU) (optional)
• EFB cabin wireless LAN Unit (CWLU) (optional)

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
COCKPIT HEALTH MANAGEMENT UNIT

MAINTENANCE PANEL
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-46814-A-001-01
Figure 1 Cockpit health management unit maintenance panel

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic

rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-46815-A-001-01
Figure 2 Electrical/Towing service panel

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
BAY SERVICE PANEL

tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
OMS/HMU PORT
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-46816-A-001-01
Figure 3 Bay Service Panel

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
REFUEL/DEFUEL CONTROL PANEL

ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-46817-A-001-01
Figure 4 Refuel/defuel control panel

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2 Operational security measures on the aircraft

2.1 Operational security measures for Ethernet network
The following list gives an overview of what operational security measures may be taken for se-
cure managing of aircraft access points:
- Identification and indication of network access points and restricted areas in the aircraft
documentation
- Monitoring, protecting and securing of network access points and restricted areas
- Reporting and investigating security issues (breaches and weaknesses) so safety impacts
can be properly understood and so security can be improved in the future
- Disable network access point when aircraft is flying
P) e
C th
- Identify and document which personnel have authorization to access network access points
and restricted areas.
(A by
.
- Review applicable system security log files for unauthorized access attempts.
io ed
2.2 Operator security measures for Wi-Fi network
at d
ic e
The following list gives the operational security measures to be taken for secure management of
n
bl ers
the C Series aircraft Wi-Fi access points:
Pu p
- Identify and document which Wi-Fi access point the HMU has authorization to access
s su
- Configure to initiate and establish a secure wireless connection with an authorized ground
tic n
station
is ee
- Review ground systems logs to identify Wi-Fi threats to the aircraft

er b
- Connection to a Wi-Fi network shall be for business purposes only.

ct s
ra ha
2.3 Operator security measures for cell network

ha n
The following list gives the operational security measures to be taken for secure managing the
C atio
C Series aircraft cellular access points.

ra lic
- Identify and document which cellular access point the HMU has authorization to access,
rc ub
- Configured to initiate and establish a secure cellular connection with an authorized cellular
network,
Ai is p
ft
- Connection to a cellular network shall be for business purposes only.

Th
2.4 Operator security measures for USB ports

The USB key use to connect to the ports shall be:
- Approved by the business or IT department

- Used only for transport of aircraft related files (e.g. Loadable Software Aircraft Parts
(LSAP)/Field Loadable Software (FLS))
- Available from a known source (e.g. part store)
- Free of virus and malware
- Read-only mode for file upload (e.g. LSAP/FLS)

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
LANDING FLIGHT MEMBER ACARS

CMS ENGINES RIUs
USB/RJ45 GEAR CONTROLS SYSTEMS
VHF
A428
DMCS OMS DMCS
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
A664 NETWORK
at d
ic e
n
A429 OPTIONAL OPTIONAL bl ers
Pu p
LH RH HMU
IMS
s su
EDU EDU 1 USB

USB B USB/RJ45
USB US
tic n
COCKPIT
is ee
PRINTER
er b
OPTIONAL
GROUND WIRELESS
ct s
AIRCRAFT (WIFI, CELLULAR)

ra ha
INFORMATION NAS AIRCRAFT

NCG
SERVER NETWORK NAS
LINK
(AIS) SWITCH
ha n
C atio
USBx2 RJ45x2
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
RJ45 RJ45 RJ45

OPTIONAL OPTIONAL COCKPIT FWD AVIONICS AFT AVIONICS
BAY BAY
Th
CTWLU CWLU RJ45 RJ45 RJ45

SERVICE MID AVIONICS REFUEL/DEFUEL
PANEL BAY PANEL
GROUND WIRELESS WIFI (CABIN) LEGEND

(WIFI, CELLULAR)
AVIONICS ARINC 429
AVIONICS ARINC 664
NOTES AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE NETWORK
1 Disabled. COCKPIT NETWORK
SECURED ETHERNET LINK
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-39913-A-003-01
Figure 5 Access Point

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00

The operator should document and implement policies and procedures for the secure manage-
ment of network access points regarding information security.
The policies and procedures should be based on:
- The operational security measures listed above.

- Applicable civil aviation regulations.
- The ground systems operational environment.
- Identify and document which personnel have authorization to access network access points
and restricted areas.
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-04AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Ground Support Equipment (GSE) - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Ground Support Equipment (GSE) - General data................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2.1 Connection and network............................................................................................. 2
2.2 Configuration and hardening...................................................................................... 2
P) e
2.3 Access control............................................................................................................. 3
C th
2.4 Usage.......................................................................................................................... 3
(A by
.
2.5 Storage........................................................................................................................ 3
2.6 Repair.......................................................................................................................... 4
io ed
2.8 Vulnerability management........................................................................................... 4
at d
ic e
2.9 Return of assets......................................................................................................... 4
n
3 bl ers
Guidance for operator................................................................................................. 4
List of tables Page

Pu p
s su
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
tic n
References
is ee
er b
Table 1 References
ct s
ra ha

ha n
None
C atio
Description
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
1 General
Th
This section provides guidance related to computer-based Ground Support Equipment (GSE).
The term GSE, used in this section, refers to GSE that digitally connects to the aircraft system
at any time during ground or maintenance operations for the purpose of data loading and down-
loading or as an enhancement or replacement of the onboard maintenance terminal. The follow-
ing items are examples of computer-based GSE:
- Portable Maintenance Access Terminal (PMAT).

- Portable Data Loader (PDL).
- System specific maintenance and troubleshooting tools and data loaders.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-010A-A
2017-12-07 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Note
Mobile devices (like tablets and laptops) used for flight operational purposes are out of
scope of this section.
The usage of this GSE could potentially impair the aircraft security when the associated risks
are not properly managed.
Example risks are:
- The exploitation of software vulnerabilities can compromise aircraft computers and soft-
ware.
- GSE interfaces to the maintenance environment (e.g. Universal Serial Bus (USB), WiFi,
and Ethernet) can be used as a relay to get access to aircraft computers/software when
connecting the GSE to aircraft equipment.
P) e
C th
(A by
.
The following subsections give an overview of what operational security measures shall be tak-
io ed
en for secure handling and managing of GSE.
at d
ic e
2.1 Connection and network
n
bl ers
- A secure means of data transfer between GSE and aircraft is used.
Pu p
s su
- Wireless and Ethernet network cards are used on trusted secured access points.
tic n
is ee
2.2 Configuration and hardening

er b
- Secure procedures for the delivery of data to and from the GSEs and storage of the GSEs
ct s
ra ha
are defined.
- Ensure that only operator accepted mobile maintenance devices or mobile maintenance
ha n
device software are used (e.g. through Tool Equipment Manual).

C atio
- Manage software and hardware configuration of GSE.

- Access to GSE is restricted to authorized personnel only (physical and logical including re-
ra lic
pair).
rc ub
- GSE are protected against hardware and software corruption.

Ai is p
ft
- Harden the system base to the standard of a known security organization. The baseline
hardening requirements should include::
Th
• Removal of unnecessary software, unnecessary usernames or logins.

• Disabling or removal of unnecessary services and protocol.
• Using antivirus and antispyware protection.
• Disabling unneeded software and applications.
• Limit network connection to the minimum needed.
• Disable "Auto start" and similar behavior of USB and other removable media.
• Prevent booting from external media as well as unauthorized configuration modification
on boot sequence.
• Use the least privilege principle (restrict access to minimum needed).
• Prevent unauthorized software being installed.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-010A-A
2017-12-07 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
• Up to date anti-virus, anti-malware anti-spyware software.
- All confidential data stored on mobile storage devices is encrypted through acceptable pro-
cesses.
- All mobile equipment used for aircraft maintenance is configured to meet the security cri-
teria or templates established or approved by the Information Security department and the
Aircraft Security department.
- The control policy is enforced to block access to confidential resources for non-compliant
devices.
2.3 Access control
P) e
- A user management process and service is defined.
C th
- Roles for administrators and maintenance personnel on GSE are defined related to their
(A by
tasks.
.
- Remote accesses to GSE are disabled.
io ed
- Access to the configuration of security mechanisms is restricted to the administrator.
at d
- Identification and authentication of each GSE administrator is validated prior to any admin-
ic e
n
-
bl ers
istration task performed.
Ensure password strength based on:
Pu p
s su
• Complexity.
• Expiration period.
tic n
is ee
• Limitation of reuse.
er b
ct s
2.4 Usage
ra ha
ha n
- Aircraft maintenance activities are performed only with GSE that is authorized for this pur-
C atio
pose.
- Usage of the GSE is restricted to maintenance purposes only.
ra lic
- GSE connections are restricted only to networks and media that are authorized for mainte-
rc ub
nance purposes.
Ai is p
- GSE is only used by authorized personnel.

ft
- Processes are in place to report when GSE is lost, damaged, stolen or left unattended in a
Th
place that is not secure.

- Employees keep mobile computing devices in their possession at all times unless the mo-
bile devices are deposited in a secure location such as a locked cabinet.
- If any alteration is suspected, all employees have their laptops and other mobile computing
devices inspected by the Information Security department before connecting to the compa-
ny network.
- Remote access tokens are not stored in the same briefcase or suitcase as mobile comput-
ers used to remotely access networks.
2.5 Storage
- The GSE is stored in the maintenance organization secured zone (e.g. tool store area).

BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-010A-A
2017-12-07 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- The access to the GSE is restricted to authorized personnel only.

- The transfer of GSE between maintenance personnel and the tool storage area is recorded.
- The GSE does not leave the controlled premises.
- If required, when traveling with GSE containing confidential information:
• Protect GSE against tempering.

• Verify protection means when the GSE enters trusted facilities.
• Use a chain of custody (record keeping) for transporting GSE.
2.6 Repair
P) e
- A secure environment (personnel, tools and infrastructure) for repair of equipment is de-
C th
fined (e.g. documented access controls to Ground Support Information Systems (GSIS)
(A by
equipment and network logins).
.
- Procedures exist to protect confidential information/data/equipment.
io ed
- Needed information is backed-up prior to repair.
at d
ic e
n
2.7 Decommissioning bl ers
The disposal procedure must ensure that all confidential and aircraft-related information is se-
Pu p
curely deleted from the GSE before disposal.
s su
- Equipment or parts of them (e.g. hard disk) that cannot be repaired is disposed in a way
tic n
is ee
that no confidential data can be recovered from them.

- A tool that will guarantee 100% destruction of data on the equipment is used (a full repeat-
er b
ed overwrite with random characters operation to obliterate or physically destroy the sensi-
ct s
tive information in such a way that the data cannot be reconstructed).

ra ha
ha n
2.8 Vulnerability management

C atio
- Vulnerability audits are performed regularly.

ra lic
- Effective technical vulnerability management to identify, assess and respond in good time to
rc ub
vulnerabilities are in place.

Ai is p
ft
- Processes to detect and manage vulnerabilities are defined (with ground support informa-
tion system provider liaison).
Th
- Processes for security updates of the operating system and applications are defined.
- Threats due to technical obsolescence are monitor.
2.9 Return of assets

The moment an employee terminates his or her relationship with the company, all property (in-
cluding, but not limited to, mobile devices, computers, books, documentation, building keys,
badges and magnetic access cards) that give access to GSE are returned.

The operator should be aware of all GSE that are used to connect to the aircraft and the guid-
ance that is provided with it. The operator should document and implement policies and proce-

BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-010A-A
2017-12-07 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
dures for secure handling and managing of GSE. The policies and procedures should address
the following items:
- Connection and network;

- Configuration and hardening;
- Access control;
- Usage;
- Storage;
- Repair;
- Decommissioning;
- Vulnerability management;
P) e
- Return of assets.
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-010A-A
2017-12-07 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-010A-A
2017-12-07 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Necessary hangar space - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Necessary hangar space - Technical data............................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
2 Hangar arrangement legend for Ground Support Equipment (GSE) and tools.......... 1
List of figures
(A by
Page
.
1 Hangar arrangement................................................................................................... 4
io ed
at d
References
ic e
n
bl ers Table 1 References
Pu p
s su
BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A Aircraft dimensions - Technical data

tic n
is ee
Description
er b
ct s
ra ha
1 General
ha n
C atio
The first facility an operator may want to consider is the maintenance hangar. The number of
hangar positions is dependant on the number of aircraft types, the number of aircraft per type,
ra lic
aircraft utilization, maintenance check frequency (scheduled, unscheduled, equalized), the

rc ub
elapsed time required to perform maintenance checks, and the number of working hours avail-
able per day.
Ai is p
ft
Hangar proposed arrangement is provided in Fig. 1 to assist in determining location, size, and
clearance requirements for Ground Support Equipment (GSE), tools and workstands, refer to
Th
Table 2 for a legend. Aircraft parking space requirements can also be determined from Fig. 1
and to BD500-A-J06-10-00-00AAA-030A-A for aircraft dimensions.
Table 2 Hangar arrangement legend for Ground Support Equipment (GSE) and tools.
Reference letter Description
A Desks and reference tables
B Tool boxes
C Eye wash station
D Spill kit

BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-030A-A
2016-04-14 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
E Main Landing Gear (MLG) ladder station
F Avionic station
G Garbage and recycling station
H Ladder storage/parking
J Mule
K Ladders parking
L Oxygen/nitogen
P) e
C th
M Racks and shelves
(A by
.
N Carts and charging stations
io ed
P Sanding room
at d
ic e
Q Used oil tank
n
bl ers
R Oil warehouse
Pu p
s su
S Store office
tic n
T Rack and shelves

is ee
U Kitchen
er b
ct s
V Office
ra ha
W Washrooms
ha n
C atio
X Sprinkler room
ra lic
Y Nacelles parking
rc ub
Z Electrical room
Ai is p
ft
AA Conference room
Th
AB Avionic lab
AC Service desk
AD Lockers
AE Printing room
AF Ground Power Unit (GPU)
AG Hydraulic cart
AH Latchways vaccuum anchor

BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-030A-A
2016-04-14 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
AJ Supports and jacks
AK Coffee area
AL Cleaning room
AM Air conditioning room
AN Servicing carts
AP Drop area for parts
AQ Oxygen and nitrogen
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-030A-A
2016-04-14 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
AH AG
AF
AF
E
F D
G
B
C A K
P) e
AJ
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
B A
n
bl ers G
Pu p
s su
K C B
A
AJ
tic n
B
is ee
er b
ct s
J
ra ha
ha n
B D
C atio
K A
ra lic
C K
rc ub
G AJ
Ai is p
ft
Th
B Z
X
AE W
AQ AC AA
AD U
AB
AP T AL AK W
AN P
RQ V
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-29850-A-001-01
Figure 1 Hangar arrangement

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-05AAA-030A-A
2016-04-14 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Ground support information systems - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Ground support information systems - General data............................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2 Information security requirements.............................................................................. 2
2.1 Asset management..................................................................................................... 2
2.1.1 Responsibility for assets............................................................................................. 2
P) e
2.1.2 Information classification............................................................................................. 2
C th
2.2 Physical and environmental security.......................................................................... 3
(A by
.
2.2.1 Secure areas............................................................................................................... 3
2.2.2 Equipment security..................................................................................................... 3
io ed
2.2.3 Communications and operations management.......................................................... 3
2.2.4 Access control............................................................................................................. 5
at d
ic e
2.2.5 Information systems acquisition, development and maintenance.............................. 7
n
2.2.6
2.2.7
bl ers
Information security incident management.................................................................
Business continuity management...............................................................................
8
8
Pu p
2.2.8 Compliance................................................................................................................. 9
s su
2.3 Ground information system security requirements..................................................... 9

2.4 Operational security measures on the ground system............................................... 12
tic n

is ee
3.1 Connection.................................................................................................................. 14
er b
3.2 Access control............................................................................................................. 14

ct s
3.3 Data exchange............................................................................................................ 14

ra ha
3.4 Configuration/hardening.............................................................................................. 14
3.5 Repair.......................................................................................................................... 14
ha n
C atio
3.7 Vulnerability management........................................................................................... 15

ra lic
List of tables Page

rc ub
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
Ai is p
ft
References
Th
Table 1 References
None
Description
1 General
This section gives information about Ground Support Information Systems (GSIS).

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
GSIS are ground systems that are used to accomplish the process of data distribution and stor-
age of airborne software and data. Systems for creation and modification of User Modifiable
Software(UMS) and User Certifiable Software(UCS) are also in the scope of GSIS.
The objective of secure handling and managing of GSIS is to ensure sufficient security for all in-
formation transferred between aircraft and GSIS to prevent security incidents such as unwanted
access, intrusions or service interruptions.
The implementation of adequate security for the transmission of data between ground base and
aircraft helps prevent security incidents from happening. Some examples of the exchange of
software and data are:
- Airbus and other airborne software supplier to operators.

- Operator’s software vault to or from Portable Data Loader (PDL) mass storage.
P) e
- Operator’s software vault to or from aircraft on-board mass storage.
C th
- PDL mass storage to or from aircraft on-board mass storage.
(A by
.
- Systems involved in shop loading.
io ed
GSIS can also include airport (e.g. wireless connectivity), Maintenance, Repair and
Overhaul(MRO) and others.
at d
ic e
n
2 bl ers
Information security requirements
The Airbus information security department provides security requirements to projects by using
Pu p
s su
the ISO/IEC 27002 standard. ISO/IEC 27002 provides best practice recommendations on infor-
mation security management for use by those responsible for initiating, implementing or main-
tic n
taining Information Security Management Systems (ISMS). Information security is defined within
is ee
the standard in the context of the C-I-A triad, the preservation of:
er b
- Confidentiality (ensuring that information is accessible only to those authorized to have ac-
ct s
cess),
ra ha
- Integrity (safeguarding the accuracy and completeness of information and processing meth-
ha n
ods), and
C atio
- Availability (ensuring that authorized users have access to information and associated as-
sets when required).
ra lic
rc ub
2.1 Asset management

Ai is p
ft
2.1.1 Responsibility for assets

Th
- All assets should be clearly identified and an inventory of all important assets drawn up and
maintained.
- All information and assets associated with information processing facilities should be
owned by a designated part of the organization.
- Rules for the acceptable use of information and assets associated with information pro-
cessing facilities should be identified, documented, and implemented.
2.1.2 Information classification
- Information should be classified in terms of its value, legal requirements, sensitivity, and
criticality to the organization.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- An appropriate set of procedures for information labeling and handling should be developed
and implemented in accordance with the classification scheme adopted by the organization.
2.2 Physical and environmental security

2.2.1 Secure areas
- Security perimeters (barriers such as walls, card controlled entry gates or manned recep-
tion desks) should be used to protect areas that contain information and information pro-
cessing facilities.
- Secure areas should be protected by appropriate entry controls to ensure that only autho-
rized personnel are allowed access.
P) e
- Physical security for offices, rooms, and facilities should be designed and applied.
C th
- Physical protection against damage from fire, flood, earthquake, explosion, civil unrest, and
(A by
other forms of natural or man-made disaster should be designed and applied.
.
- Physical protection and guidelines for working in secure areas should be designed and ap-
io ed
plied.
at d
- Access points such as delivery and loading areas and other points where unauthorized per-
ic e
sons may enter the premises should be controlled and, if possible, isolated from information
n
bl ers
processing facilities to avoid unauthorized access.
Pu p
s su
2.2.2 Equipment security

tic n
- Equipment should be sited or protected to reduce the risks from environmental threats and
is ee
hazards, and opportunities for unauthorized access.

er b
- Equipment should be protected from power failures and other disruptions caused by fail-
ct s
ures in supporting utilities.

ra ha
- Power and telecommunications cabling carrying data or supporting information services

ha n
should be protected from interception or damage.

C atio
- Equipment should be correctly maintained to ensure its continued availability and integrity.
- Security should be applied to off-site equipment taking into account the different risks work-
ra lic
ing outside the organization's premises.

rc ub
- All items of equipment containing storage media should be checked to ensure that any sen-
Ai is p
sitive data and licensed software has been removed or securely overwritten prior to dispos-
ft
al.
Th
- Equipment, information or software should not be taken off-site without prior authorization.
2.2.3 Communications and operations management
2.2.3.1 Operational procedures and responsibilities
- Operating procedures should be documented, maintained, and made available to all users
who need them.
- Changes to information processing facilities and systems should be controlled.
- Duties and areas of responsibility should be segregated to reduce opportunities for unau-
thorized or unintentional modification or misuse of the organization's assets.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Development, test, and operational facilities should be separated to reduce the risks of
unauthorized access or changes to the operational system.
2.2.3.2 Third party service delivery management
- It should be ensured that the security controls, service definitions and delivery levels includ-
ed in the third party service delivery agreement are implemented, operated, and maintained
by the third party.
- The services, reports and records provided by the third party should be regularly monitored
and reviewed, and audits should be carried out regularly.
- Changes to the provision of services, including maintaining and improving existing informa-
tion security policies, procedures and controls, should be managed, taking account of the
P) e
criticality of business systems and processes involved and re-assessment of risks.
C th
(A by
2.2.3.3 System planning and acceptance
.
io ed
- The use of resources should be monitored, tuned, and projections made of future capacity
requirements to ensure the required system performance.
at d
ic e
- Acceptance criteria for new information systems, upgrades, and new versions should be
n
bl ers
established and suitable tests of the system(s) carried out during development and prior to
acceptance.
Pu p
s su
2.2.3.4 Protection against malicious and mobile code

tic n
is ee
- Detection, prevention, and recovery controls to protect against malicious code and appro-
er b
priate user awareness procedures should be implemented.

ct s
- Where the use of mobile code is authorized, the configuration should ensure that the autho-
ra ha
rized mobile code operates according to a clearly defined security policy, and unauthorized
mobile code should be prevented from executing.
ha n
C atio
2.2.3.5 Backup
ra lic
- Backup copies of information and software should be taken and tested regularly in accor-
rc ub
dance with the agreed backup policy.

Ai is p
ft
2.2.3.6 Media handling

Th
- There should be procedures in place for the management of removable media.

- Media should be disposed of securely and safely when no longer required, using formal
procedures.
- Procedures for the handling and storage of information should be established to protect this
information from unauthorized disclosure or misuse.
- System documentation should be protected against unauthorized access.
2.2.3.7 Network security management
- Networks should be adequately managed and controlled, in order to be protected from

threats, and to maintain security for the systems and applications using the network, includ-
ing information in transit.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Security features, service levels, and management requirements of all network services
should be identified and included in any network services agreement, whether these ser-
vices are provided in-house or outsourced.
2.2.3.8 Exchange of information
- Formal exchange policies, procedures, and controls should be in place to protect the ex-
change of information through the use of all types of communication facilities.
- Agreements should be established for the exchange of information and software between
the organization and external parties.
- Media containing information should be protected against unauthorized access, misuse or
corruption during transportation beyond an organization’s physical boundaries.
P) e
- Information involved in electronic messaging should be appropriately protected.
C th
- Policies and procedures should be developed and implemented to protect information asso-
(A by
.
ciated with the interconnection of business information systems.
io ed
2.2.3.9 Electronic commerce services
at d
ic e
n
- Information involved in electronic commerce passing over public networks should be pro-
bl ers
tected from fraudulent activity, contract dispute, and unauthorized disclosure and modifica-
tion.
Pu p
s su
- Information involved in online transactions should be protected to prevent incomplete trans-

mission, misrouting, unauthorized message alteration, unauthorized disclosure, unautho-
tic n
rized message duplication or replay.

is ee
- The integrity of information being made available on a publicly available system should be
er b
protected to prevent unauthorized modification.

ct s
ra ha
2.2.3.10 Monitoring
ha n
C atio
- Audit logs recording user activities, exceptions, and information security events should be
produced and kept for an agreed period to assist in future investigations and access control
ra lic
monitoring.
rc ub
- Procedures for monitoring use of information processing facilities should be established

and the results of the monitoring activities reviewed regularly.
Ai is p
ft
- Logging facilities and log information should be protected against tampering and unautho-
rized access.
Th
- System administrator and system operator activities should be logged.

- Faults should be logged, analyzed, and appropriate action taken.
- The clocks of all relevant information processing systems within an organization or security
domain should be synchronized with an agreed accurate time source.
2.2.4 Access control
2.2.4.1 Business requirements for access control
- An access control policy should be established, documented, and reviewed based on busi-
ness and security requirements for access.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.2.4.2 User access management
- There should be a formal user registration and de-registration procedure in place for grant-
ing and revoking access to all information systems and services.
- The allocation and use of privileges should be restricted and controlled.
- The allocation of passwords should be controlled through a formal management process.
- Management should review users’ access rights at regular intervals using a formal process.
2.2.4.3 User responsibilities
- Users should be required to follow good security practices in the selection and use of pass-
words.
P) e
C th
- Users should ensure that unattended equipment has appropriate protection.
(A by
- A clear desk policy for papers and removable storage media and a clear screen policy for
.
information processing facilities should be adopted.
io ed
2.2.4.4 Network access control
at d
ic e
n
- bl ers
Users should only be provided with access to the services that they have been specifically
authorized to use.
Pu p
s su
- Appropriate authentication methods should be used to control access by remote users.

- Automatic equipment identification should be considered as a means to authenticate con-
tic n
nections from specific locations and equipment.

is ee
- Physical and logical access to diagnostic and configuration ports should be controlled.
er b
- Groups of information services, users, and information systems should be segregated on

ct s
networks.
ra ha
- For shared networks, especially those extending across the organization’s boundaries, the
ha n
capability of users to connect to the network should be restricted, in line with the access
C atio
control policy and requirements of the business applications.

- Routing controls should be implemented for networks to ensure that computer connections
ra lic
and information flows do not breach the access control policy of the business applications.
rc ub
Routing controls should be implemented for networks to ensure that computer connections
and information flows do not breach the access control policy of the business applications.
Ai is p
ft
2.2.4.5 Operating system access control

Th
- Access to operating systems should be controlled by a secure log-on procedure.

- All users should have a unique identifier (user ID) for their personal use only, and a suitable
authentication technique should be chosen to substantiate the claimed identity of a user.
- Systems for managing passwords should be interactive and should ensure quality pass-
words.
- The use of utility programs that might be capable of overriding system and application con-
trols should be restricted and tightly controlled.
- Inactive sessions should shut down after a defined period of inactivity.
- Restrictions on connection times should be used to provide additional security for high-risk
applications.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.2.4.6 Application and information access control
- Access to information and application system functions by users and support personnel
should be restricted in accordance with the defined access control policy.
- Sensitive systems should have a dedicated (isolated) computing environment.
2.2.4.7 Mobile computing and teleworking
- A formal policy should be in place, and appropriate security measures should be adopted to
protect against the risks of using mobile computing and communication facilities.
- A policy, operational plans and procedures should be developed and implemented for tele-
working activities.
P) e
C th
2.2.5 Information systems acquisition, development and maintenance
(A by
.
2.2.5.1 Security requirements of information systems
io ed
- Statements of business requirements for new information systems, or enhancements to ex-
at d
ic e
isting information systems should specify the requirements for security controls.
n
bl ers
2.2.5.2 Correct processing in applications
Pu p
s su
- Data input to applications should be validated to ensure that this data is correct and appro-
tic n
priate.
is ee
- Validation checks should be incorporated into applications to detect any corruption of infor-
er b
mation through processing errors or deliberate acts.

ct s
- Requirements for ensuring authenticity and protecting message integrity in applications

ra ha
should be identified, and appropriate controls identified and implemented.

- Data output from an application should be validated to ensure that the processing of stored
ha n
C atio
information is correct and appropriate to the circumstances.

ra lic
2.2.5.3 Cryptographic controls

rc ub
- A policy on the use of cryptographic controls for protection of information should be devel-
Ai is p
ft
oped and implemented.

- Key management should be in place to support the organization's use of cryptographic
Th
techniques.
2.2.5.4 Security of system files
- There should be procedures in place to control the installation of software on operational

systems.
- Test data should be selected carefully, and protected and controlled.
- Access to program source code should be restricted.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.2.5.5 Security in development and support processes
- The implementation of changes should be controlled by the use of formal change control
procedures.
- When operating systems are changed, business critical applications should be reviewed
and tested to ensure there is no adverse impact on organizational operations or security.
- Modifications to software packages should be discouraged, limited to necessary changes,
and all changes should be strictly controlled.
- Opportunities for information leakage should be prevented.
- Outsourced software development should be supervised and monitored by the organiza-
tion.
P) e
C th
2.2.5.6 Technical vulnerability management
(A by
.
- Timely information about technical vulnerabilities of information systems being used should
be obtained, the organization's exposure to such vulnerabilities evaluated, and appropriate
io ed
measures taken to address the associated risk.
at d
ic e
n
2.2.6 Information security incident management
bl ers
2.2.6.1 Reporting information security events and weaknesses
Pu p
s su
- Information security events should be reported through appropriate management channels

tic n
as quickly as possible.
is ee
- All employees, contractors and third party users of information systems and services should
er b
be required to note and report any observed or suspected security weaknesses in systems
ct s
or services.
ra ha
2.2.6.2 Management of information security incidents and improvements

ha n
C atio
- Management responsibilities and procedures should be established to ensure a quick, ef-

fective, and orderly response to information security incidents.
ra lic
- There should be mechanisms in place to enable the types, volumes, and costs of informa-
rc ub
tion security incidents to be quantified and monitored.

Ai is p
ft
- Where a follow-up action against a person or organization after an information security in-
cident involves legal action (either civil or criminal) evidence should be collected, retained,
Th
and presented to conform to the rules for evidence laid down in the relevant jurisdiction(s).
2.2.7 Business continuity management
2.2.7.1 Information security aspects of business continuity management
- A managed process should be developed and maintained for business continuity through-
out the organization that addresses the information security requirements needed for the
organization’s business continuity.
- Events that can cause interruptions to business processes should be identified, along with
the probability and impact of such interruptions and their consequences for information se-
curity.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Plans should be developed and implemented to maintain or restore operations and ensure
availability of information at the required level and in the required time scales following in-
terruption to, or failure of, critical business processes.
- A single framework of business continuity plans should be maintained to ensure all plans
are consistent, to consistently address information security requirements, and to identify pri-
orities for testing and maintenance.
- Business continuity plans should be tested and updated regularly to ensure that they are up
to date and effective.
2.2.8 Compliance
2.2.8.1 Compliance with applicable requirements (regulatory guidance materials Transport Canada
(TC), Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA))
P) e
C th
- All relevant statutory, regulatory, and contractual requirements and the organization’s ap-
(A by
.
proach to meet these requirements should be explicitly defined, documented, and kept up
to date for each information system and the organization.
io ed
- Appropriate procedures should be implemented to ensure compliance with legislative, regu-
at d
latory, and contractual requirements on the use of material in respect of which there may be
ic e
n
intellectual property rights and on the use of proprietary software products.
-
bl ers
Important records should be protected from loss, destruction, and falsification, in accor-
Pu p
dance with statutory, regulatory, contractual, and business requirements.
s su
- Data protection and privacy should be ensured as required in relevant legislation, regula-
tions, and, if applicable, contractual clauses.
tic n
is ee
- Users should be deterred from using information processing facilities for unauthorized pur-
poses.
er b
ct s
- Cryptographic controls should be used in compliance with all relevant agreements, laws,
ra ha
and regulations.
ha n
2.2.8.2 Compliance with security policies and standards and technical compliance
C atio
- Managers should ensure that all security procedures within their area of responsibility are
ra lic
carried out correctly to achieve compliance with security policies and standards.
rc ub
- Information systems should be regularly checked for compliance with security implementa-
Ai is p
ft
tion standards.
Th
2.2.8.3 Information systems audit considerations
- Audit requirements and activities involving checks on operational systems should be care-
fully planned and agreed to minimize the risk of disruptions to business processes.
- Access to information systems audit tools should be protected to prevent any possible mis-
use or compromise.
2.3 Ground information system security requirements

The following are specific security requirements for the ground systems:
- The system shall offer external users a selection of secure industry standard file transfer
technologies for file transfers between Airbus and their network.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- The system shall provide a secure means of two-way data transfer between Airbus and the
external user.
- The system shall provide a means for mutual recognition and authentication for secured
communication between Airbus and the external user.
- The system shall provide a positive confirmation of file integrity upon successful file transfer
between Airbus and the external user.
- The system shall provide a confirmation method for file integrity, at a minimum making use
of a secure hashing algorithm (ex. SHA-512) with a digital signature.
- The system shall be flexible enough to make use of future secure hash algorithms as they
evolve.
- Use of an alternate file integrity verification method shall be submitted to Airbus for review
and approval prior to implementation.
P) e
C th
- The system shall provide a secure transfer method(s) that prevents third parties from being
able to inject unauthorized data into a transmission, or change the contents of a transmis-
(A by
.
sion en-route.
io ed
- The system shall provide a secure transfer method(s) that recognizes receipt of unautho-
rized data, rejects it and reports it.
at d
ic e
- The system shall provide secure transfer method(s) that work with the external user infor-
n
bl ers
mation systems to prevent acceptance of unauthorized data by the external users, where
"transfer method" is inclusive of the end point security hardware and processes that are im-
Pu p
plemented in the system.
s su
- The system shall have a means to filter out duplicate data to insure data integrity due to Air-
borne Communications Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) messaging errors, re-
tic n
is ee
ports uploaded via physical memory transfer.

- The system shall report any duplicate data that are filtered.
er b
ct s
- The system shall protect original data from any modifications, intentional or otherwise.
ra ha
- The system shall have the capability to flag and report corrupt ACARS messages that might
affect data integrity.
ha n
C atio
- The system shall report any occurrence of unrecoverable modification of original data - (re-
lated to BR4-3 & SRx-x).
ra lic
- The tool shall have sufficient security controls to prevent unauthorized access.
rc ub
- The tools shall report any attempt to circumvent / bypass established access controls.
Ai is p
ft
- The system shall provide several levels of user access rights (ex. admin, user1, user2, etc.)
with different access privileges based on Role Based Access Control (RBAC).
Th
- A single system user log-in shall be used for the system and Airbus web portal log in.
- The user can select and define who has access to files with the ability to de-identify some
elements of the data.
- The Tool shall have sufficient security to prevent a customer from accessing another cus-
tomer data.
- Airbus , as the subscription administrator, shall have supervisory administrative control of
subscription-user access privileges to the system.
- All functions of the system shall be access controlled (RBAC / DAC).
- Access control shall be configurable by the external user for access to their own data.
- Remote access to display screens (computer/Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA) ) shall be
controlled by specific remote access rights initiated by the computer/PMA user.
- Access control shall, at a minimum, cover the following:

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
• Define which subscription-user is authorized to access data.

• Define which subscription-user is authorized to upload and/or download data to/from
the SDC.
• Define for each subscription-user, what type of data access is granted (read, write,
modify, etc.).
• Define which subscription-user is authorized to use functions.
• Define which subscription-user is authorized to modify the access control lists.
• The system shall maintain a log of all transactions and access to the system.
- All access control functions shall have flexible logging capabilities based on established
minimum requirements covered by external agreement with ground station.
P) e
- Monitoring and Logs management. Required for assisting in future investigations and ac-
C th
cess control monitoring. This includes network Behavior Analysis (NBA) and Intrusion De-
tection System (IDS)/Intrusion Prevention System (IPS).
(A by
.
- Public Key Infrastructure (PKI). Required for mutual recognition during data exchange and
io ed
for compliance.
at d
- Penetration testing, scanning and audit. The process involves an active analysis of the sys-
ic e
tem for any potential vulnerabilities that could result from poor or improper system configu-
n
bl ers
ration, both known and unknown hardware or software flaws, and operational weaknesses
in process or technical countermeasures.
Pu p
s su
- User’s management and role-based access control (RBAC). Without users management
and RBAC (role-based access control), users will have full access to all assets. Assign ac-
tic n
cess rights to specific users.

is ee
- Incident/Event Response. All activities involved with eServices need to be monitored. Re-
er b
quirements for reporting bad messages, bypassing of access control and unauthorized user
access. Immediate action must be taken. Security related events and incidents must be re-
ct s
ra ha
ported to regulatory authorities.

- Physical and environmental security. Access to assets should be limited in order to have
ha n
confidentiality, availability and integrity.

C atio
- Network security (segregation and redundancy). Without redundancy, assets may not be
available on physical failure. Network segregation (zones) is a function of the final design.
ra lic
- Policies, directives, documents and processes. Documentation and processes will need to
rc ub
be updated or written for all systems. Policies and directives will need to be updated and
Ai is p
ft
written to support the design.

- Virus and malware detection.
Th
- Database audit trail.

- Critical data shall be identified and encrypted in storage.
- Hardening of operating system.
- Data exchange (internal and external) shall be encrypted.
- System administrator audit trail.
- Operating system access control (files and utilities/applications).
- ARMS shall be used for user management.
- Data shall be encrypted per customer.
- User login for systems and applications shall use a centralized authentication system.
- Backup shall be encrypted.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- A test/QA environment (with no production data) will be used for testing.

- A data/information flow diagram is available.
- All applicable legislations are identified.
- A BCP/DRP is defined.
- Tools shall be in place to validate integrity of data during input, transport, storage and out-
put/display.
2.4 Operational security measures on the ground system

Wi-Fi access points use the following security requirements:
- The procured Wireless Access Point (WAP) shall be controllable and configurable through
P) e
centralized management systems.
C th
- The procured WAP shall provide integration with centralized authentication and authoriza-
tion mechanisms.
(A by
.
- The procured WAP shall log security events and forward them to a remote audit server in
io ed
real time.
at d
- The WAP shall be:
ic e
n
1 bl ers
Hardened against discovery and attack, through:
Pu p
1.1 Change of default passwords;
s su
1.2 Periodic change of all passwords;

tic n
1.3 Deployment of software patches and upgrades on a regular basis;

is ee
1.4 Disabling of all unnecessary applications, ports, and protocols;

er b
ct s
2 Maintained in compliance with current information security standards, guidelines, and

ra ha
procedures;
ha n
3 WAP are not to be installed in locations that make them easy for someone to steal or
C atio
access by unauthorized individuals. It’s recommended to locate WAP in locked wiring

closets and connect them to antennas mounted in ceilings or on walls. If for other rea-
sons it is not possible to locate the WAP in a locked wiring closet, the WAP should be
ra lic
hidden from sight (e.g., above ceiling tiles), placed in lockable enclosures or bolted
rc ub
down such that removing them would damage them.

Ai is p
ft
4 Deployed to minimize signal coverage beyond the intended service area

5 Separated from the company internal network by a firewall denying or controlling any
Th
traffic (if such traffic is necessary for business purposes) from the wireless environment
into the company environment;
6 Managed only by authorized and trained technical staff required to use strong authenti-
cation and encrypt all communications to access WAP.
- Wireless Intrusion Detection Systems/Intrusion Prevention Systems (IDS/IPS) shall be de-

ployed to detect suspicious or unauthorized activity.
- The company networks shall be monitored for unauthorized installations of WLANs (rogue
wireless APs) by using a wireless analyzer or deploying a wireless IDS/IPS to identify all
wireless devices in use.
- WLAN security assessments shall be performed at regular and random intervals to detect
security weaknesses, identify WLAN installations non compliant with the requirements in
this document, and plan corrective actions.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Unauthorized and non compliant WLAN installations shall be immediately disconnected

from the Company network.
- Change the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) community name
- SNMPv3 or later as the minimum requirement for monitoring purposes
- Access Point should be connected to the wired network via switches, not hubs.
- Use a separate Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) address range for WAP and
clients. This range can be used by a firewall, or Virtual Private Network (VPN) concentrator,
to apply a distinct policy to wireless users and devices.
- Disable any Access Point management consoles via the wireless interface, and any unnec-
essary service.
- Maintain an inventory of the Access Point and Device unique identifiers, such as service set
P) e
identifiers(SSIDs) and media access control(MAC) addresses. These can be used to identi-
C th
fy rogue access points, or devices quickly.
- Broadcast of Production SSID should be enabled for setup and ease of use by end users.
(A by
.
- All wireless infrastructure devices that connect to an Airbus network or provide access to
io ed
Airbus Confidential, Airbus Highly Confidential, or Airbus Restricted information must:
at d
1 Use Extensible Authentication Protocol-Fast Authentication via Secure Tunneling
ic e
n
bl ers
(EAP-FAST), Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP), or Extensible Au-
thentication Protocol-Translation Layer Security (EAP-TLS) as the authentication proto-
Pu p
col.
s su
2 Use Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) or Advanced Encryption System (AES)
protocols with a minimum key length of 128 bits.
tic n
is ee
3 Users will authenticate at the access points, (Radius), or use IP Forwarding to send all
traffic directly to an authentication source.
er b
4 Support strong user authentication such as token, or certificate base, which checks
ct s
ra ha
against a database such as Radius Server.

5 Explicitly deny via windows group policy, “bridging“, or “Internet Connection sharing“ on
ha n
the client to prevent clients with both a wireless network card and wire network card in-
C atio
side the same device from connecting the two network together.
6 Users of wireless devices, external to the Local Area Network (LAN), are subject to the
ra lic
same restrictions as a remote access user; Individual connections subject to authenti-

rc ub
cation before access is granted through the firewall to the LAN.

Ai is p
ft
7 Maintain a hardware address that can be registered and tracked (ie. Mac address)
Th

The following subsections give an overview of what operational security measures can be taken
for secure handling and managing of GSIS:
- Prevent exposure to potentially malicious systems
Note
Using digital signature methods (e.g. ARINC 827 signed crates) to verify authenticity and
integrity can reduce opportunities for tampering with airborne software.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 13
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
3.1 Connection
Ensure security for the exchange of data between Ground Support Information Systems and air-
craft.
3.2 Access control

Define access rights for administrators and maintenance personnel on GSIS related to their
tasks
- Restrict and protect all remote accesses to GSIS.

- Restrict access to the configuration of security mechanisms to the administrator.
- Ensure the identification and authentication of each GSIS administrator, prior to any admin-
P) e
istration task performed.
C th
- Use technical means to restrict access based on pre-defined rights. This may include 2-fac-
(A by
tor authentication. If passwords are used then ensure their strength based on:
.
• Balance of complexity and usability
io ed
• Expiration period
at d
ic e
• Limitation of reuse.
n
bl ers
Pu p
3.3 Data exchange
s su
Ensure the integrity and authenticity of the information using established standards (e.g. ARINC
tic n
823, ARINC 827 and ARINC 835).

is ee
3.4 Configuration/hardening
er b
ct s
Harden the system, for example through:

ra ha
- Removal of unnecessary software, unnecessary usernames or logins.

ha n
- Disabling or removal of unnecessary services and protocol.

C atio
- Using antivirus and antispyware protection.

ra lic
- Disabling unneeded software and applications.

rc ub
- Limit network connection to the minimum needed.

- Disable "Auto start" and similar behavior of Universal Serial Bus (USB) and other remov-
Ai is p
ft
able media.
Th
- Prevent booting from external media as well as unauthorized configuration modification on

boot sequence.
- Use the least privilege principle (restrict access to minimum needed).
3.5 Repair
- Ensure a secure environment (personnel, tools and infrastructure) for repair of equipment,
(e.g. documented access controls to GSIS equipment and network logins).
- Ensure procedures exist to protect confidential information/data/equipment.
- Ensure that needed information is backed-up prior to repair.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 14
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
3.6 Decommissioning
- The disposal procedure must ensure that all confidential and aircraft-related information is
securely deleted from the GSIS before disposal or before send to repair.
- Dispose equipment or parts of them (e.g. hard disk) that cannot be repaired in a way that
no confidential data can be recovered from them.
- Use a tool that will guarantee 100% destruction of data on the equipment.
3.7 Vulnerability management
- Perform internal network vulnerability audit regularly
P) e
- Perform effective technical vulnerability management to identify, assess and respond in
C th
good time to vulnerabilities
(A by
- Establish a process to detect and manage vulnerabilities (with ground support information
.
system provider liaison)
io ed
- Installation of security updates of the operating system and applications
at d
- Monitor threats due to technical obsolescence
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
The operator should be aware of all GSIS that are related to the aircraft information system and
the associated guidance documentation.
tic n
The operator should document and implement policies and procedures for secure handling and
is ee
managing of GSIS.
er b
The policies and procedures should be based on:

ct s
ra ha
- The operational security measures listed above.

ha n
- The GSIS supplier guidance.

C atio
- The risk associated with the functionality and connectivity of the GSIS.
- Applicable civil aviation regulations.
ra lic
- The operational environment.

rc ub
The operator should implement technical security measures for the applicable GSIS as neces-
Ai is p
ft
sary (e.g. meeting all applicable regulatory and other industry requirements).
Th
If third party service providers are involved, the operator should ensure that the service provider
complies with the above mentioned policies, procedures and technical security requirements
and specifications.

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 15
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 16
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Equipment needs - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Equipment needs - Technical data........................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 2
Description................................................................................................................................. 2
1 General........................................................................................................................ 2
2 Technical group........................................................................................................... 2
2.1 Maintenance shop....................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Battery shop................................................................................................................ 5
P) e
2.3 Tire/Wheel shop.......................................................................................................... 7
C th
2.4 Tube shop................................................................................................................... 7
(A by
.
2.5 Refinishing shop (paint/composites)........................................................................... 9
2.6 Avionics/Electrical laboratory shop............................................................................. 11
io ed
2.7 Engine Build-Up (EBU) shop...................................................................................... 12
2.8 Hydraulic shop............................................................................................................ 13
at d
ic e
2.9 Composite clean room................................................................................................ 15
n
2.10
3
bl ers
Non-Destructive Test (NDT) shop...............................................................................
Technical support group..............................................................................................
16
17
Pu p
3.1 Petroleum, Oil, and Lubricants (POL) store............................................................... 17
s su
3.2 Ground Support Equipment (GSE) repair shop......................................................... 18

3.3 Tool and GSE store.................................................................................................... 19
tic n
3.4 Spare parts store (shipping/receiving)........................................................................ 20

is ee
4 Administrative group................................................................................................... 20
er b
4.1 Human resources/administration office....................................................................... 21

ct s
4.2 Waste management office.......................................................................................... 21

ra ha
4.3 Hazardous materials management office................................................................... 22

4.4 Documentation control office...................................................................................... 22
ha n
4.5 Documentation library................................................................................................. 23

C atio
4.6 Maintenance supervisor’s office................................................................................. 23

4.7 Quality Control (QC) inspection office........................................................................ 23
ra lic
4.8 Training classroom...................................................................................................... 23

rc ub
4.9 Customer service representative’s office.................................................................... 23

4.10 Cafeteria...................................................................................................................... 23
Ai is p
ft
4.11 Planning/Scheduling.................................................................................................... 23
4.12 Sales office.................................................................................................................. 24
Th
4.13 Finance department.................................................................................................... 24

4.14 Telecommunications/Copy room................................................................................. 24
4.15 Information service’s office......................................................................................... 24
4.16 Main entrance............................................................................................................. 24
4.17 Customer lounge......................................................................................................... 24
4.18 Building maintenance office........................................................................................ 24
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 2
2 Maintenance shop....................................................................................................... 3
3 Battery shop................................................................................................................ 6
4 Tire/Wheel shop.......................................................................................................... 7
5 Tube shop................................................................................................................... 8
6 Refinishing shop......................................................................................................... 10

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
7 Avionics/Electrical laboratory shop............................................................................. 11

8 Engine build-up shop.................................................................................................. 12
9 Hydraulic shop............................................................................................................ 14
10 Composite clean room................................................................................................ 16
11 Non-destructive test shop........................................................................................... 17
12 Petroleum, oil, and lubricants store............................................................................ 18
13 Ground support equipment repair shop...................................................................... 18
14 Tool and GSE store.................................................................................................... 19
15 Spare parts store........................................................................................................ 20
References
Table 1 References
P) e
C th
None
(A by
.
io ed
Description
at d
ic e
n
1 General
bl ers
Pu p
s su
This section describes the equipments you need for the hangar, with its support shops. The sup-
port shops can be divided into the three groups that follow:
tic n
is ee
- Technical group;
er b
- Technical support group;

ct s
- Administrative group.
ra ha
2 Technical group
ha n
C atio
There are certain repair and support shops which are closely related to line maintenance. Stor-
age areas for repairable items and consumable materials as well as tool cribs are all necessary
ra lic
elements of the repair facilities.

rc ub
The level of maintenance work to be done by the line maintenance shops and the availability
Ai is p
ft
of fully equipped shops to assist in the more extensive maintenance tasks are necessary when
you plan the size and functions of the line maintenance shops. The line maintenance shops can
be housed in the overhaul facilities if the hangar and the overhaul shops are closely attached.
Th
Any level of maintenance facility should integrate a guide for effective and efficient workplaces
and instructions to promote continued safety and efficiency. The health and safety of their em-
ployes at their respective work stations, laboratories and office space is also a factor to consider
as necessary elements of the facility.
Maintenance facilities must be capable of changing avionics, components, engine/APU and
wheels as necessary, with shop tasks such as the overhaul of these units or components which
can be contracted to approved outside service facilities. Heat treating, plating/coating, some
non-destructive testing/inspection, and other such special work is usually given to external con-
tractors unless the maintenance facilities are sufficiently equipped or are too far from an ap-
proved external service facility.
The technical group has the shops that follow:

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Maintenance shop
- Battery shop
- Tire/Wheel shop
- Tube shop
- Refinishing shop (paint/composites)
- Avionics/Electrical laboratory/shop
- Engine build-up shop
- Hydraulic shop
- Composite clean room
- Non-destructive test shop.
P) e
C th
2.1 Maintenance shop
(A by
.
The primary function of this shop is to make some parts (approved by Engineering), repairs, in-
io ed
stall pins and bearings, and to do small welding repairs.
at d
Table 2 Maintenance shop
ic e
n
Nomenclature bl ers Quantity
Work benches 3
Pu p
s su
Vises 3
tic n
is ee
Drill press 1
er b
Cabinet for metal sheet 1

ct s
ra ha
Metal shears (heavy duty) 1

ha n
Metal shears (light duty) 1

C atio
Band saw 1
ra lic
Grinder/Buffer 1
rc ub
Buffer 1
Ai is p
ft
Disc and belt sander 1

Th
Welder (dial arc) 1
Welder (tungsten arc) 1
Welding screen (portable) 1
Welding gas for the TIG welder A/R
Storage cabinet (wall) for fasteners, bolts, and washers 1
Desk 1
Chair 1

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Nomenclature Quantity
Storage cabinet that is resistant to explosions 1
Alodine bath (for small parts) 1
Wash tank 20 gallons (75.70 l) capacity 1
Storage rack for sheet metal 1
Sandblaster 1
Dry ice container (to freeze bearings) 1
Smoke detector A/R
P) e
C th
Metal break 1
(A by
.
Slip roll (forming machine) 1
io ed
Small press 1
at d
ic e
Flypress (hand) 1
n
bl ers
Small lathe 1
Pu p
s su
Stand for lathe tools 1

tic n
Spot welder 1
is ee
Sheet metal shrinker/spreader 1

er b
ct s
Tool box with cabinet (fully equipped for the mechanic) 1

ra ha
Right angle guillotine 1

ha n
C atio
Milling machine 1
ra lic
Honing machine 1
rc ub
Fire extinguishers 150 lb (68.2 kg) purple K, with wheels 2

Ai is p
ft
Hot and cold water supply A/R

Th
Drinking water fountain 1
Central vacuum line attached to the grinder and sander 1
Vacuum pump 1
Rivet guns (air-operated) 2
Hand router (air-operated) 1
Metal spreader roller 1 set
Metal stamps (numbers/letters) 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) high 1 set

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Etching tool (electrical vibrator) 1
Stand for milling machine tools 1
Stand for honing machine tools 1
Garbage containers 2
Eye bath 1
First aid kit 1
Maintenance shop dimensions: 32.5 ft x 32.5 ft (10.0 m x 10.0 m). Total area 1056.25 ft² (100.0
P) e
C th
m²)
(A by
.
2.2 Battery shop
io ed
WARNINGS
at d
ic e
n
•
bl ers
When you do maintenance on the battery, make sure that you have a good flow of
air. Explosive gases can be released. A concentration of these gases can cause
Pu p
injury to persons and/or damage to equipment.
s su
•
tic n
Be careful when you do work with a Ni-Cad battery. A solution of potassium

is ee
hydroxide and water makes electrolyte in Ni-Cad batteries. To make the electrolyte
of a Ni-Cad battery neutral, use a 3% solution of acetic acid, vinegar, or lemon
er b
juice, or a 10% solution of boric acid. The electrolyte in a Ni-Cad battery is very
ct s
corrosive and can cause burns.

ra ha
The battery shop is a part of the “Component repair and overhaul shops“. Also in the “Compo-
ha n
C atio
nent repair and overhaul shops“ are the tube shop, the composite shop, and the throttle quad-
rant shop.
ra lic
The battery shop must have a non-slip floor surface treated with epoxy. Also, it must have good
airflow with no acidic fumes.
rc ub
The shop does maintenance on Nickel-Cadmium (Ni-Cad) batteries. It has the necessary equip-
Ai is p
ft
ment to make an analysis of these batteries, to deep cycle and also to charge them.
Th
Note
A solution of potassium hydroxide and water makes the electrolyte in Ni-Cad batteries.
Make this electrolyte neutral with a 3% solution of acetic acid, vinegar, lemon juice, or a
10% solution of boric acid.
Make sulfuric acid neutral with baking soda before you discard unserviceable batteries. Also,
obey the local environmental regulations when you discard these or other dangerous materials.
Make sure to keep lead-acid and Ni-Cad batteries isolated. The fumes from lead−acid batteries
can cause contamination of Ni-Cad batteries and decrease their efficiency.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table 3 Battery shop

Air conditioner 1
Battery wash through (alkali resistant) with hot/cold water 1
Wooden benches with cupboards (alkali resistant) 2
Portable battery chargers/analyzers 2
Wooden shelf unit to keep various parts 1
Plastic containers (with covers) 2
P) e
C th
Container for potassium hydroxide 1
(A by
.
Container for sulfuric acid 1
io ed
Water filter 1
at d
ic e
Cart to move the batteries 1
n
Cabinet for tool storage
bl ers 1
Pu p
s su
Water heater 1
tic n
Battery charger/analyzer 1
is ee
Desk 1
er b
ct s
Chair 1
ra ha
Shelf unit to charge batteries installed in place 1

ha n
C atio
Ventilation fan 1
ra lic
Plastic bottles 1 qt. US (946.3 ml) 2

rc ub
Container to make potassium hydroxide neutral (3% solution of acetic acid, vinegar, 1
lemon juice, or a 10% solution of boric acid
Ai is p
ft
Container for baking soda (to neutralize acid) 1

Th
Container for pure water 60 gal US (227.1 l) 1
Emergency shower 1
Eye bath 1
First aid kit 1
Battery shop dimensions: 19.5 ft x 9.75 ft (6.0 m x 3.0 m). Total area 190.12 ft² (18.0 m²)

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.3 Tire/Wheel shop

The tire/wheel shop replaces tires and does the maintenance, servicing and repairs to aircraft
wheels and brakes. To do an overhaul of brake assemblies, refer to the brake manufacturer’s
procedures.
Table 4 Tire/Wheel shop

Steel work bench 1
Vise 1
Safety cage to inflate tires 1
P) e
C th
3–shelf racks 2
(A by
.
Fire extinguisher 1
io ed
Wash tank for wheel bearings 1
at d
ic e
Work bench 1
n
Portable eddy current tester
bl ers 1
Pu p
s su
Wall storage cabinet for tools 1

tic n
Tire bead breaker 1

is ee
Varsol wash tank 1

er b
ct s
Nitrogen gas cart 1

ra ha
Plastic containers for solvent, leak detector A/R

ha n
C atio
Desk 1
ra lic
Chair 1
rc ub
Paint stripper (plastic medium) 1

Ai is p
ft
Ventilation fan 1
Th
Hydraulic press 1
Caustic or steam cleaner for brakes 1
Cart to move the wheels 1
Shop air supply (regulated) A/R
Tire/wheel shop dimensions: 13.0 ft x 9.75 ft (4.0 m x 3.0 m). Total area 126.75 ft² (12.0 m²)
2.4 Tube shop

The tube shop can make and repair tubes and hoses for the aircraft.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
It is recommended to put the tube shop near the hydraulic shop. This makes it easier to do tests
on new or repaired tubes and hoses.
Table 5 Tube shop

Rack to hold tubes of different dimensions 1
Steel work bench 3.0 x 6.0 ft (0.92 x 1.85 m) 1
Vise 1
Tool to bend tubes 1
Tube bending/flaring machine 1
P) e
C th
Wiggins tool to swage tubes 1
(A by
.
Harrison tool to swage tubes 1
io ed
Tool to bend pipes 1
at d
ic e
n
Emergency Shower 1
bl ers
Desk 1
Pu p
s su
Chair 1
tic n
is ee
Peg Board 1
er b
Telephone 1
ct s
ra ha
Shop air supply (regulated) A/R

ha n
First aid kit 1

C atio
Tube shop dimensions: 26.0 ft x 19.5 ft (8.0 m x 6.0 m). Total area 507.0 ft² (48.0 m²)
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 8
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.5 Refinishing shop (paint/composites)
WARNINGS
• Obey the precautions that follow when you do work with composite materials:
- Use approved eyes, mouth, and body protection. Small particles can go
through usual clothing
- Do not let the materials touch your eyes, mouth, or skin
- If irritation occurs, get medical aid immediately
- Make sure that the area has no sparks, flame, or hot surfaces
- Make sure that you have sufficient fire protection available
P) e
Obey the manufacturer’s instructions
C th
-
- Do not use chemical paint removers. To remove paint from composites that
(A by
.
have resin, use abrasive materials
- Do not use abrasive materials on composite cloth that has no resin
io ed
- When you remove a glossy finish from the surface of a composite, make sure
at d
that you remove only the minimum amount necessary. You must not touch
ic e
the cloth below the resin
n
- bl ers
Do not use power tools to make a surface rough.
Some composite materials are poisonous, flammable and/or irritating to the
Pu p
skin. Some procedures can make composite parts weak. If you do not follow this
s su
precautions, you can cause injury to persons or damage to equipment.

tic n
is ee
• Obey the precautions that follow when you use resins:

er b
- use safety glasses

ct s
- put on protective clothing

ra ha
- do not let the resins or solvents touch your skin, eyes, and mouth
work in an area that has good flow of clean air
ha n
-
C atio
- do not work in an area that has sparks, flame, and hot surfaces
- obey the manufacturer’s instructions
ra lic
- get medical aid if irritation occurs

rc ub
many resins are poisonous and can cause injury to persons.

Ai is p
ft
• Sanding/machining/cutting of the component will give off dust that can cause skin
Th
irritations. Do not breathe this dust.

- Epoxy resins or solvents contain dangerous ingredients.
- Have plenty of clean air ventilation and use respiratory protection when
using these materials in a confined area.
- Make sure these materials do not get into your skin, eyes or clothing.
- Wear rubber gloves along with cotton gloves to protect your hands and wear
protective clothing.
- If skin touches with uncured resins or curing agent, clean with warm water
and soap.
- Do not use solvent to clean the skin.
The refinishing shop does repairs to the painted surfaces of composite parts (fairings, flight con-
trol surfaces, or access panels) that are installed or removed from the aircraft.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 9
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
The shop also does repairs to composite fairings, detail parts and sub-assemblies.
Table 6 Refinishing shop

Paint booth with regulated air, filters, and exhaust fan 8.0 x 6.0 x 8.0 ft (2.46 x 1.85 x 1
2.46 m)
Holder for paper (used to mask parts) 1
Flame-proof paint lockers 2
Holder for masking tape 1
Respirators 2
P) e
C th
Machine to shake paint cans 1
(A by
.
Paint spray guns (# 3 to # 13 patterns) 2
io ed
Paint spray gun to airbrush parts 1
at d
ic e
n
Air gun 1
bl ers
Explosion-proof lighting A/R
Pu p
s su
Equipment to clean paint guns A/R

tic n
is ee
Overhead chains to hang parts A/R

er b
Wooden work bench on which to paint parts 1

ct s
ra ha
Fire extinguishers 2
ha n
Orbital sanders 2
C atio
Flame-proof locker for flammable liquids 1

ra lic
Air operated sanders to polish parts 2

rc ub
Shelves 3.0 x 1.5 x 6.0 ft (0.92 x 0.46 x 1.85 m) 4

Ai is p
ft
Heat lamps to cure parts 10

Th
Vacuum dust collectors − 1 outlet for each work bench 2
Work benches 2
Vises 2
Eye bath 1
Desk 1
Chair 1
Locker to keep supplies 1

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 10
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Refinishing shop dimensions: 26.0 ft x 19.5 ft (8.0 m x 6.0 m). Total area 507.0 ft² (48.0 m²)
2.6 Avionics/Electrical laboratory shop

The avionics/electrical laboratory must have a clean room (with a controlled environment) to do
repairs and tests of some instruments such as gyros and air data sensors. Also, the laboratory
must have the correct equipment to touch and move Electrostatic-Discharge Sensitive (ESDS)
devices.
The avionics/electrical shop does the troubleshooting of the avionics system. This shop makes,
identifies, and repairs the wiring and services and inspects the avionics and electrical systems
of the aircraft.
Such items as tools that crimp, heat guns, and other approved electrical equipment must be in
the avionics/electrical shop’s usual inventory.
P) e
C th
Table 7 Avionics/Electrical laboratory shop
(A by
.
Work bench 1
io ed
at d
Vent fan and filter 1
ic e
n
Shelves for test equipment bl ers A/R
Pu p
Fire-proof lamp 1
s su
Lock-up cabinet 1
tic n
is ee
Filtered shop air 2 outlets

er b
Stools 2
ct s
ra ha
Protective clothing: face shield, gloves, and coveralls 2 sets

ha n
Eye bath 1
C atio
Anti−static mats A/R

ra lic
Vacuum dust collectors 2 outlets

rc ub
Ai is p
Electrical ground facilities A/R

ft
Fire extinguisher 1
Th
Work bench lights A/R
Different types of test equipment A/R
Bench light with magnifying glass 1
Telephone 1
Desk 1
Chair 1
Vacuum pump 1

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 11
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Plastic containers (with covers) A/R
Avionics/Electrical laboratory/shop dimensions: 13.0 ft x 13.0 ft (4.0 m x 4.0 m). Total area 169.0
ft² (16.0 m²)
2.7 Engine Build-Up (EBU) shop
WARNING
P) e
Do the borescope inspection in an area which has protection from the weather. If a
C th
borescope inspection is done in wet conditions, use sufficient protection to prevent
possible electrical shock to the operator or damage to the equipment.
(A by
.
io ed
CAUTION
at d
ic e
Make sure the temperature in the engine is less than 140º f (60º c) before you install the
n
bl ers
flexible borescope in the engine. If the engine is hotter than 140º f (60º c), the flexible
borescope can melt.
Pu p
s su
The shop must have a large entry door (approximately 19.5 ft (6.0 m) wide) to receive such
large components as engines.
tic n
is ee
The engine build-up shop has three horizontal work stations, two engine staging areas, and the
equipment area. For on−line maintenance, the shop can do servicing on the Pratt & Whitney en-
er b
gines, engine nacelles, and thrust reversers. Other tasks that the shop can do are as follows:
ct s
ra ha
- Borescope checks
- Replace external Line Replaceable Units (LRU).
ha n
C atio
Table 8 Engine build-up shop

ra lic
rc ub
Engine stands 3
Ai is p
ft
Work benches 3
Th
Shipping stand 1
Vises 3
Overhead crane 1
Step ladders (3 step) 3
Borescope equipment 1
Regulated shop air supply A/R

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 12
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Drip trays A/R
Solvent cleaning area 1
Eye bath 1
Protective clothing (face shield, gloves, and coveralls) 2 sets
Explosion-proof lamps A/R
P) e
C th
Test equipment of different types A/R
(A by
.
Telephone 1
io ed
Desk 1
at d
ic e
Chairs 2
n
bl ers
Inspection chairs (low) 3
Pu p
s su
Storage cabinet 1
tic n
First aid kit 1

is ee
er b
Engine build-up shop dimensions: 32.5 ft x 39.0 ft (10.0 m x 12.0 m). Total area 1267.5 ft²
ct s
(120.0 m²)
ra ha
2.8 Hydraulic shop

ha n
C atio
WARNINGS
ra lic
• Make sure that the work area has a good flow of air. Hydraulic fumes and spray are
rc ub
poisonous and can cause in juryto persons and damage to equipment if used in a
Ai is p
closed area.
ft
Th
• Do not get hydraulic fluid on your skin, in your mouth or in your eyes. Hydraulic
fluid is poisonous and can go through your skin and into your body. Flush
hydraulic fluid from your eyes, mouth or skin with water. Get medical aid if you get
hydraulic fluid in your eyes or mouth.
• Do not breathe the hydraulic fluid fumes. Do not let hydraulic fluid touch your eyes
or stay on your skin. Hydraulic fluid is poisonous and can cause injury to persons.
• Put barrier cream on your hands and arms and use protective clothing when you
do work on the hydraulic systems. Hydraulic fluid on the skin is poisonous and can
cause injury to persons.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 13
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
• Catch the hydraulic fluid in a container or cloth when you disconnect the hydraulic
lines. Immediately clean all surfaces that hydraulic fluid falls on. Hydraulic fluid
causes damage to equipment.
• Clean hydraulic fluid leakage from the workarea. Hydraulic fluid is dangerous and
can cause injury to personsand damage to equipment.
CAUTION
Make sure that you always use the same typeof hydraulic fluid. If you mix hydraulic
fluids, you can cause contaminationof the system and/or damage to the equipment.
P) e
The hydraulic shop does the maintenance and tests of hydraulic pumps, motors, tubes, hoses,
C th
and other hydraulic components and their related parts. The shop must be clean because you
(A by
must have a clean environment to do the build-up or overhaul of hydraulic components.
.
io ed
Table 9 Hydraulic shop
at d
ic e
n
Hydraulic test stand bl ers 1
Pu p
Work bench 1
s su
Tool board 1
tic n
is ee
Storage cabinet 1
er b
Special tools A/R

ct s
ra ha
Filtered shop air A/R

ha n
Desk 1
C atio
Chair 1
ra lic
Telephone 1
rc ub
Filing cabinet 1
Ai is p
ft
Stools 2
Th
Protective clothing (face shield, gloves, and coveralls) 2 sets
Solvent wash tank 1
Eye bath 1
First aid kit 1
Hydraulic shop dimensions: 13.0 ft x 16.25 ft (4.0 m x 5.0 m). Total area 211.25 ft² (20.0 m²)

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 14
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2.9 Composite clean room
WARNINGS
• Obey the precautions that follow when you do work with composite materials:
- Use approved eyes, mouth, and body protection. Small particles can go
through usual clothing
- Do not let the materials touch your eyes, mouth, or skin
- If irritation occurs, get medical aid immediately
- Make sure that the area has no sparks, flame, or hot surfaces
- Make sure that you have sufficient fire protection available
P) e
Obey the manufacturer’s instructions
C th
-
- Do not use chemical paint removers. To remove paint from composites that
(A by
.
have resin, use abrasive materials
- Do not use abrasive materials on composite cloth that has no resin
io ed
- When you remove a glossy finish from the surface of a composite, make sure
at d
that you remove only the minimum amount necessary. You must not touch
ic e
the cloth below the resin
n
- bl ers
Do not use power tools to make a surface rough.
Some composite materials are poisonous, flammable and/or irritating to the
Pu p
skin. Some procedures can make composite parts weak. If you do not follow this
s su
precautions, you can cause injury to persons or damage to equipment.

tic n
is ee
• Obey the precautions that follow when you use resins:

er b
- use safety glasses

ct s
- put on protective clothing

ra ha
- do not let the resins or solvents touch your skin, eyes, and mouth
work in an area that has good flow of clean air
ha n
-
C atio
- do not work in an area that has sparks, flame, and hot surfaces
- obey the manufacturer’s instructions
ra lic
- get medical aid if irritation occurs

rc ub
many resins are poisonous and can cause injury to persons.

Ai is p
ft
• Sanding/machining/cutting of the component will give off dust that can cause skin
Th
irritations. Do not breathe this dust.

- Epoxy resins or solvents contain dangerous ingredients.
- Have plenty of clean air ventilation and use respiratory protection when
using these materials in a confined area.
- Make sure these materials do not get into your skin, eyes or clothing.
- Wear rubber gloves along with cotton gloves to protect your hands and wear
protective clothing.
- If skin touches with uncured resins or curing agent, clean with warm water
and soap.
- Do not use solvent to clean the skin.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 15
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
The composite clean room must have a controlled atmosphere. This room is where technicians
do the lay−up of fabric layers and mix and apply resins to the fabric layers to make composite
panels and/or fairings for the aircraft.
To dispose leftovers or rolls of composite materials use the appropriate disposal bins.
Table 10 Composite clean room

Stands to hold fabric rolls A/R
Large table 1
Tool board 1
P) e
Storage cabinet 1
C th
(A by
Special tools A/R
.
io ed
at d
Filtered and regulated shop air supply A/R
ic e
n
Computer bl ers 1
Pu p
s su
Desk 1
tic n
is ee
Chair 1
er b
Telephone 1
ct s
ra ha
Eye bath 1
ha n
Waste paper basket 2

C atio
Composite clean room dimensions: 26.0 ft x 19.5 ft (8.0 m x 6.0 m). Total area 507.0 ft² (48.0
ra lic
m²)
rc ub
2.10 Non-Destructive Test (NDT) shop

Ai is p
ft
Th
WARNING
Obey all the X-ray safety precautions when you use X-ray equipment. X-rays are very
dangerous and can cause injury or death to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
The Non-Destructive Test (NDT) shop has the equipment to do special inspections such as
prism inspections, dye-penetrant, eddy current, and ultrasonic tests and X-rays.
Put the NDT shop near the hydraulic and tire shops. That makes it easier to do Brinell and crack
tests on wheels and other parts.
Note
To do NDT inspections on the engines, Pratt & Whitney can recommend more inspection
equipment when you send them your inspection plans.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 16
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Table 11 Non-destructive test shop

Baths for Liquid Penetrant Inspection (LPI) 2
Solvent cleaning area 1
Blackout curtain 1
Work bench 1
Light with magnifying glass 1
P) e
C th
Stool 1
(A by
.
Storage cabinet 1
io ed
Filing cabinet 1
at d
ic e
Specialized equipment A/R
n
Tool board
bl ers 1
Pu p
s su
Regulated shop air supply A/R

tic n
Desk 1
is ee
Chairs 2
er b
ct s
Telephone 1
ra ha
Fire extinguisher 1
ha n
C atio
First aid kit 1

ra lic

rc ub
Composite clean room dimensions: 9.75 ft x 13.0 ft (3.0 m x 4.0 m). Total area 126.75 ft² (12.0
Ai is p
ft
m²)
3 Technical support group

Th
The technical support group does not have a direct role in the service/maintenance functions of
the maintenance facility. This group has the shops that follow:
- Petroleum, Oil, and Lubricants (POL) store

- Ground Support Equipment (GSE) repair shop
- Tool and GSE store
- Spare parts store (shipping/receiving).
3.1 Petroleum, Oil, and Lubricants (POL) store

The POL store has four qualities:

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 17
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Good air supply and ease of movement

- Good ventilation
- Good fire alarm/suppression system
- The POL store, and its electrical power and heating systems, must be explosion-proof.
For safety, the POL store must be isolated from the maintenance hangar.
Keep dangerous waste in safe containers before you discard them.
Table 12 Petroleum, oil, and lubricants store

Vapor-Proof Lights 3
P) e
C th
Storage Cabinet 1
(A by
.
Metal Shelves (Grounded) A/R
io ed
Ground Wire A/R
at d
ic e
Fire Extinguisher 1
n
bl ers
Vapor-Proof Ventilation Fan 1
Pu p
s su
POL store dimensions: 22.75 ft x 13.0 ft (7.0 m x 4.0 m). Total area 295.75 ft² (28.0 m²)
tic n
is ee
3.2 Ground Support Equipment (GSE) repair shop

er b
The GSE shop can do repairs to or overhaul aircraft GSE and also to hangar equipment.
ct s
ra ha
Table 13 Ground support equipment repair shop

ha n
C atio
Arc welder 1
ra lic
Gas welding (acetylene, mig, tig) 1

rc ub
Vent fan and filter A/R

Ai is p
ft
Work bench 1
Th
Fire extinguisher 1
Lift (1 ton capacity) 1
Vise 1
Locked area that is safe 1
Oil waste container 1
Solvent wash tank 1
Parts shelves that are divided 1 set

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 18
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Drip trays A/R
Eye bath 1
Welding mask 1
Welding goggles 1
Garbage container 1
Desk 1
P) e
C th
Chairs 2
(A by
.
First aid kit 1
io ed
Telephone 1
at d
ic e
n
GSE repair shop dimensions: 26.0 ft x 19.5 ft (8.0 m x 6.0 m). Total area 507.0 ft² (48.0 m²)
bl ers
3.3 Tool and GSE store
Pu p
s su
The tool and GSE store keeps a master inventory of all the equipment in the hangar, the support
shops, and the administrative departments.
tic n
is ee
The store must be able to do the functions that follow:

er b
- Distribute, monitor, and replace lost or worn tools for the support departments
ct s
ra ha
- Do the maintenance of tools and/or GSE spares.

ha n
Make sure to keep the tool and GSE store safely locked.
C atio
Table 14 Tool and GSE store

ra lic
rc ub
Work bench 1
Ai is p
ft
Storage cabinets A/R

Th
Tool boards 2
Desks 2
Chairs 2
Telephone 1
Filing cabinet 1
Hardware bin 1
Holder for bubble wrap 1

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 19
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Shelves A/R
Garbage container 1
Fire extinguisher 1
Tool and GSE store dimensions: 26.0 ft x 22.75 ft (8.0 m x 7.0 m). Total area 591.5 ft² (56.0 m²)
3.4 Spare parts store (shipping/receiving)

The spare parts store receives parts, consumable items, and fasteners for aircraft maintenance.
The spare parts store keeps the spares inventory to operate the line maintenance functions for
P) e
the aircraft. The spares inventory includes items for the aircraft structure, systems, power plant,
C th
and the APU.
(A by
.
The store also sends spare parts to customers.
io ed
Table 15 Spare parts store
at d
ic e
n
Work bench bl ers 1
Pu p
Storage cabinets A/R
s su
Shelves for parts A/R

tic n
is ee
Desks 2
er b
Chairs 2
ct s
ra ha
Telephone 1
ha n
Filing cabinets 2
C atio
Hardware bin 1
ra lic
Holders for bubble wrap 2

rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Shelves A/R
Th
Waste paper containers 2
Photocopier 1
First aid kit 1
Spare parts store dimensions: 58.5 ft x 26.0 ft (18.0 m x 8.0 m). Total area 1521.0 ft² (144.0 m²)
4 Administrative group
The primary functions of the administrative group are to schedule the operations of the service
departments. In addition, a function of the administrative group is to keep records for the main-
tenance facility, and to be the liaison with Airbus for technical data.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 20
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
The administrative group has the offices/departments that follow:
- Human resources/administration office

- Waste management office
- Hazardous material management office
- Documentation control office
- Documentation library
- Maintenance supervisor’s office
- Quality Control (QC) inspection office
- Training classroom
- Customer service representative’s office
P) e
- Cafeteria
C th
- Planning/scheduling
(A by
.
- Sales office
io ed
- Finance department
- Telecommunications/copy room
at d
ic e
- Information service’s office
n
- Main entrance
bl ers
Pu p
- Customer lounge
s su
- Building maintenance office.

tic n
is ee
4.1 Human resources/administration office

er b
This office keeps personnel records, hires new employees as necessary, and administers em-
ct s
ployee benefits.
ra ha
4.2 Waste management office

ha n
C atio
WARNINGS
ra lic
• Every component removed from the waste system should be considered as

rc ub
a biohazard. Obey the local handling procedures for biohazard. Components

Ai is p
ft
exposed to waste water can be poisonous and/or abrasive and can cause sickness
to persons and damage to equipment.
Th
• Waste water should be considered as a biohazard. Obey the local health and safety
precautions when working in the waste system. Waste water can be poisonous
and/or abrasive and can cause sickness to persons and damage to equipment.
• When you do the servicing of the waste water system, use rubber gloves. Waste
water can get on your hands and cause an infection.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 21
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
CAUTIONS
• Make sure that there is no leakage of the cleaning agent from the waste system
during this procedure. To prevent leakage, a person must have access to the waste
system area. Leakage of the toilet cleaning agent can cause damage to the interior
of the aircraft.
• Make sure that the container used to collect the drained lubrication oil is 10 quarts
(9,5 liters) or more, and is safety-approved for waste collection and storage.
The waste management office has a minimum of one employee with a primary function of waste
management. The tasks of the office include:
P) e
C th
- To know and apply all the regulations that tell how to control and treat waste material
- To make sure that there is a program to recycle or safely discard all waste products (e.g.
(A by
.
plastic sheeting, oil, fuel, and Skydrol).
io ed
4.3 Hazardous materials management office
at d
ic e
The hazardous materials management office is considered isolated work areas. To work in one
n
bl ers
of these areas, an individual must abide by the isolated work policy of the maintenance shop.
Pu p
The hazardous materials office include the following four (4) rooms:
s su
- Chemical storage room

tic n
- Part storage room

is ee
- Storage containers
er b
- Freezer
ct s
ra ha
The hazardous materials management office has a minimum of one employee with a primary
ha n
function of store and handle hazardous materials management. The tasks of these rooms in-
C atio
clude:
- To train personnel on how to treat dangerous material

ra lic
- To ensure the material to be stored is tagged

rc ub
- To archive laboratory reports

Ai is p
ft
- To store the material in their dedicated spaces

Th
- To ensure the requests for the retrieval of storage container is filled

- To maintain track of the products stored
- To order the products
- To update the chemical inventory list on a monthly basis
- To discard expired products.
4.4 Documentation control office

This office writes and keeps the documents that are necessary for the continued airworthiness
of the aircraft. Some of the documents the documentation control office is responsible for in-
cludes:
- Service orders

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 22
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Technical reports on component conditions

- Reports on errors/omissions in technical manuals
- Service parts tags
- Daily turnover log
- Final inspection status
- Completing Airbus and vendor forms
- Flight logs and aircraft roadblock entries.
4.5 Documentation library

The primary function of the documentation library is as a storage facility, where the aircraft tech-
nicians can have fast access to reference material. The documentation library has all Airbus and
P) e
C th
vendor manuals that apply to the aircraft. There is a viewer/reproduction machine or comput-
er terminals for the technicians to look at Engineering drawings and often printers to make hard
(A by
.
copies of drawings and reports.
io ed
The documentation library also receives, sorts, and supplies new data to Quality Control (QC)
and other sections/departments.
at d
ic e
4.6 Maintenance supervisor’s office
n
bl ers
The maintenance supervisor’s office has easy access to the maintenance hangar. The mainte-
Pu p
nance supervisor can keep copies of the aircraft maintenance planning documents in the office.
s su
4.7 Quality Control (QC) inspection office

tic n
is ee
The QC supervisor and the inspector(s) share the QC inspection office. This office also has
er b
easy access to the hangar. The office has the quality documents that inspectors use to make
sure that maintenance/repairs done on the aircraft are correct.
ct s
ra ha
The QC supervisor also keeps records of the snags, rejected items, and repairs to the aircraft
systems and equipment in the QC inspection office.
ha n
C atio
4.8 Training classroom

ra lic
The training classroom is used to give refresher courses to service/maintenance technicians.

rc ub
4.9 Customer service representative’s office

Ai is p
ft
Three or four service representatives can use this office. They are the liaison between the main-
tenance facility and its customers.
Th
4.10 Cafeteria
The employees of the maintenance facility use the cafeteria for coffee breaks and at meal times.
Employees usually eat and drink only in the cafeteria. Thus, the cafeteria must have sufficient
space to let all the employees on a given shift to be together at the same time.
4.11 Planning/Scheduling
The planning and scheduling department has two main functions. To control the flow of work on
maintenance tasks and to make a schedule of the future maintenance tasks. The department al-
so makes sure that the technical and non−technical groups have the correct technical forms and
documentation.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 23
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
4.12 Sales office

One or more salespersons use this office. Their task is to find new customers who must have
maintenance work done on their aircraft.
4.13 Finance department

The finance department does the Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, and Payroll func-
tions.
4.14 Telecommunications/Copy room

Put the facsimile and telecopier machines in the telecommunications/copy room.
4.15 Information service’s office
P) e
C th
This is the office of the maintenance facility’s computer system administrator. The system ad-
ministrator does the maintenance of the computer system and also makes sure that the system
(A by
.
security is correct. Additional computer personnel are sometimes necessary for a larger hangar
when there are many on−line computer terminals installed at various locations in the facility.
io ed
at d
4.16 Main entrance
ic e
n
bl ers
Customers, visitors, vendors, and other personnel come into the maintenance facility at the
main entrance. The receptionist is found in this area.
Pu p
s su
4.17 Customer lounge

tic n
The customer lounge is for the aircraft operators, which can be designed to not be attached to
is ee
the hangar.
er b
The lounge has comfortable chairs, a number of tables, and two or three telephone booths for
ct s
private conversations.
ra ha
4.18 Building maintenance office.

ha n
C atio
The maintenance facility has a building maintenance supervisor who makes sure that the main-
tenance facility stays in good repair.
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-06AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 24
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Utilities - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Utilities - Technical data............................................................................................................ 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Electrical power........................................................................................................... 2
1.2 Lighting........................................................................................................................ 2
1.2.1 Hangar lighting............................................................................................................ 2
P) e
1.2.2 Shop lighting............................................................................................................... 2
C th
1.3 Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning.................................................................... 2
(A by
.
1.3.1 Heating........................................................................................................................ 2
1.3.2 Air conditioning........................................................................................................... 3
io ed
1.3.3 Ventilation.................................................................................................................... 3
1.4 Fuel.............................................................................................................................. 3
at d
ic e
1.5 Compressed air........................................................................................................... 3
n
1.6
1.7
bl ers
Vacuum........................................................................................................................
Telecommunications....................................................................................................
3
3
Pu p
1.8 Fire protection............................................................................................................. 3
s su
1.9 Water, sewage and drainage...................................................................................... 3

1.9.1 Water........................................................................................................................... 3
tic n
1.9.2 Sewage....................................................................................................................... 3
is ee
1.9.3 Drainage...................................................................................................................... 4
er b
1.10 Removal of hazardous waste..................................................................................... 4

ct s
List of tables Page

ra ha
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
ha n
C atio
References
ra lic
Table 1 References
rc ub

Ai is p
ft
None
Th
Description
1 General
A full range of utilities are necessary to do the maintenance of the A220 aircraft. When you de-
sign a maintenance facility, it is important to include the utilities that follow:
- Electrical power
- Lighting
- Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning

BD500-A-J00-00-00-07AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Compressed air
- Fuel
- Vacuum
- Telecommunications.
In addition to the utilities necessary to operate the maintenance facility, you should also include
the fire safety, environmental and health safety concerns that follow:
- Fire protection
- Water, sewage and drainage
- Removal of hazardous waste.
P) e
1.1 Electrical power
C th
A supply of both 115 volts AC and 220/240 volts AC, 60/50 Hz, or as locally applicable, should
(A by
.
be made available. Portable power units in the shops should supply both 28 volts DC and
200/115 volts AC, 400 Hz aircraft power. Electrical power outlets shall be provided at all aircraft
io ed
positions (voltage and current contingent upon site standards and equipment requirements) :
at d
ic e
- One (1) quad outlet (115 VAC 60 HZ 20 amp)
n
-
bl ers
One (1) 600 VAC 60 Hz 30 amp
Pu p
- One (1) 220 VAC 60 Hz 30 amp
s su
- One 220 VAC 60 Hz 10 amp

tic n
- One (1) 220 VAC 3 phase outlet for avionics/instrumentation

is ee
- One (1) standard 200/230/460/575 volt single phase power for welding equipment
er b
If possible, the hangars should be equipped with 200/115 volts AC, 400 Hz underground cables
ct s
ra ha
leading to electrical outlets in the hangar floor and/or walls. Although expensive to install, this
type of setup will help keep the area clear around the aircraft.
ha n
C atio
1.2 Lighting
ra lic
1.2.1 Hangar lighting

rc ub
It is recommended that hangars have 75 footcandles (fc) (807 lumens/meter²) lighting levels.
The near natural color spectrum and high efficiency of the metal halide lamps makes them high-
Ai is p
ft
ly recommended. The light from high pressure sodium lamps makes it impossible to have prop-
er color discrimination and thus the use of these lamps is not recommended. Mercury lamps are
Th
also not recommended because of their low efficiency as well as the cold color spectrum that
they give.
1.2.2 Shop lighting

It is recommended that shops have 50 fc (538 lumens/meter²) lighting levels with local lighting of
100 fc (1076 lumens/meter²) for detailed work and inspection. An equal distribution of light (with-
out local hot spots) is only possible with the correct lighting system.
1.3 Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning

1.3.1 Heating
Where necessary, there must be heating in the hangar and in areas where dusty conditions can
occur the hangar must have a positive-pressure ventilation system.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-07AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1.3.2 Air conditioning

Air conditioning is necessary in some repair shops, such as the avionics and electronics shops,
which are temperature controlled. Instrument shops also need a supply of clean, filtered air and
the main entrance, the offices, and the cafeteria should also have air conditioning for employee
comfort.
1.3.3 Ventilation
Instrument shops need a supply of clean, filtered air and the main entrance, the offices, and the
cafeteria must also have sufficient ventilation to make sure that you keep a safe and healthy
working environment. It is recommended that a composite fiber venting system be installed in
the composite room, if applicable.
1.4 Fuel
P) e
C th
The hangar must have a minimum of one fuel venting/purging system equipped with a large
blower and explosimeter. It is recommended that the size of the blower outlet is a minimum of 8
(A by
.
in. to 14 in. (203 mm to 355 mm). It is recommended that a fuel disposal pit with the capacity for
io ed
the A220 full fuel load be planned.
at d
1.5 Compressed air
ic e
n
bl ers
A supply of 100 psig (689.5 kPa) shop air should be provided along with 100/250 psig
(689.5/1724.7 kPa) clean, dry pneumatic test air for the overhaul shops. The mass−air flow of
Pu p
the compressor should be sufficient to meet or exceed the air requirements of the air tools. This
s su
will depend on the rating of the tool, the quantity of tools used at any one time and the frequen-
cy of use.
tic n
is ee
1.6 Vacuum
er b
A vacuum source of 20 inches of Mercury (Hg) (67.73 kPa) is necessary for an overhaul shop.
ct s
ra ha
1.7 Telecommunications
ha n
Separate line, cable or satellite connections are usually necessary for communication equip-
C atio
ment such as telephone, fax machines and computers.

ra lic
1.8 Fire protection

rc ub
The hangar, repair shops, storage areas, offices, and all other areas of the maintenance facili-
Ai is p
ft
ties must have an approved fire alarm and fire control system. The hangars should be equipped
with a deluge-type of fire extinguishing system which includes under-aircraft water cannons.
Th
1.9 Water, sewage and drainage

1.9.1 Water
A pressurized water supply is necessary for washrooms and hangar use. If kitchen facilities are
also necessary, the supplied water must be potable.
1.9.2 Sewage
Oil separation and wasterwater treatment facilities are sometimes necessary to agree with the
local waste management laws. Special handling procedures are necessary for the disposal of
plating shop waste fluids and materials. Washrooms must have sewage disposal facilities, which
usually includes a connection to the local municipal sewage system.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-07AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
1.9.3 Drainage
It is recommended that floors be designed with a gentle slope to a sewer drain, usually locat-
ed in the middle of a hangar. The hangar floor is usually higher than the immediate surrounding
land to prevent possible flooding in the event of a heavy rain or melting snow.
1.10 Removal of hazardous waste

Discard hazardous waste material in agreement with local environmental regulations. The waste
management supervisor is responsible for correct removal procedures.
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-07AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Minimum GSE list - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Minimum GSE list - Technical data.......................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
References
(A by
.
Table 1 References
io ed
at d
ic e
n
None
bl ers
Pu p
Description
s su
tic n
is ee
1 General
er b
ct s
When planning a maintenance facility, special consideration should be given to the level of
ra ha
maintenance required. This will determine if specialized tools and equipment, such as aircraft
tooling, cranes, hoisting devices and work stands, are necessary.
ha n
C atio
Airbus has an Illustrated Tool and Equipment Publication (ITEP) that gives details on the tools
and equipment that are necessary to the aircraft maintenance.
ra lic
The aircraft operator must make sure that there is a tool crib to keep these maintenance tools.
Each tool must have its own identification mark with a calibration stamp where applicable (e.g.
rc ub
torque wrenches, pressure gauges, scales, and other tools and gauges). With proper test equip-
Ai is p
ft
ment calibration and control (TEC) procedures (with applicable TEC stickers), this will keep the
tools in good condition and thus, help make sure that the aircraft operates in a safe and service-
Th
able condition.
Refer to the ITEP (BD500-3AB48-11600-00) for the GSE that are necessary to do maintenance
on the A220 aircraft.

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-08AAA-030A-A
2019-08-13 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

2019-08-13 Page 2
BD500-A-J00-00-00-08AAA-030A-A
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Aircraft Security Program (ASP) - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Aircraft Security Program (ASP) - General data...................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 ASP relation to Information Security (IS)................................................................... 2
2 Aircraft security communication chart......................................................................... 2
3 Aircraft security team description............................................................................... 2
P) e
3.1 Governance................................................................................................................. 2
C th
3.2 Security engineering................................................................................................... 3
(A by
.
3.3 In service..................................................................................................................... 3
io ed
4.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 3
4.2 Governance................................................................................................................. 4
at d
ic e
4.3 Requirements Definition.............................................................................................. 4
n
4.4
4.5
bl ers
Assets Identification....................................................................................................
Communication and training.......................................................................................
4
4
Pu p
4.6 Logs and Audits.......................................................................................................... 4
s su
4.7 Collaboration with Authorities..................................................................................... 5

tic n
List of tables Page

is ee
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
er b
ct s
References
ra ha
Table 1 References
ha n
C atio

ra lic
None
rc ub
Description
Ai is p
ft
Th
1 General
This section presents the Aircraft Security Program (ASP) implemented by Airbus.
The A220 with his level of digital information connectivity, network systems, and automation has
introduced vulnerabilities to the aircraft information systems. Airbus and regulation authorities
have identified the need of an Aircraft Security Program (ASP).
Airbus provides:
- Assistance and guidance to the operator in developing their ASP if requested.

- Expertise as an aircraft subject matter expert during Entry Into Service (EIS) of an operator
new aircraft.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Aircraft security guidance documentation to the operators to support the development and
implementation of the ASP and notify the operators of new revisions.
- A service to assist operators in the implementation of the recommended security measures
and collect feedback for program improvements.
1.1 ASP relation to Information Security (IS)

Airbus has his own Information Security department answering to the Information Technology
(IT) department. The Information Security (IS) conforms to the ISO 27002 standard. The IS is
concerned with business information security for the whole organization while the ASP is con-
cerned with aircraft security. The IS is providing consulting services to the ASP.
2 Aircraft security communication chart
P) e
C th
The ASP is working closely with other teams in order to identify vulnerabilities, risks and to de-
velop mitigation plans.
(A by
.
- Information Security: Provide consulting services as needed to the AS.
io ed
- Supplier: Provide aircraft components that answer the security requirements from AS.
at d
- Aircraft Health Management System (AHMS) security: Responsible for defining security re-
ic e
n
quirements for the IT solution of the aircraft.
-
bl ers
DAD avionics: Responsible for interfacing with Transport Canada Civil Aviation (TCCA) in
Pu p
order to get the type certificate of the aircraft.
s su
- AHMS Ground Infrastructure Security: Responsible for defining security requirements for
tic n
the IT ground solution of the aircraft.

is ee
- TCCA: Responsible for giving the type certificate of the aircraft.

er b
ct s
3 Aircraft security team description

ra ha
The ASP will offer three services to theA220 program: governance, security engineering and in-
ha n
service engineering.
C atio
3.1 Governance
ra lic
The roles of the governance team are:

rc ub
- Prioritize information assets based on business risks: Provide organization with sufficient in-
Ai is p
ft
sight into the precise information assets they need to protect and how to assign priorities to
these assets.
Th
- Develop deep integration of security into the technology environment: Impact of technology
on the organization and its ability to protect itself.
The following are position in the governance team:
- Projects manager: Responsible for IT solution deployment on both the aircraft and ground
system.
- Strategy: Define strategies and standards to be use in design of IT systems in aircraft.
- Communication: Responsible to communicate to engineers information that will be used in
order to make aircraft secure.
- Training (internal/external): Responsible to define training materials for operators and Air-
bus engineers.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- IT security intelligence collection: Responsible to collect evidences of an incident on an air-

craft.
- Airbus technical publication: Responsible to write new procedures in order to assist in fu-
ture aircraft design.
3.2 Security engineering

The roles of the security engineering team are:
- Define security requirements

- Identify vulnerabilities and risks
The following are descriptions of position in the security engineering team:
P) e
C th
- IT cyber security specialist: Responsible to define security requirements and mitigation plan
in order to have the aircraft computer information system secure.
(A by
.
- Aircraft (A/C) security (physical) specialist: Responsible to define security requirements and
io ed
mitigation plan in order to have the physical access to the aircraft secure.
- IT security tests and audits: Responsible for certification audit of the aircraft in order to con-
at d
ic e
firm that security requirements are enforce, and to identify remaining vulnerabilities and
n
risks. bl ers
Pu p
3.3 In service
s su
The roles of the in service team are:

tic n
is ee
- Work with the operators to provide continuous airworthiness.

er b
- Identify new vulnerabilities and risks on existing designs.

ct s
- Manage security incidents.

ra ha
ha n
The following are descriptions of position in the in-service team:

C atio
- Security handbook specialist: Write and provide documentation for operator for continuous
airworthiness of the aircraft.
ra lic
- Specialist for validation of security measures: Proceed with audit of IT systems the aircraft
rc ub
in order to identify vulnerabilities, risks and mitigation plans for continuous airworthiness.
Ai is p
ft
- Incident and vulnerability management specialist: Responsible for managing incidents and
identifying new vulnerabilities and risks on in service aircraft.
Th

4.1 Introduction
Operators should develop, document and implement an Aircraft Security Program (ASP) related
to the aircraft. This program should cover the elements described in the following section and, if
desired by the operator, may be common across multiple aircraft fleets. It should be noted that
the ANSP does not make an assumption about the size of any group or team. Depending on the
operator and the needs, it may involve only a very small group.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
4.2 Governance
Operators should implement a governance team for the ASP with responsibilities similar to
those defined in section 3.1 above. The team should be composed of personnel with various
expertise related to the cyber security of the aircraft. The team may comprise personnel from
security, engineering maintenance and in-service support. The team should work closely, or in-
clude, experts from the Information Security organization. The team may regularly interface with
the Airbus Security Governance team
The operator should ensure that the roles and responsibilities are documented as part of the
ASP and in place to address all operational security measures defined in the ANSP.
4.3 Requirements Definition

Operators should review, or define, their security requirements in order to make the aircraft se-
P) e
cure. The review of operator existing requirements should be based on the recommendations
C th
of this ANSP and on other good practices in the aviation industry. There should be a review of
(A by
.
these requirements as the security environment evolves with changes in technology, and with
changes in the knowledge on vulnerabilities and threats.
io ed
4.4 Assets Identification
at d
ic e
Operators should identify the assets that need to be protected, covering the aircraft, aircraft da-
n
bl ers
ta ground stations and maintenance equipment (that digitally connects to the aircraft). This infor-
mation should be communicated to the relevant personnel.
Pu p
s su
4.5 Communication and training

tic n
It is necessary for the operators to ensure that all personnel who are assigned responsibilities
is ee
defined in the ANSP are competent to perform the required tasks, and are well informed of the
er b
requirements, processes, and procedures applicable to the operator ASP.

ct s
When required, the operator should train its personnel on the requirements of the ASP. The op-
ra ha
erator should also communicate to its staff the necessary information required to make the air-
craft secure, and to maintain the level of security of the aircraft.
ha n
C atio
The operator should establish handoff and communication processes for each role. Each
operator’s organization will develop their own specific process.
ra lic
4.6 Logs and Audits

rc ub
This section applies where required by local or national authorities, or when specifically request-
Ai is p
ft
ed by the Airbus and/or by the governance team.

Th
The operator shall download security log files from the aircraft using the recommended tools, ei-
ther maintenance laptop, or other designated equipment. The operator should provide the nec-
essary infrastructure to enable the download of security logs through the automatic download of
aircraft systems.
In addition to log downloads, the operator shall perform aircraft audits when appropriate, in par-
ticular:
- When a preliminary assessment of an incident indicate a risk to security

- On recommendation from Airbus, the Authorities or the operator’s own security governance
team.
An aircraft audit consists in downloading security logs and sent them for analysis.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
4.7 Collaboration with Authorities

As appropriate and when required, the operator should collaborate with the various local and in-
ternational Authorities on airworthiness, physical security and cyber security.
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-010A-A
2019-08-13 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Operator personnel training - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Operator personnel training - General data.............................................................................. 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
2.1 Training, awareness, and competence....................................................................... 1
2.2 Education and certification.......................................................................................... 2
P) e
C th
3.1 Training organization................................................................................................... 2
(A by
.
3.2 Scope of training (general and specific)..................................................................... 2
3.3 General training.......................................................................................................... 3
io ed
3.4 Specific training........................................................................................................... 4
3.5 Security Incident Management Training..................................................................... 4
at d
ic e
3.6 Training records.......................................................................................................... 5
n
3.7
3.8
bl ers
Regulatory requirements for operator training............................................................
Recurrent training.......................................................................................................
5
5
Pu p
List of tables
s su
Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
tic n
is ee
References
er b
ct s
Table 1 References
ra ha

ha n
C atio
None
ra lic
Description
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
1 General
Th
This chapter guides the A220-100 and A220-300 operators to establish personnel training on
aircraft information security aspects.

2.1 Training, awareness, and competence
It is necessary to ensure that all personnel who are assigned responsibilities defined in the Air-
craft Security Program(ASP) are able to perform the required tasks by:
- Determining the necessary requirementsfor personnel performing work related to maintain-

ing the information security of the aircraft.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-12AAA-010A-A
2019-08-27 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Providing training and documentation for each specific task that is to be performed relating
to maintaining the information security of the aircraft.
- Evaluating the effectiveness of the actions taken
- Maintaining records of education, training, skills, experience and qualifications. Control of
these records should be implemented according to applicable regulatory requirements.
All relevant personnel need to be aware of the relevance and importance of their informa-
tion security activities and how they contribute to the achievement of the Aircraft Security
Program(ASP) objectives
- All employees of the organization, contractors and third party users should receive appro-
priate awareness training and regular updates in organizational policies and procedures, as
relevant for their job function.
P) e
C th
2.2 Education and certification
(A by
.
There is no one source of international education or certification that applies to all of the ele-
ments of the skill set needed for aircraft information security. Each organization should choose
io ed
personnel based on their mixture of education, training, experience, and evidence of didactic
at d
pursuits.
ic e
n
bl ers
Training requirements for each security related job role should be set by each operator and in-
cluded in their Aircraft Security Program(ASP) document.
Pu p
s su

tic n
The A220-100 and A220-300 operator should ensure that all personnel who are assigned re-
is ee
sponsibilities defined in this publication are qualified to perform the required task. It is the opera-
er b
tors responsibility to provide internal training for its personnel on aircraft information security as-
pects, as well as define training material and coverage.
ct s
ra ha
3.1 Training organization

ha n
The operator may have an internal training resources department within their organization that
C atio
can develop aircraft information security training within a scope that is specific to each class of
job role that require it. If the operator does not have a training resource department, or chooses
ra lic
not to develop training internally, training resources may be solicited from an outside source that
rc ub
is capable of supplying adequate training.

Ai is p
ft
This section describes elements of training that should be required for both internal and external
training resources.
Th
3.2 Scope of training (general and specific)

Training programs should be developed to cultivate awareness of aircraft information security
within the operator organization. Information security procedures should be clearly defined and
associated with all relevant job roles. Operators can request additional guidance from BA when
necessary.
Two general categories of training should be made available within the operator organization:
General security training or specific security training. General training is for fostering the aware-
ness of aircraft information security issues within the industry for a wider group of personnel
than specific training. This group includes personnel that work with security sensitive ground
systems and with aircraft, but who do not have a job function that is directly related to aircraft in-
formation security.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-12AAA-010A-A
2019-08-27 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Specific training is designed for various specific job roles directly related to aircraft information
security. It is for conveying policies, procedures, technical information, and job role goals to per-
sonnel with specific security related job functions. When the organization has training resources,
they may choose to develop courses internal to the organization. However, operators may use
training that has been developed by an external outside source.
Training can be delivered through various methods that make use of available technology and
resources. The following is a partial list of training course delivery methods.
- Internally or externally developed training classroom mode courses

- Internally or externally developed Computer Based Training (CBT)
- Any other adequate mode of training making use of available technology, personnel, and
resources
P) e
C th
3.3 General training
(A by
General training for all personnel within the organization that are exposed to equipment (aircraft,
.
Ground Support Equipment (GSE), Ground Support Information Systems(GSIS), etc.) that have
io ed
information security issues should include the following:
at d
- The need to foster a culture of information security awareness within the operator’s organi-
ic e
zation
n
-
bl ers
Awareness training of information security risks and how they relate to aircraft safety
Pu p
- Physical Security related to information security
s su
• Access to digital access ports on aircraft that involve physical locks.

tic n
is ee
- Physical protection of digital assets/equipment.

er b
• Storage of equipment such as GSE in secure areas. Such equipment should be

ct s
tracked through a process of checking in and out of the equipment storehouse.

ra ha
- Restricted access to sensitive areas

ha n
C atio
• Only personnel with proper credentials presented should be allowed access to areas
exposed to digital security risks. For example, IDs must be visible.
ra lic
- Why it is necessary to worry about aircraft information security.

rc ub
• Show examples of how security violations can cause concerns about willful tampering
Ai is p
ft
with proper operation of aircraft.

Th
• In today’s information technology environment, much of the sensitive aircraft related in-
formation that was once secured by controlling paper media is now potentially exposed
to a broader range of personnel if security measures are not in place.
• Malware can be expected to become ever more sophisticated and dangerous.
Examples of current security issues to support the general training may be acquired from differ-
ent sources:
- News
Some information on attacks on Information Technology (IT) systems or industrial control
systems with criminal, espionage or terrorist intent are publicly available in mass media or
specific security-related news channels.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-12AAA-010A-A
2019-08-27 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Special Interest Groups

Information Sharing and Analysis Centers, Working Groups, forums or associations of inci-
dent response and security teams provide relevant information to their members.
- Design Approval Holder
Information and guidance provided by the Design Approval Holder contains information re-
lated to the product.
- Corporate Security
Reported security incidents and results of risk assessments contain information that is di-
rectly related to the operational environment.
- Governmental Agencies
Providing alerts, advisories and bulletins
P) e
Note
C th
Before using information related to security risks or issues in training material,
(A by
.
confidentiality aspects should be considered to ensure that security is not jeopardized by
disclosing this kind of information to a broader audience.
io ed
Training should include guidance for maintaining security in different areas of the organization.
at d
These areas include:
ic e
n
- On board aircraft
bl ers
Pu p
• Operator personnel should be aware of vulnerable data load access points
s su
- At workstations that store, send or receive software or data that is transferred to or from the
tic n
aircraft
is ee
er b
• Enforce limited access to workstation

ct s
• Log off or lock workstations when not present

ra ha
- GSE
ha n
C atio
• Explain what types of GSE digitally interface to the aircraft and why they should be
monitored
ra lic
• Make sure equipment is electronically secure by logging off if appropriate

rc ub
• Keep a log of equipment’s location and report if missing.

Ai is p
ft
- Communicate that there are specified personnel who have been granted access to securi-
ty sensitive systems or processes. They are assigned to perform specific security manage-
Th
ment tasks. Identify which digital security aspects (especially related to physical security)
fall within those person’s job roles. Show that everyone within the organization should be
alert to possible security violations and should be aware of how to recognize them.
3.4 Specific training

Specific training is applicable to roles identified in section 2.3 of BD500-A-
J00-00-00-11AAA-010A-A and training listed in table.
3.5 Security Incident Management Training

Operators should have training specific to aircraft information security incident management.
This includes training for necessary skills specific to log analysis, incident evaluation, incident
escalation process, and security process development and planning.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-12AAA-010A-A
2019-08-27 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
- Some of the in-depth analysis, planning, and evaluation should be done by personnel that
have a substantial background in information technology security, aircraft avionics systems,
civil aviation regulations, and commercial transport aircraft operations. They should also
have knowledge of software programming and general algorithms, encryption methods and
algorithms, and digital signature methods and algorithms. Such a person would be consid-
ered an Aircraft Information Security Specialist.
- One of the goals of specific training is to train personnel to assess aircraft security log files,
looking for possible security threats or issues. If a maintenance action is deemed neces-
sary, it should be according to the operator’s policy which is compliant with applicable regu-
latory requirements. Actions might include downloading of security log files, reporting of the
incident, verification of aircraft software configuration to determine no unwanted software is
loaded into the aircraft operational system, action per the Fault Isolation/Trouble Shooting
Manual, or no action.
P) e
C th
- Personnel responsible for aircraft log file analysis and security event analysis should have a
background and training that combines IT security and aircraft avionics disciplines. Knowl-
(A by
.
edge, education, and training for both of these subjects create a special combination of ex-
pertise required to ensure the proper security analysis and handling of aircraft information
io ed
security issues.
at d
- Log analysis can also be done by Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) manufacturer or Airbus. The
ic e
n
bl ers
preceding applies to the operator that choses to perform the analysis themself.
Pu p
3.6 Training records
s su
Training records should be maintained, retained, and kept up to date for all personnel that re-
tic n
ceive security training according to applicable regulatory requirements.

is ee
3.7 Regulatory requirements for operator training

er b
ct s
Communicate all regulatory requirements that may apply to all specific job roles.
ra ha
Training requirements for some specific job roles may be defined in regulatory documents such
ha n
as the following:
C atio
- CFR 121.375, EU PART-147, -66

ra lic
3.8 Recurrent training

rc ub
Establish and document recurrent training policies that apply to each specific job role and for
Ai is p
ft
general category of job role. Be sure to comply with all regulatory requirements for operator
training.
Th
Recurrent training for aircraft information security should include new technologies, system in-
stallations, new identified threats, new company procedures, etc.

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-12AAA-010A-A
2019-08-27 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-12AAA-010A-A
2019-08-27 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Aircraft network security - General data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Aircraft network security - General data................................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 System security architecture....................................................................................... 1
2 Security environment definition................................................................................... 5
3 Security perimeter definition....................................................................................... 8
P) e
List of tables Page
C th
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
(A by
.
io ed
1 Data and network communication paths.................................................................... 2
at d
2 AIRCRAFT NETWORK ARCHITECTURE................................................................. 3
ic e
3 Ethernet network architecture..................................................................................... 4
n
4 bl ers
External Threat Considerations.................................................................................. 6
5 Internal Threat Considerations................................................................................... 7
Pu p
s su
References
tic n
is ee
Table 1 References
er b

ct s
ra ha
None
ha n
Description
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
1 System security architecture

Ai is p
ft
The aircraft security architecture is composed of multiple internal and external components. The
first component is the aircraft security environment; the security environment is comprised of all
Th
relevant components contained within the aircraft and any device that may connect directly to
the aircraft system data network.

BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A
2017-09-21 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-45056-A-001-01
Figure 1 Data and network communication paths

BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A
2017-09-21 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
ACARS
VHF AERO H+
Landing Flight Member RIUs
IFE CMS Engines
Gear Controls Systems
P) e
C th
A429
(A by
.
OMS DMCs
io ed
at d
A664 Network
ic e
n
EFB EFB
Printer
bl ers
Pu p
IMS HMU
1 2
s su
USB
tic n
Ground Wireless
Ethernet
is ee
(WiFi, Cellular)
Aircraft
er b
Aircraft Network
Information
Switch
Server
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45

Cockpit Service Panel Fwd Avionics Mid Avionics Aft Avionics Refuel/Defuel
Bay Bay Bay Bay
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Legend
A664
Th
A429
Ethernat
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-45057-A-002-01
Figure 2 AIRCRAFT NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A
2017-09-21 Page 3
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
EFB / AIS Option STATIC IP ADDRESS NETWORKS
Cockpit RJ45
(A by
IP Address
IP Address
IP Address: 172.24.10.15 IMS Front Panel
.
172.23.200.109 172.23.201.109
Netmask Netmask Netmask: 255.255.248.0 IP Address: 172.24.10.1 IP Address: 172.24.8.1
255.255.255.248 255.255.255.248 AHMS LRU NETWORK
Gateway: Not required Netmask: 255.255.248.0 Netmask: 255.255.248.0
LH RH LAN 1Printer
Network: 172.24.8.0
Netmask: 255.255.248.0
io ed
Gateway: 172.24.15.254
EDU EDU IMS HMU Range: 172.24.8.1 - 172.24.15.254
Gateway Gateway
172.23.200.110 172.23.201.110
IP Address: 172.23.200.10
at d
Netmask: 255.255.255.248 Gateway: 172.24.15.254 Gateway: 172.24.15.254 GSE
Gateway: 172.23.200.14 MAINTENANCE NETWORK
ic e
LAN 2 Printer Network: 172.24.0.0
Netmask: 255.255.255.0
n
bl ers 3 2 1
Default Gateway: 172.24.0.254
Range: 172.24.0.1 - 172.24.0.254
LH EDU NETWORK
Pu p
Aircraft
Network: 172.23.200.104
s su
Information Aircraft Network Switch Netmask: 255.255.255.248

NAS NCG Link NAS 10 SPARE Gateway: 172.23.200.110
Server (ANS) Range: 172.23.200.105 - 172.23.200.110
(AIS)
4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12
tic n
RH EDU NETWORK
is ee
Network: 172.23.201.104
EFB Network is considered external to the aircraft. SPARE 1GbE Netmask: 255.255.255.248
Gateway: 172.24.201.110
Range: 172.23.201.105 - 172.23.201.110
er b
DHCP Network Range DYNAMIC IP ADDRESS EFB PRINTER NETWORK

ct s
172.24.0.33-172.24.0.62 Network: 172.23.200.8

ra ha
Netmask: 255.255.255.248
1GbE Static Gateway: 172.23.200.14
Range: 172.23.200.9 - 172.23.200.14
ha n
NETWORK COMMUNICATION GAP

C atio
Non TCP/IP communication network
SPARE
SPARE
Not Connected / Port Disabled

ra lic
RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45 RJ45

Aft Avionics Bay Cockpit Towing Service Fwd Avionics Mid Avionics Refuel/Defuel
Panel Bay Bay Panel
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-45058-A-001-01
Figure 3 Ethernet network architecture

BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A
2017-09-21 Page 4
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
2 Security environment definition

The aircraft security environment is the security context in which an asset performs its designed
function. The security environment is bound and determined the connection interface between
the system and the external world, the connection to the external world may comprised of a
fixed hardwired or wireless connection; this constitutes the security perimeter.
On a system level, the security environment of system needs to take into account everything
outside the system security perimeter. The security environment on a system level is always
composed of two sets of assumptions:
- The assumptions of the aircraft security environment about the world outside the aircraft.
- The assumptions about the security environment external to the system but internal to the
aircraft. This part of the system security environment “starts“ at the system security perime-
P) e
ter and “ends“ at the aircraft security perimeter, including the internal security contexts of all
C th
upper (system, aircraft) levels. Interactions between this system and other aircraft systems
(A by
need to be considered here.
.
io ed
A security environment specification will include assumptions about:
at d
- Roles & entities - defining the roles and organizations of all actors who interact with the air-
ic e
craft/system.
n
-
bl ers
Trust & risk related to
Pu p
s su
• Roles & entities (e.g. their responsibilities and access to the aircraft/system)
• External tools and systems (e.g. airport IT network)
tic n
is ee
• External security controls

• Operational Controls
er b
• External dependencies (e.g. regulations, national laws)

ct s
ra ha
• External agreements (e.g. contracts between operator and MRO)

• Threat vectors
ha n
C atio
• Threat list classification

ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A
2017-09-21 Page 5
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
External Threats
Internal Threats
(A by
(External Systems)
.
Refer to Internal
Malware
Threats
Wired Ethernet and Wireless
io ed
Interfaces & Connectors
Portable Electronic
Devices & Remote
Connections
at d
Network
Denial of Total loss of functions /
ic e
Service Partial loss of functions
n
bl ers
Pu p
Unauthorized
Access to Install Malware
s su
target systems Total loss of functions

Unintentional
Modification of Software
Partial loss of functions
tic n
is ee
Unexpected Software
Gradual loss of functions
Access to other
er b
Subsystems
Altered functions
ct s
ra ha
Gradual degradation of
2nd layer system function
security analysis
ha n
required
C atio
Deletion of data / function

ra lic
False or mis-leading data

rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-45074-A-001-01
Figure 4 External Threat Considerations

BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A
2017-09-21 Page 6
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
Internal Threats
at d
(Malware)
Total loss of function
ic e
n
bl ers
Execute attack locally Partial loss of function
Pu p
s su
Altered state of function Gradual degradation of function

tic n
Deletion of data / function

is ee
False or mis-leading data

er b
ct s
Migrate to other subsystems

ra ha
ha n
2nd layer system

C atio
security analysis
required
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th
ICN-BD500-A-J000000-A-3AB48-45075-A-001-01
Figure 5 Internal Threat Considerations

BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A
2017-09-21 Page 7
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
3 Security perimeter definition

The security perimeter is the boundary that exists between an asset’s internal security context
and its security environment.
The security perimeter is under the control of the asset owner, everything outside the security
perimeter is out of control of the asset owner. The asset owner may able to influence assets out-
side of the security perimeter, or establish communications with assets outside of the security
perimeter. These communications are still outside of the asset owners’ direct control, and there-
fore remain outside of the security perimeter.
Supporting assets under the control of the same owner are located in the internal security con-
text of the primary asset.
The security perimeter itself includes no functionality. It should be thought of as an imaginary
P) e
line rather than an asset.
C th
The security perimeter is specified by the complete set of logical and physical interfaces, pos-
(A by
.
sible interactions and information exchanges between contained assets and the world outside
(that is documented in the security environment).
io ed
An aircraft or system is exposed to threats from systems or persons outside its security perime-
at d
ter.
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-13AAA-010A-A
2017-09-21 Page 8
Th
Applicable to: All

Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n
s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
Facility and equipment suppliers
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Applicable to: All
Th
Ai is p
rc ub
ra lic
ft
C atio
ha n
ra ha
ct s
er b
is ee
tic n

s su
Pu p
bl ers
ic e
at d
io ed
n
(A by
C th
P) e
.
2023-10-19 Page 2
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
Facility and equipment suppliers - Technical data
Applicability: 50001-54999, 55001-59999
Facility and equipment suppliers - Technical data.................................................................... 1

References................................................................................................................................ 1
Description................................................................................................................................. 1
1 General........................................................................................................................ 1
List of tables Page
1 References.................................................................................................................. 1
P) e
C th
References
(A by
.
Table 1 References
io ed
at d
ic e
n
None
bl ers
Pu p
Description
s su
tic n
is ee
1 General
er b
ct s
Refer to the latest revision of the publications below to find the suppliers for Ground Support
ra ha
Equipment (GSE), expendables, parts and consumable:

ha n
- Illustrated Tools and Equipment Publication (ITEP), publication code

C atio
BD500-3AB48-11600-00, for the GSE suppliers

- Illustrated Parts Data Publication (IPDP), publication code BD500-3AB48-11300-00, for the
ra lic
parts and expendables suppliers.

rc ub
- Aircraft Maintenance Publication (AMP), publication code BD500-3AB48-10200-00, for the

consumable suppliers.
Ai is p
ft
There are a number of publications available to assist the operator when they need to find the
Th
latest information on a wide variety of locally available products and services related to the air-
craft industry, which includes:
World Aviation Directory

Suite 900, 1200 G-St, NW
Washington, DC 20005
Phone: 800-525-5003

End of data module
BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-030A-A
2016-02-03 Page 1
BD500-3AB48-11000-00
P) e
C th
(A by
.
io ed
at d
ic e
n
bl ers
Pu p
s su
tic n
is ee
er b
ct s
ra ha
ha n
C atio
ra lic
rc ub
Ai is p
ft
Th

2016-02-03 Page 2
BD500-A-J00-00-00-09AAA-030A-A

A320 - MPD123

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 - MPD123

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 - MPD123

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Maintenance facilities and equipment

Issue No. 083

Copyright © 2023 Airbus Canada Limited Partnership

Canada Limited Partnership.

Publication No.: BD500-3AB48-11000-00

Applicable to: All

Intentionally left blank

Data module code Reason for change

BD500-A-J06-20-04-00AAA-030A-A Changed Data Module

Applicable to: All

Intentionally left blank

All fields marked with an asterisk* are required

*Aircraft type: *Aircraft model: *Publication Module Code

Paper Web (DMC):

Data module title: Originator’s reference number:

Reason for change:

Reference data provided: Yes No Description:

Intentionally left blank

Issue Incorporated Issue Incorporated

Dec 22/2016 Signature on file

014 Signature on file 038 Feb 15/2018

Applicable to: All

Issue Incorporated Issue Incorporated

Aug 15/2019 Signature on file 061-01 Nov 12/2020 Signature on file

051-02 Nov 07/2019 Signature on file Feb 18/2021 Signature on file

Applicable to: All

Issue Incorporated Issue Incorporated

71-01 Feb 03/2022

073 Jun 16/2022 Signature on file 000

73-01 Jun 23/2022 000

73-03 Jul 07/2022 Signature on file 000

74-01 Jul 28/2022 Signature on file 000

075 Aug 18/2022 Signature on file 000

75-01 Aug 25/2022 Signature on file 000

076 Sep 15/2022 Signature on file

Applicable to: All

Intentionally left blank

List of effective data modules

C= Changed data module

Document title Data module code Issue date No. of Applicable

Maintenance facilities BD500-A-J00-00-00-01AAA-018A-A 2019-08-12 3 50001-54999,

Principal dimensions, BD500-A-J06-10-32-00AAA-030A-A 2016-05-02 3 50001-54999,

landing gear footprint - 55001-59999

Ground clearances - BD500-A-J06-11-00-01AAA-030A-A 2019-08-07 4 50001-54999,

Technical data 55001-59999

clear opening dimen- 55001-59999

Frame stations and fuse- BD500-A-J06-20-01-00AAA-030A-A 2022-10-28 20 50001-54999,

Empennage stations - BD500-A-J06-20-02-00AAA-030A-A 2022-10-28 10 50001-54999,

Nacelle and pylon sta- BD500-A-J06-20-03-01AAA-030A-A 2014-11-13 3 50001-54999,

Applicable to: All

Document title Data module code Issue date No. of Applicable

Terminal servicing - BD500-A-J00-00-05-00AAA-030A-A 2019-10-22 13 50001-54999,

Parking (Maximum 15- BD500-A-J10-10-00-01AAA-890A-A C 2023-10-04 13 50001-54999,

Wet wash - Clean and BD500-A-J12-00-00-01AAA-250A-A 2022-08-18 6 50001-54999,

Fuel specifications - BD500-A-J28-00-00-00AAA-030A-A 2023-03-28 1 50001-54999,

Line and hangar mainte- BD500-A-J00-00-00-02AAA-030A-A 2019-08-12 2 50001-54999,

Aircraft grounding - Gen- BD500-A-J10-10-02-01AAA-913A-A 2017-08-08 5 50001-54999,

eral maintenance proce- 55001-59999

Maintenance facility - BD500-A-J00-00-00-00AAA-915A-A 2015-09-15 2 50001-54999,

Aircraft type: Aircraft model: *Publication Module Code